silo 3 - U.S. Department of Energy

SILO 3' PROJECT 

REMEDIAL DESIGN / REMEDIAL ACTION PACKAGE 

40430-RDP-0001 

Revision 1 

September 2003

* 40430-RP-0001, 

. 3 

.. j. 1 'i ; *?; 

.I 5 

Silo 3 RD/RA Package, 40430-RDP-0001 

Revision 1, September 2003 

SILO 3 PROJECT REMEDIAL DESIGN I REMEDIAL ACTION PACKAGE 

REVISION 1 

SECTION TITLE 

1. Introduction 

2. Process Description 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

3. Access and Retrieval Strategy 

4. Process Control Plan 

5. Environmental Control Plan 

5.1 

5.2 

5.3 

5.4 

Silo 3 Project ARARlTBC Requirements Compliance Matrix 

Radioactive Particulate and Radon-222 Stack Release Calculations 

Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste 

Silos Project Environmental Monitoring Plan 

6. Health and Safety Controls 

Drawings 

0 Civil Drawings 

0 Material Balance Table and Process Flow Diagrams 

0 Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams 

0 HVAC Drawings 

0 General Arrangement Drawings 

Appendices 

0 Remote Control Excavator Details 

0 Vacuum Wand Details 

i 

5069

~-~~ 

/, - DRAWINGS 

I 

. 1' 

Civil Drawings 

94X-3900-G-01297 Civil Site Plan 

94X-3900-G-01298 Grading, Drainage, and Erosion Control Plan 

Process Flow Diagrams 

94X-3900-F-01428 Material Balance Table 

94X-3900-F-01429 Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

94X-3900-F-0143 1 Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

94X-3900-F-0 1 430 Additive and Wastewater Systems 

94X-3900-F-01432 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 

Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams 

94X-3900-N-0 1 38 1 Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous 

94X-3900-N-01382 Instrumentation 

94X-3900-N-01383 Equipment and Miscellaneous 

94X-3900-N-02369 Silo 3 Access 

94X-3900-N-01433 Mechanical Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01434 Pneumatic Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01435 Feed System 

94X-3900-N-01436 Bulk Packaging Line A 

94X-3900-N-01437 Bulk Packaging Line B 

94X-3900-N-01438 Additive Mixing and Wastewater System 

94X-3900-N-01439 Process vent System, Sheet 1 of 2 

94X-3900-N-01440 Process Vent System, Sheet 2 of 2 

94X-3900-N-01441 Plant Air System 

94X-3900-N-01443 Breathing Air System 

94X-3900-N-01444 Plant Air System Connections 

94X-3900-N-01446 Instrument Air System Connections 

94X-3900-N-01447 Domestic and Process Water Systems 

94X-3900-N-02993 Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

94X-3900-N-05 147 Additive Charging System 

94X-3900-N-05 1 39 Additive Feed System 

94X-3900-N-02489 Control System Block Diagram 

General Arrangement Drawings 

94X-3900-M-0146 1 General Arrangement Plot Plan 

94X-3900-M-01463 

94X-3900-M-01464 

General Arrangement East Elevation 

General Arrangement 1 '' Floor Plan 

94X-3900-M-01465 General Arrangement Plan at EL 597'-8" 

94X-3900-M-0 1 466 General Arrangement Section E 

94X-3900-M-01467 General Arrangement Section A 

94X-3900-M-01468 General Arrangement Section B 

94X-3900-M-01469 General Arrangement Section C 

94X-3900-M-01470 General Arrangement Section D 

~- 

ii 


Revision1 , September 2003 

000003

DRAWINGS, continued 

- ”’ .? I ..;j;;. ,; 

9 .&,. 

Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Air Flow Diagrams 

94X-3900-H-01302 

94X-3900-H-01303 

94X-3900-H-0 1 348 

94X-3900-H-01304 

94X-3900-H-01349 

94X-3900-H-0 1 347 

94X-3900-H-01423 

94X-3900-H-01350 

: ! > .. 5069 

Silo 3 RDIRA Package, 40430-RDP-0001 

.. Revision 1, September 2003 

Systems and Equipment Designations 

Legend, Symbols, and Abbreviations 

Process Building - Packaged Air Conditioning Units 

Process Areas 

Process Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 

Silo 3 Enclosure 

Storage and Wastewater Tank Area 

Cargo Container Bay 

Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Control Diagrams 

94X-3900-H-01722 

94X-3900-H-01718 


Process Building - Packaging Area 

94X-3900-H-017 1 9 Process Building - Corridors/Airlocks 

94X-3900-H-01720 Process Building - Excavator Room 

94X-3900-H-01721 Process Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 

94X-3900-H-01723 Silo Enclosure 

94X-3900-H-01724 Cargo Container Bay 

94X- 3 900- H-0 1 7 2 5 Storage and Wastewater Tank Area 

94X-3900-H-01726 Controls Sequence of Operation 

. . 

. -< ,. 

... 

... 

111

e 

e 

1.0 Purpose and Scope 

t ?: 

5069 



SILO 3 REMEDIAL DESIGN / REMEDIAL ACTION PACKAGE 

INTRODUCTION 

A Remedial Design (RD) Package documenting the proposed design for retrieval, chemical 

stabilization, and offsite disposal of Silo 3 material was submitted to U.S. EPA and OEPA 

May 19, 2000, and was approved by U.S. EPA on September 27, 2000. A revised RD 

package was submitted to U. S. EPA and OEPA in May 2002 to document the design for 

the revised path forward for Silo 3 remediation. In response to the disapproval of the 

revised package by the U.S. EPA, the DOE, U.S. EPA, and OEPA agreed that a revised RD 

package would be resubmitted following approval of the Record of Decision (ROD) 

Amendment incorporating the necessary changes to the Silo 3 remedy. This revised 

package has been prepared to replace the previous RD Packages and document the design 

for the revised path forward for Silo 3 remediation. 

The package provides a compilation of the necessary substantive information from more 

detailed engineering, design, and operations documentation in order to provide U.S. EPA 

and OEPA with an understanding of the controls incorporated into the revised design to 

ensure compliance with ARARs and protection of human health and the environment. The 

basis, prerequisites, and major components of the revised design approach are detailed in 

the remaining sections of this introduction. 

The package also documents the scope of subsequent deliverables and appropriate 

milestones for implementation of the remedial action portion of the Silo 3 remedy, and 

thereby satisfies the requirements for a Remedial Action (RA) Work Plan for the Silo 3 

Project specified by the approved Silo 3 RD Work Plan. 

2.0 Background 

The Silo 3 Project is a Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability 

Act, as amended (CERCLA) environmental remediation (cleanup) project at the Fernald 

Closure Project (FCP). The objectives of the project are removal of waste material stored 

in Silo 3, appropriate treatment and packaging of the material, and shipment of the 

packaged material to an off-site disposal facility for disposal in accordance with the 

selected remedy for Silo 3. 

Silo 3, a component of the FCP Operable Unit 4 (OU4), contains an estimated 5,088 yd3 of 

byproduct material from uranium recovery operations at Fernald. The predominant 

radionuclide of concern identified within the material is Thorium-230, a radionuclide 

produced from the natural decay of Uranium-238. The material is classified as 1 le.(2) by- 

product material under the Atomic Energy Act (AEA) of 1954, as amended, and is 

therefore excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under RCRA and the associated 

State of Ohio hazardous waste regulations. 

1

_- 

: ! ,:i 

t, ;' '..; -. 

2.1 Silo 3 Description 


. 50 4 9. Revision 1, September 2003 

- 

Silo 3, built in 1952, is a freestanding, pre-stressed concrete, domed silo. It is 80 feet in 

diameter and about 33 feet above ground level. The floor system is constructed of 17 

inches of compacted clay, a 2-inch thick layer of asphaltic concrete, and an 8-inch layer of 

gravel topped by 4 inches of concrete. Silo 3 does not have an underdrain system. The 

domed roof tapers from 8 inches thick at the silo walls to 4 inches thick at the apex. The 

apex is 36 feet high, 33 feet above grade. The walls are 27 feet high from the top of the 

foundation. Silo 3 contains increased reinforcing around the dome periphery (ring beam). 

Silo 3 has wire-wrapped prestressing using 8-gauge wire drawn to 0.141 inches. 

Five man ways on the dome of Silo 3 have an internal diameter of approximately 20 

inches. One of these man ways, on which a dust collector was installed, is centered on 

the silo dome. Four man ways, which were used as material inlet ports, are arranged 

radially, 90" apart, across the dome of Silo 3. Two additional 24-inch internal diameter 

man ways are located on the dome, one at the northern edge and the other at the eastern 

edge. There are also 24 - 2-inch diameter sounding pipes and one - 6-inch diameter vent 

pipe on the dome. Silo 3 has a total of 46 decant ports, each with a weir and baffle 

system. There are 23 decant ports located on the east sidewall and 23 decant ports 

located on the west sidewall. 

Silo 3 contains "cold" metal oxide waste generated from the operation of the feed 

Materials Production Center (the original name of the FCP facility). The raffinates from the 

solvent extraction process were dewatered using rotary vacuum filters. The filtrate 

wastes were then processed through evaporators and the concentrates were further 

processed using either a spray calciner or rotary calciner. From plant start-up through the 

middle 1950s, a spray calciner processed the concentrates. Approximately 35% of the 

Silo 3 material is believed to have come from this process. Due to operational difficulties 

with the spray calciners, a rotary calciner process was implemented. In this process, the 

evaporator concentrates were transferred to a drum dryer and finally a rotary calciner. 

The calciner removed residual liquids and converted the metal nitrates to metal oxides. 

The resultant fine, powdered metal oxides were transferred to Silo 3, via a pneumatic 

pipeline, for storage. Placement of these metal oxide wastes into Silo 3 continued until 

1957. After that, refinery process wastes were placed in on-site surface impoundments. 

About 5,088 cubic yards of metal oxide material remains in Silo 3. The predominant 

radionuclide of concern identified within the material is Thorium-230, a radionuclide 

produced from the natural decay of Uranium-238. Silo 3 material is classified as 1 le.(2) 

byproduct material under the AEA, and contains concentrations of several heavy metals 

including arsenic, chromium, cadmium and selenium. Silo 3 material is exempt from 

regulation under RCRA, due to its classification as 1 1 e.(2) byproduct material. The 

Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements (ARARs) for Operable Unit 4 apply 

certain requirements of RCRA to management of Silo 3 Material (see the ARAR 

Compliance Matrix, RD Package Section 5) 

2 000006

0 assumed 

0 

0 

- 5069. 

, *. , , .-i ' I ' j 

, : 

Silo 3 RDlRA Package, 40430-RDP-0001 


In general, based on historical information about the generation of the material, the 

physical characteristics of the Silo 3 material are: 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Two-thirds of the Silo 3 material is dry, loose, fine powder; located in the upper portion 

of the silo. 

The remaining third of the Silo 3 material is compacted powder, located towards the 

middle and bottom of the silo. 

Miscellaneous debris (such as simple hand tools, personal protective equipment (PPE), 

plastic bags, etc.) may be found within the silo. 

Estimated volume of material in Silo 3 is 5,088 yd3 

Estimated dry density of the Silo 3 material is 29 - 58 Ib/ft3 

Retrieved material is expected to have a typical bulk density of about 40 - 50 Ib/ft3 prior 

to packaging; however, higher and lower densities may be encountered. The packaging 

process is expected to result in an increase in density. 

3.0 Basis for Remedial Design 

3.1 Silo 3 Remedy 

The OU4 Record of Decision (ROD) was signed on December 7, 1994, and identified 

vitrification as the selected remedy for the Silo 1, 2, and 3 material. The OU4 ROD was 

modified for Silo 3 through the CERCLA Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD) 

process. The ESD for Operable Unit 4 Silo 3 Remedial Action was approved by U.S. EPA 

March 27, 1998. The treatment and disposal portion of the remedy for Silo 3, identified in 

the ESD was: 

0 

Treatment, using either a Chemical Stabilization/Solidification or a Polymer-based 

Encapsulation process to stabilize characteristic metals to meet RCRA Toxicity 

Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limits and attain disposal facility Waste 

Acceptance Criteria (WAC); 

Off-site disposal at either the Nevada Test Site (NTS) or an appropriately-permitted 

commercial disposal facility; and 

Treatment may take place offsite, so long as "onsite pretreatment, in combination with 

packaging in accordance with United States Department of Transportation (USDOT) 

regulations reduces the dispersability of thorium-bearing particulates to produce 

transportation risk less than 1 x IO'." 

A Remedial Design Package, based upon the contractor design for implementation of the 

ESD remedy, was submitted to U.S. EPA and OEPA on May 19, 2000. The RD Package 

was approved by U.S. EPA on September 27, 2000. 

During the process of implementing the remedy defined by the Silo 3 ESD, the path 

forward for remediation of Silo 3 was reevaluated, with input from U.S. EPA, OEPA, and 

stakeholders. In accordance with the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution 

3

, . 

..I 

5 0 6 $I Silo 3 RD/RA Package, 40430-RDP-0001 

Revision 1, September 2003 (, 

0 

Contingency Plan (NCP), a Proposed Plan (PPI and subsequent Record of Decision (ROD) 

Amendment was prepared to modify the Silo 3 remedy. The ROD Amendment for 

Operable Unit 4, Silo 3 Remedial Action was approved September 24, 2003 and modified 

the treatment portion of the Silo 3 remedy to: 

Treatment to the extent practical, by addition of a chemical stabilization reagent to 

reduce metals mobility and a binding reagent to reduce dispersability 

If above treatment step is deemed un-implementable, a contingency backup would be 

implemented to double package the waste. 

The remedy for Silo 3 continues to include the following components, which were not 

reevaluated, and remain as documented in the original OU4 ROD, and subsequent ESD for 

Silo 3: 

Maintain transportation risk less than 1 x l 0-6 

Off-site disposal of Silo 3 material at the Nevada Test Site or a permitted commercial 

facility 

Removal of Silo 3 structure, remediation facilities, and associated systems and 

components; disposal of contaminated debris in accordance with the Operable unit 3 

ROD. 

Cleanup of soil in Silo 3 area to meet final remediation levels in Operable Unit 5 ROD 

Appropriate treatment and disposal of all secondary wastes at the Nevada Test Site or 

an appropriately licensed off-site facility. 

Collection of perched water encountered during remedial activities for treatment at OU5 

water treatment facilities. 

Continued access controls and maintenance and monitoring of the stored waste 

inventories. 

Institutional controls of the OU4 area such as deed and land-use restrictions. 

3.2 Technical Basis 

The path forward used as a basis for the design reflected in this RD/RA Package is: 

Pneumatic (vacuum) retrieval of Silo 3 material via silo man ways on the silo dome; 

Cutting an opening in the silo sidewall for at-grade access by mechanical equipment; 

Mechanical retrieval of Silo 3 material using remotely controlled mechanical excavation 

equipment (in combination with continued pneumatic retrieval as required); 

Application of a solution of lignosulfonate, water, and ferrous sulfate to the Silo 3 

material as it enters the package to reduce leachability and dispersability; 

Packaging of Silo 3 material for transportation to an off-site disposal facility; and 

Transportation to the selected disposal facility(s) in accordance with DOT regulations 

and transportation risk criterion specified by the ROD. 

The proposed design is depicted in Figure 1. 

4 

000008

1 

5 1 

Silo 3 RD/RA Package, 40430-RDP-0001 i 

Revision1 , September 2003 1



3.3 Supporting Studies 5069 

The design documented in this RD/RA Package utilized material characterization, 

treatability, operability, and technical data from a wide range of studies. The primary 

studies supporting the technical basis of the design are summarized below. 

1990 - 3/22/90 - IT Analytical Services - Analytical Report 

1993 - Battelle Pacific Northwest National Laboratories (BPNNL) & FEMP - 

OU4 Treatability Study Report for the Vitrification of Residues from Silos 1 , 2, 

&3 

1993 - FEMP - RI Report for OU4 

1996 - Argonne National Laboratory - Silo 3 Particle Size Analysis 

1997 - Nuclear Fuel Services - Treatability Study Report 

1997 - Argonne National Laboratory - Silo 3 Material Compound Analysis 

1997 - FEMP - Small-Scale Waste Retrieval (Summary info in RFP F98P132339) 

1998 - RMRS - Treatability Testing Report (RFP F98P132339 Proposal) 

1998 - IT Corporation - Treatability Report (RFP F98P132339 Proposal) 

2000 - Westinghouse Savannah River Co - Characterization of Silo 3 Waste 

2000 - RMRS - Silo 3 Characterization, Treatability, and Compaction Study 

2001 - Westinghouse Savannah River Co - Silo 3 Physical Testing Final Report 

2001 /ZOO2 - FEMP - Chemical Stabilization Development Work Plan 

2001/2002 - Jenike & Johanson, Inc. - Silo 3 Material Flow Properties Test Results 

2002 - Jenike & Johanson, Inc. - Modeling of Silo 3 Material Removal Via Vacuum 

Retrieval 

2002 - Jenike & Johanson, Inc. - Silo 3 Pneumatic Retrieval Wand Loads 

2002 - FEMP -Silo 3 Design Data Development Report 

2002 - FEMP - Silo 3 Dedusting Report 

2002 - Jenike & Johanson, Inc. - Pretreatment of Silo 3 Material with Lignosulfonate 

Solution 

2002 - FEMP - Radon Flux Rate Measurements 

2002 - Jenike & Johanson, Inc. - Modeling of Silo 3 Material Removal Via Mechanical 

Retrieval 

2002/2003 - FEMP - Silo 3 Conditioning Report 

In 1989, samples of Silo 3 material were collected during the Remedial Investigation & 

Feasibility Study (RI/FS), using a vibrating core-drilling instrument. Portions of the samples 

were analyzed by International Technologies (IT) for characterization. Of the 23 inorganic 

constituents detected, the predominant metals included aluminum, calcium, iron, 

magnesium, potassium, and sodium. Compound analyses performed by Argonne National 

Laboratory (ANL) on some of the archived RI/FS samples, showed that compounds in the 

Silo 3 material are mostly in the form of phosphates, sulfates, and oxides with the 

existence of some nitrates. 

As presented in the 1990 IT Analytical Services report, moisture (water) content of the 

sampled material ranged from 3.7 to 10.2%, by weight. Also, about 90%, by weight, of 

the sampled material passed through a 200-mesh sieve. 

6 000010

0 characteristics. 

0 

5049 



The untreated RVFS samples were analyzed for metals Extraction Procedure (EPI-Toxicity. 

Four metals leached above Toxicity Characteristics (TC) leaching criteria - arsenic, 

cadmium, chromium, and selenium. Some of the archived samples were later analyzed by 

Nuclear Fuel Services, Inc. (NFS) during treatability testing to establish treatment methods 

to stabilize the hazardous constituents of the Silo 3 material. The Toxicity Characteristics 

Leaching Procedure (TCLP) conducted by NFS showed that only chromium exceeded the 

TC leaching criteria. 

In 1997, the Silo 3 Small-Scale Waste Retrieval (SSWR) activity collected samples using 

an auger inserted through decant ports on the west side of Silo 3. Based on data obtained 

during the SSWR activity, the Silo 3 material is likely compacted at the perimeter and does 

not flow freely up to eleven feet above the bottom of the silo. The material may be 

compacted throughout the bottom of Silo 3. 

Subsequent treatability testing conducted by Rocky Mountain Remediation Services 

(RMRS) on untreated samples collected during SSWR showed that only chromium and 

selenium leached above the TC leaching criteria. The maximum allowable concentrations 

for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, and selenium are 5.0, 1 .O, 5.0, and 1 .O mg/L, 

respectively. 

In 2001 and 2002, Fluor Fernald has conducted chemical stabilization development work 

to develop preferred chemical formulas for stabilization of the RCRA metals and for 

solidification of the material into a form with minimal dusting and desirable flow 

In January 2002, a Flow Properties Test Report was issued by Jenike & Johanson, 

Incorporated, which presented the results of Silo 3 material characterization studies 

performed on available sample material. The results of this report are applicable to 

detailed design of the project material handling equipment and systems. 

In 2002, Jenike & Johanson, Inc. modeled the behavior of Silo 3 material during removal 

by both mechanical and vacuum retrieval. The model used the flow properties of the 

material and details of the planned retrieval systems to recommend approaches to efficient 

and safe retrieval operation and to predict the extent of retrieval possible with the vacuum 

wand. 

In 2002, Jenike & Johanson, Inc. issued a report analyzing the stress loads that the 

vacuum retrieval wand may see under different scenarios. The analysis was conducted to 

demonstrate that the loads that could be transmitted to the silo dome during pneumatic 

retrieval were within the allowable limits. 

In 2002, Fluor Fernald conducted a study to develop a method to control the dispersability 

of Silo 3 material in order to mitigate the risk of contamination spread in the unlikely event 

of a transportation accident. Incorporating a certain amount of a dilute solution of sodium 

lignosulfonate in Silo 3 material was found to significantly reduce the fines by 

agglomeration. 

7 

000011

t. ' 

50 69 



In 2002, Jenike & Johanson, Inc. conducted a pilot plant study to evaluate the best means 

and process location for incorporating a dilute sodium lignosulfonate solution into Silo 3 

material in order to reduce the material dust generation. The report recommended use of a 

spray method to be installed in the packaging container fill chute. 

In 2003, Fluor Fernald issued a report covering the results of a study to develop a 

conditioning method for Silo 3 material that would simultaneously reduce the dusting and 

reduce the leachability of some heavy metals. The report indicated that treating Silo 3 

material with a dilute solution of sodium lignosulfonate that had been augmented with 

ferrous sulfate was efficient in reducing the dusting and reducing the leachability of 

chromium. 

4.0 Silo 3 Remedial Action Implementation 

The following deliverables will be submitted according to milestones established in the 

next section 5 to document implementation of the remedial action for Silo 3. 

4.1 Transportation and Disposal Plan 

The packaging system and other aspects of the design documented in this RD/RA Package 

will accommodate transportation of the Silo 3 material to the NTS and/or a permitted 

commercial facility by direct truck, direct rail, or combined truckhail (intermodal) 

transportation. The transportation risk evaluation documented in the Proposed Plan for 

Silo 3 (40430-RP-0014, Revision 0, April 2003) demonstrated that any of these modes of 

transportation could be accomplished with a transportation risk well within the criteria 

specified by the ROD Amendment. 

The details of the transportation and disposal operations, including onsite staging, 

logistics, packaging configuration and selected mode(s) of transportation to the selected 

disposal facility(s) will be documented in the Silo 3 Project Transportation and Disposal 

Plan, which will be submitted to the USEPA and OEPA for review and approval in 

accordance with the milestone established in Section 5.0. 

4.2 Sampling and Analysis Plan 

Previous versions of the Remedial Design Package for Silo 3 included a Sampling and 

Analysis Plan. The purpose of this plan was to document the sampling and analysis 

program to be used to demonstrate that the treated Silo 3 material met the numerical 

performance standards of the selected remedy for Silo 3. The ROD Amendment for Silo 3 

removed the RCRA TC limits for metals as performance criteria for treatment, and requires 

that the material be treated, using a best management approach to meet disposal facility 

WAC. The ROD Amendment (Section 4,l) states , "Given the absence of any regulatory 

requirement , no analytical criteria (e.g., treated waste metals analyses) are necessary as 

part of the best management approach to demonstrate the degree of treatment." A 

treated waste Sampling and Analysis Plan is, thetrefore, no longer necessary as part of the 0 

8 

000812 

- 

0

* 

ACTIVITY / DELIVERABLE 

Submit Silo 3 Remedial Action Work Plan to 

the U.S. EPA for review' 

Submit Silo 3 Transportation and Disposal 

Plan to the U.S. EPA for review 

Initiate Silo 3 Remediation Facility Operations 

Submit D&D Implementation Plan for the OU4 

Complex to U.S. EPA for review 

Silo 3 RD/RA Package, 40430-ROP-0001 


RD Package. The final waste acceptance process at the selected disposal facility(s) will 

confirm the requirements, including any necessary process control or treated waste 

sampling and analysis data, for demonstration that the Silo 3 material meets 'the disposal 

facility waste acceptance criteria. 

4.3 Safe Shutdown / D&D Plan 

The OU4 ROD and the ROD Amendment for Silo specify that the Silo 3 structures, and 

subsequently the waste retrieval and remediation facilities and equipment, will be 

decontaminated, dismantled, and disposed of in accordance with the OU3 ROD. The plans 

and schedule for decontamination and dismantlement (D&D) of the Silo 3 structures, and 

the facilities and equipment installed under this RD/RA Package will be documented in the 

D&D Implementation Plan for the OU4 Complex. In accordance with the OU3 Integrated 

Remedial Design/Remedial Action (RD/RA) Work Plan, as modified by letter DOE-0343-03, 

dated April 18, 2003, this D&D Implementation Plan is due to be submitted to the U.S. 

EPA for review by May 28, 2004. 

MILESTONE 

October 6, 2003 - satisfied by this 

submittal 

May 1, 2004 

October 1, 2004 

May 28, 2004' 

'Existing milestone established by the Revised Silo 3 Remedial Design Deliverables 

Schedule, DOE-0724-01, 7/13/01 

'Existing milestone established by the OU3 Integrated RD/RA Work Plan (2503-WP-0023, 

rev 0), May 1997, as modified by letter DOE-0343-03, 4/18/03 

;- .:. - 

x 

'. . . 

., .. 

9 

5069 

000813

- 

PROCESS DESCRIPTION 

FQR THE SILO 3 PROJECT 

SUBMITTED TO: 

FLOUR FERNALD, INC. 

CONTRACT NO. DE-AC24-01 OH201 15 

DOCUMENT NO.: 40430-RP-0003 

PREPARED BY: DATE: J?A3 

MANAGER 

REVIEWED BY: kd DATE: 

MANAGER 

vlg7@% 

APPROVED BY: DATE: 

DORIS EDWARDS, FLUOR FEFIPJALD, INC., PROJECT MANAGER 

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

FERNALD ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

PREPARED UNDER CONTRACT NO. DE-AC24-01 OH201 15 

JACOBS ENGINEERING PROJECT NO, 35H19605

e 

Revision 

Date 

Prepared By 

Checked By 

Approved By 

. 

PROCESS DESCRIPTION 

FOR THE SILO 3 PROJECT 

Document No. 40430-RP-0003 

September 5, 2003 

Revision I 

0 1 

711 1/02 9/5/03 

J. Nelson J. Nelson 

S. Mitchell G. Schmid 

J. Nelson 

Prepared Under DOE 

Contract No. DE-AC24-01 OH201 15 

. .. .. . ., . . .:.:. . 

. . ... 

. , 

... .. .' ,- 

.:! 

.. . 

5069

I 

I' 

f 

ti' 

Process Description for the Silo 3 Project 

Document No. 40430-RP-0003, Rev. 1 

Jacobs Project No. 35H19605 

_- 50 6.9 


__ 

Revision 

0 

'. 1 

Date 

7/11 /02 

9/5/03 

Revision Sheet 

Pages Affectec 

ALL 

ALL 

Reason for Revision 

ISSUED FOR DESIGN 

REVISED PER DCN-40430-JEG-080 

000016 

e

. 

..... . . '_ Process Description for the Silo 3 Project 

Document No . 40430.RP-0003. Rev . 1 

Jacobs Project No . 35H19605 

September 5. 2003 

e' ACRONYMS v111 


......................................................................................................... ... 

1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 1-1 

2.0 MATERIAL RETRIEVAL AND TRANSFER SYSTEMS ......................................... 2-.1 

2.1 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 10) ................................... 2.1 

. . 2.1.1 Vacuum Wand Enclosure ......................................................... 2-2 

2.1.2 Pneumatic Retrieval Collector and Cartridge Filter .................... , ... 2-2 

2.1.3' HEPA Filters. Pneumatic Retrieval Blower. and Exhaust Stack ....... 2-2 

2.1.4 Supply HEPA Filter (FLT-10-5070) ............................................. 2-2 

2.1.5 Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder (FDR-10-5104) ...... 2-3 

2.2 

2.1.6 Primary and Secondary Rotary Feeders (ROF-10-5108 and- 

ROF-10-5 1 10) ....................................................................... 2-3- 

2.1.7 .Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-5 102) .................................................. 2-3 

2.1.8 Auxiliary Vacuum Blower (BLR-10-5008) ............................. .1 .... 2-3 . 

MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 11) ................................. 2-3 

2.2.1 Excavator (EXC-1 1-5050) ........................................................ 2-4 

2.2.2 Retrieval Bin (HBN-1 1-5054) .................................................... 2-4 

2.2.3. Retrieval Bin Register (EAR-11-5052) and Excavator Room Register 

(EAR-11-5053) ...................................................................... 2-5 

2.2.4 Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder (FDR-1 1-51 06) ............................ 2.5 . . 

2.2.5 Inclined Conveyor (DFC-1 1-5056) ............................................. 2-5 . . 

2.2.6 Transfer Conveyor (FDR-11-5100) ............................................ 2-5 

@ 3.0 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SYSTEM. 25) AND SAMPLING SYSTEM. 

(SYSTEM 84) ............................................................................................ 3-1 

3.1 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES ........................ 3-1 

3.1.1 

3.1.2 

3.1.3 

. 

Container Management and Packaging Systems A&B 

(SKD-25-5250A&B) ................................................................. 

Other Transport Equipment ...................................................... 

Miscellaneous Equipment .......................................................... 

. 

3-1 

3-2 

3-2 

4.0 

3.2 PRELIMINARY ACTIVITIES .................................................................. 3-3 

3.3 . CONTAINER FILLING OPERATIONS .................................................... 3-3 

3.4 'CONTAINER SAMPLING OPERATIONS ................................................. 3-4 

3.5 CONTAINER CLOSING OPERATIONS ................................................... 3-4 

3.6 CONTAINER SURVEYING AND DECONTAMINATION OPERATIONS ......... 3.5 

3.7 CONTAINER TRANSPORT OPERATIONS ............................................. 3.5 

PROCESS VENT SYSTEM (SYSTEM 19) ........................................................ 4-1 

4.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................... 4-1 

4.1.1 General.Information ................................................................ 4-1 

4.1.2 Interaction of PVS. PRS. and HVAC Systems ............................. 4-1 

4.2 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ................................................. 4-3 

. . . . . . 

.. 

. . ' . 

' i 

iii 

. . 

800017 

I 

69

I 

. . 

? . . 

3 : . : 

. . . 

rrocess UeSCrlptlOn tor tne biio J rrojecr 

Document No . 40430.RP-0003. Rev . 1 

Jacobs Project No . 35H19605 


4.3 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM SOURCES ................................................... 4-3 

4.3.1 Silo 3 and VWEs (ENC-10-5020A-F) ......................................... 4-3 

4.3.2 Excavator Room Register (EAR-1 1-5053) ................................... 4-5 

... 

4.3.3 Retrieval Bin (HBN-11-5054) and Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

(FDR-1 1-5106) 4-5 

. . . 5.0 

....................................................................... 

4.3.4 Inclined Conveyor (DFC-I 1-5056) ............................................. 4-5 

4.3.5 Container Management System ................................................ 4-5 . 

. . 4.4 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM OPERATION ................................................. 4-6 

4.4.1 Process Vent Dust Collectors (DCL-19-5202A&B) ........................ 4-6 

4.4.2 Fines Collection Bins A&B (HBN-19-5205 A&B) .......................... 4.6 

4.4.3 Process HEPA Filters (FLT-19-5204 A&B) ............................... ~ 4 - 6 

4.4.4 Process Exhaust Fans (FAN-I 9-5206 A&B) ................................ 4-6 

4.4.5 Exhaust Stack (STK-19-5209) and Continuous Emissions Monitor 

(CEM-19-5208) ......................................................................... 4-6 

ADDITIVE SYSTEM (SYSTEM 44) ................................................................ 5. I. 

5.1 

ADDITIVE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 5-1 

5.2 ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION ......................................................... 5-~ 

5 2.1 Sodium Lignosulfonate Supply .................................................. 5-2 

5.2.2 Ferrous Sulfate Supply .............................................................. 5-2 

5.2.3 Process Water Supply .............................................................. 5.2 

. . 

5.2.4 Preparation and Transfer of Mixed Additive ................................ 5-2 

5.2.5 Charging of Mixed Additive ...................................................... 5-3 

6.0 SUPPORT SYSTEMS .................................................................................. 6-1 

6.1 HEATING. VENTILATION. AND AIR CONDITIONING .............................. 6-1 

6.1.1 Rooms and Areas Serviced by HVAC Systems ............................ 6.1 

6.1.2 Supply Air System (System 70) ................................................ 6-4 

6.1.3 Exhaust Air System (System 71 .............................................. 6-4 

6.2 PLANT AND INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 40) ......................... 6-4 

6.2.1 Piant/lnstrument Air Equipment (SKD-40-5300) .......................... 6-4 

6.2.2 Plant/lnstrument Air System Operation ...................................... 6.5 

6.3 BREATHING AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 41) ............................................. 6-5 

6.3.1 Breathing Air System Equipment (SKD-41-5350) ......................... 6-6 

6.3.2 Breathing Air System Operation ................................................ 6-5 

6.4 

PROCESS WATER AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS (SYSTEMS 50 AND 

5 1 ) ................................................................................................ 6-5 

6.5 WASTEWATER SYSTEM (SYSTEM 62) ............................................... 6-6 

6.5.1 Wastewater System Equipment ................................................ 6-6 

6.5.2 Wastewater System Operation ................................................. 6-6 

7.0 REFERENCES ............................................................................................ 7-1 

000018 

iv I 

I 

e

.e . 

. . . 

b.1 . .. 

, 8 , . 

". 3 .iL' 

LIST OF TABLES 

Process uescription lor me aiio J rrojecr 




Table -1 -1 : Silo 3 System Numbers and Names.; ....................................................... 1-2 

. .......... 

. Table 6-1 : Silo 3 HVAC Information ............................................... i.......... .'... 6-2 

... 

LIST OF FIGURES . . 

'5069 

Figure 1-1 : View of Silo 3 (Looking'West) ........................................................ ; ........ 1-3 

Figure 1-2:. Flow Diagram for Silo 3 Project ............................. .;.. ............................. 1-4 

Figure 4-1 : Airflow Diagram for Phase I .......................................................... i ........ 4-2 . . . 

Figure 4-2: Airflow Diagram for Phase 2 ...................................................... ....: ....... 4-4. 

V 

. . 

800019 

I

. Process Description for the Silo 3 Project 



September 5,2003 

REFERENCE DRAWINGS: 

Process Flow Diagrams: 

94X-3900-F-01428 FOOOl Material Balance Table 

94X-3900-F-01429 F0002 Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

94X-3900-F-01431 F0003 Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

94X-3900-F-01430 F0004 Additive and Wastewater Systems 

94X-3900-F-01432 F0005 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 

Piping & Instrument Diagrams: 

94X-3900-N-0 1 38 1 

94X-3900-N-01382 

94X-3900-N-01383 

94X-3900-N-02369 

94X-3900-N-01433 

94X-3900-N-0 1 434 

94X-3900-N-01435 

94X-3900-N-01436 

94X-3900-N-01437 

94X-3900-N-01438 

94X-3900-N-0 1439 

94X-3900-N-01440 

94X-3900-N-01441 

94X-3900-N-01443 

94X-3900-N-01444 

94X-3900-N-01445 

94X-3900-N-0 1446 

94X-3900-N-01447 

94X-3900-N-02993 

94X-3900-N-05 147 

94X-3900-N-05 1 39 

NO001 

NO002 

NO003 

NO099 

NO100 

NO101 

NO102 

NO 103 

NO104 

NO105 

NO 106 

NO107 

NO 108 

NO1 10 

NO1 11 

NO112 

NO113 

NO1 14 

NO115 

NO1 16 

NO1 17 

Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous 

Instrumentation 

Equipment and Miscellaneous 

Silo 3 Access 

Mechanical Retrieval System 

Pneumatic Retrieval System 

Feed System 

Bulk Bag Packaging Line A 

Bulk Bag Packaging Line 6 

Additive Mixing and Wastewater Systems 

Process Vent System, Sheet 1 of 2 


Plant Air System 

Breathing Air System 

Plant Air System Connections 

Breathing Air System Connections 

Instrument Air System Connections 

Domestic and Process Water Systems 

Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

Additive Charging System 

Additive Feed System 

General Arrangement Drawings: 

94X-3900-M-0 146 1 MOO01 General Arrangement Plot Plan 

94X-3900-M-01463 MOO02 General Arrangement East Elevation 

94X-3900-M-0 1464 MOO03 General Arrangement 1 a Floor Plan 

94X-3900-M-01465 MOO04 General Arrangement Plan at EL 597'-8" 

94X-3900-M-01466 MOO06 General Arrangement Section E 

94X-3900-M-01467 MOO07 General Arrangement Section A 

94X-3900-M-0 1468 MOO08 General Arrangement Section B 

94X-3900-M-0 1469 MOO09 General Arrangement Section C 

94X-3900-M-01470 MOO1 0 General Arrangement Section D 

vi 

soooao 

5069 

..

e .L 

0 

.;- REFERENCE DRAWINGS (continued): 

.L- 

Process Description tor the SI10 3 rrojecr 

Document No. 4043pRP-0003, Rev. 1 . 



5069 

Heating, Ventilation, and Ail r Conditioning Air Flow Diagrams: 

94X-3900-H-01302 HOOOl Systems and Equipment Designators 

I 

94X-3900-H-01303 

94X-3900-H-01348 

H0002 

H0003 

Legend, Symbols & Abbreviations 


94X-3900-H-01304 

94X-3900-H-01349 

H0004 

H0005 

Process Areas 


94X-3900-H-01347 H0006 Silo 3 Enclosure 

94X-3900-H-0 1 423 H0007 Storage and Wastewater Tank Area 

94X-3900-H-01350 H0008 Cargo Container Bay 

Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Control Diagrams: 

94X-3900-H-01722 H0020 Process Building - Packaged Air Conditioning Units 

94X-3900-H-01718 H0021 Process Building - Packaging Area 

94X-3900-H-01719 H0022 Process Building - Corridors/Airlocks 

94X-3900-H-01720 H0023 Process Building - Excavator Room 

94X-3900-H-01721 H0024 Process Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 

I 

94X-3900-H-0 1 723 H0025 Silo Enclosure 

94X-3900-H-0 I 724 H0026 Cargo Container Bay 

94X-3900-H-01725 H0027 Storage and Wastewater Tank Area 

94X-3 900-H-0 1 7 26 H0028 Controls Sequence of Operations

1 Process Description for the Silo 3 Project 




A&RS 

ALARA 

AWWT 

BAS 

BFP 

CCN 

CEM 

DOE 

FEMP 

HDPE 

HEPA 

HVAC 

IP-2 

MRS 

P&ID 

PFD 

PPE 

PRS 

PVS 

RBDF 

RF 

SAR 

ULPA 

UNlD 

VWE 

ACRONYMS 

Access and Retrieval Strategy 

as low as reasonably achievable 

Advanced Wastewater Treatment 

Breathing Air Station 

backflow preventer 

closed-circuit television 

Continuous Emissions Monitor 

U.S. Department of Energy 

Fernald Environmental Management Project 

high-density polyethylene 

high-efficiency particulate air 

heating, ventilation, and air conditioning 

Industrial Packaging 2 


Piping and Instrument Diagram 

Process Flow Diagram 

personal protective equipment 


Process Vent System 

Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

radio frequency 

supplied-air respirator 

ultra low penetrating air 

unique identifier 


5069 

000022 

viii I 

'I

0 



. Jacobs Project No. 35H19605 


50 69 

This process description addresses the process systems and equipment for the Silo 3 I 

Project at the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Fernald Environmental Management 

Project (FEMP) site. As part of the remediation of Operable Unit 4 at the FEMP, 

approximately 5,100 yd3 of byproduct metal oxide materials stored in Silo 3 will be 

removed (retrieval), conditioned, packaged, and transported to an off-site facility for I 

treatment and/or disposal. 

A separate document, Access and Retrieval Strategy for the Silo 3 Project (FEMP 2002a) 

(A&RS) describes the strategy used to remove material from Silo 3. I 

This process description describes the following activities: 

retrieval and transfer of Silo 3 material from Pneumatic Retrieval System (PRS) and 

Mechanical Retrieval Systems (MRS) to the Process Building, 

0 conditioning of material, 

0 

packaging of material in containers, and 

shipping of material off site for treatment and/or disposal. 

This document describes the Silo 3 Project processes and equipment. The systems 

addressed in this process description are shown in Table 1-1. Figure 1-1 is a photograph of 

the silo (looking west), and Figure 1-2 is a simplified flow diagram of the entire process. 

To meet as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) guidelines regarding radiation, the 

systems and equipment used to handle Silo 3 material include containment and ventilation 

features to minimize exposure of personnel to both the Silo 3 material and to radon 

(FEMP 2003a). 

. . 

,.'. ... 

1-1 

008023

.: c 

. I 

~ 

. 10 

1 .l 

19 

25 

40 

41 

44 

50 

51 

62 

70 

71 

77 

84 

rrocess uescrcption ror me aiio 3 rrojecr 




- 

Table 1-1: Silo 3 System Numbers and Names 5069 

Pneumatic Retrieval System (PRS) 

Mechanical Retrieval System (MRS) 

Process Vent System (PVS) 

Container Management System 

Plant and Instrument Air System 


Additive System 

Process Water System 

Domestic Water System 

Wastewater System 

Supply Air System 

Exhaust Air System 

Miscellaneous HVAC' Systems 

Sampling System 

'HVAC = heating, ventilation, and air conditioning 

1-2 

000024 

-.___-- 

I

P 

. 

.. 

m 

C 

4 

0 

d 

r 

0 

E 

a 

.m 

ii 

00002s

f 

U 

0 

I- 

. .. 

4- 

000026 

- 5069

Proces's Description for the Silo 3 Project 




e 

\ '4 

I.: I' '.j 

2.0 MATERIAL RETRIEVAL AND TRANSFER SYSTEMS 50 69 

This section describes the retrieval and transfer of material from Silo 3 to the packaging 

system in the Process Building. 

@ 

e 

Initially, material is retrieved from Silo 3 via manways on the silo dome using the Vacuum 

Wand Enclosures (VWEs) in the PRS (see Section 2.1). One of the main goals of the initial 

retrieval is the removal of material from behind a selected section of the silo sidewall, 

where an opening will be cut for at-grade material retrieval by the mechanical excavator in 

the MRS'. Prior to mechanical retrieval, the PRS will be used until it is no longer effective 

for material retrieval from the silo dome manways. Containment ventilation to support PRS 

operations prior to cutting the silo sidewall opening is referred to as "Phase 1" and is 

described in Section 4.1.2. 

After the silo sidewall opening is cut, the MRS will retrieve material from Silo 3 via the 

opening (see Section 2.2). Containment ventilation to support MRS operations with the 

silo sidewall opening is referred to as "Phase 2" and is described in Section 4.1.2. 

The effect of MRS operations on the material is expected to provide suitable conditions for 

continued, simultaneous use of the PRS for material retrieval, either from the silo dome 

manways or by using a vacuum wand attachment on the Excavator. Containment 

ventilation to support PRS operations with the silo sidewall opening is also described in 

Section 4.1.2. 

2.1 

The following Process Flow Diagram (PFD) and Piping and Instrument Diagrams (P&IDs) 

illustrate the PRS: 


94X-3900-N-02369 NO099 Silo 3 Access 

94X-3900-N-01434 NO1 01 Pneumatic Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01435 NO1 02 Feed System 

94X-3900-N-02993 NO1 15 Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

The PRS comprises the following equipment: 

0 

DCL-10-5002: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

0 FLT-10-5005: Cartridge Filter 

0 FLT-10-5004: HEPA3 Filter 

0 BLR-10-5006: Pneumatic Retrieval Blower 

0 

PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 10) 

ENC-10-5020A-F: Vacuum Wand Enclosures A through F 

BLR-10-5008: Auxiliary Vacuum Blower (see Section 2.1.8) 

FLT-10-5070: Supply HEPA Filter 

The opening will be on the east side of the silo, and will be approximately 15 ft wide by 20 ft tall. 

HEPA = high-efficiency particulate air 

2-1 

/ 

I 

I 

I 

I 

,

__ 

r J 

0 

0 

Process Description tor the Silo Y Project 




-~ ~ _------ 

FDR-10-5 1 02: Feed Conveyor 5069 

FDR-I 0-51 04: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder 

ROF-10-5 108: Primary Rotary Feeder 

ROF-10-5 1 10: Secondary Rotary Feeder 

In addition to its primary function 0.f removing and transferring Silo 3 material, the PRS 

also provides utility vacuum for removal of material from Fines Collection Bins A and B 

(see Section 4.4.2) and utility service at the Container Management System (see Section 

3.3). Hose connections are provided for potential area cleanup and removal of material 

from the inlet chutes to the Package Loading Stands. 

Total flow from the PRS is approximately 1,200 standard cubic ft per minute (scfm). The 

following sections provide descriptions of each piece of equipment in the PRS. 

2.1.1 Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

Each VWE consists of a short open-top enclosure on top of the manway riser, with supply 

air and PVS suction hoses attached on opposite sides. The top of each enclosure has a 

flexible boot that expands from the diameter of the wand to the diameter of the manway 

to seal the wand to the manway. The boot has a zippered opening at the end of the wand 

to allow the wand's hose fitting to be inserted through the boot when adding additional 

wand sections. The sections themselves are 4-in. aluminum tubes of varying lengths, 

equipped with camlock fittings. Wand sections are added as the insertion depth increases, 

A clamp-on wheel is used to assist the operator in manipulating the vacuum wand at each 

manway. 

2.1.2 Pneumatic Retrieval Collector and Cartridge Filter 

The dilute-phase conveying air stream from the VWEs travels to the Pneumatic Retrieval 

Collector (DCL-10-5002) (a baghouse collector) and then to the Cartridge Filter (FLT-10- 

5005). Both the collector and the filter separate out most of the solids and drop them into 

the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder (FDR-10-5104) (Section 2.1.5). 

2.1.3 HEPA Filters, Pneumatic Retrieval Blower, and Exhaust Stack 

Exhaust air from the Cartridge Filter passes through the HEPA Filter (FLT-10-5004) and the 

1 

Pneumatic Retrieval Blower (BLR-10-5006) before being discharged to the atmosphere , 

through the Exhaust Stack (STK-19-5209). 

2.1.4 Supply HEPA Filter (FLT-10-5070) 

Supply ventilation air (Le., makeup for the air displaced by PRS operations) enters the silo 

through the Supply HEPA Filter located outside the Process Building. This filter includes 

both roughing filters and a high-efficiency pafliculate air (HEPA) filter, and is a 

precautionary measure to prevent backflow of contaminated dust into the atmosphere. Air 

from the filter is transferred via rigid duct and hosing to the VWE for connection at the silo 

riser manways. The supply header to the VWEs is equipped with a vacuum breaker, PSV- 

FLT-70-5070. This device prevents the vacuum within the silo from dropping to 

unacceptable levels. The filter also supplies sweep air to the Fines Collection Bins (see 

Section 4.4.2) and the Container Management System as necessary (see Section 3.3). 

2-2 

000828 I

- B-2 'fi' 

2.1.5 'Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder (FDR-10-5104) 



Jacobs Project NO. 35H19605 


5069 

The Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder is a variable-speed screw conveyor 

that receives Silo 3 material from both the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector and the Cartridge 

Filter. The feeder then transports the material to the Feed Conveyor via the Primary and 

Secondary Rotary Feeders (see Section 2.1.6). The feeder uses a variable-pitch, variable- 

shaft-diameter screw to ensure uniform material pickup along the entire length of the 

hopper. 

2.1.6 Primary and Secondary Rotary Feeders (ROF-I 0-51 08 and ROF-10-5110) 

The Primary and Secondary Rotary Feeders serve as the transfer points between the 

Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder and the Feed Conveyor. They act as 

airlocks between the collector's relatively high vacuum and the Feed Conveyor, which is 

under a slight negative pressure. 

2.1.7 Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-51021 

The Feed Conveyor receives Silo 3 material from the PRS via the Secondary Rotary Feeder, 

and from the Mechanical Retrieval System via the Inclined Conveyor (see Section 2.2.2) 

and Transfer Conveyor (see Section 2.2.3). 

The conveyor discharges material to both Package Loading Stands (see Section 3.3). 

2.1.8 Auxiliary Vacuum Blower (BLR-10-5008) 

On an as-needed basis, the Pneumatic Retrieval Blower provides utility vacuum removal of 

material from the Fines Collection Bins in the Process Vent System (PVS) (see Section 

4.4.2) and utility service at the Container Management System (see Section 3.3). 

If the PRS is not in operation, both the capacity and draft of the Pneumatic Retrieval 

Blower make it impractical to operate for the sole use of these low-volume, periodic users. 

Instead, the Auxiliary Vacuum Blower (BLR-10-5008) is brought on line to supply the 

needs of these other systems. The Auxiliary Vacuum Blower pulls contaminated air 

through the same air-cleaning equipment as does the Pneumatic Retrieval Blower. 

2.2 

MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 11) 

The following PFD and P&ID illustrate the MRS: 


94X-3900-F-02369 NO099 Silo 3 Access 

94X-3900-N-01433 NO 100 Mechanical Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01435 NO102 Feed System 

The MRS comprises the following equipment: 

0 EXC-11-5050: Excavator 

EAR-11-5052: Retrieval Bin Register 

0 EAR-11-5053: Excavator Room Register 

0 HBN-11-5054: Retrieval Bin 

0 DFC-11-5056: Inclined Conveyor 

2-3 

. .

co ' FDR-11-5100: Transfer Conveyor 

-~ 

The following sections provide descriptions of each piece of equipment. 

2.2.1 Excavator (EXC-7 1-5050) 

rrocess uescrcprcon ror m e aiw 3 rrwjaut 




5069 

The Excavator is an electrically powered, remotely controlled, hydraulically operated 

crawler machine with the following features and capabilities: 

0 

0 Maneuverability; 

0 

0 

FDR-11-5106: Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

Rotational, elevation, and telescoping boom; 

Load-handling capabilities; 

Remote attachment and operation of all end effectors; 

Cable- and hose-management systems; and 

0 Water-misting capabilities. 

The end effectors include, but are not limited to: bucket, rake, vacuum attachment, and 

grappler. The Excavator travels at a maximum speed of 1.8 f t per second, and its boom 

has a reach of about 30 ft. 

The Excavator, which can operate both inside and outside of the silo, is deployed from the 

Excavator Room, which is constructed adjacent to the silo. The Excavator is set in a slow, 

"precision work mode," and a CCTV System monitors its operation to ensure that it does 

not come into contact with the silo walls, or the walls and ceiling of the Excavator Room. 

In addition to the actual transfer of material out of the silo, key functions of the Excavator 

are as follows: 

0 Break up compacted material within Silo 3; 

0 Retrieve miscellaneous debris, such as simple hand tools, personal protective 

equipment (PPE), and plastic bags from the silo; and 

0 

Carry and manipulate a hose for pneumatic retrieval, as required, to support mechanical 

operations. 

2.2.2 Retrieval Bin (HBN-11-50541 

The Retrieval Bin is a rectangular bin located just east of the Silo 3 opening. The bin is 

covered by load-bearing grating that includes a ferrous magnet; the magnet assembly is 

installed within the bin just below the grating system. The magnetic grating limits the size 

of debris (especially metallic debris) that would otherwise drop into the Retrieval Bin 

Discharge Feeder. Any such debris is manually removed from the grating and deposited in 

portable waste bins located in the Excavator Room. The bin is below-grade and has steep 

sides that allow it to be used as both a chute and a hopper. The bin is designed to allow 

the Excavator to drive over the opening without damage to either the bin or the grate. 

. , 

. '(. 000030 

2-4 

__~ - 

e 

I 

I 

e





2.2.3 Retrieval Bin Register (EAR-1 1-5052) and Excavator Room Register (EAR-1 1-5053) 

The PVS, via the Retrieval Bin Register, collects and exhausts air from the Excavator Room 

by pulling air across the Retrieval Bin. The register is normally operated only during 

mechanical retrieval operations. 

The Excavator Room Register, which is part of the PVS, is located near the top of the silo 

wall opening. The register is used to limit contamination transfer during silo wall cutting 

by capturing both saw cuttings and Silo 3 dust generated during cutting. The register can 

be used to transfer most of the exhaust air associated with pressure boundary 

management in the Excavator Room before opening the silo sidewall. 

2.2.4 Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder (FDR-11-5106) 

The Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder (RBDF) is a double screw conveyor located beneath the 

Retrieval Bin. It consists of two 1 2-in.-diameter, variable-pitch, variable shaft diameter4, 

variable-speed screws. The feeder delivers Silo 3 material to the Inclined Conveyor (see 

Section 2.2.5). 

During MRS operations, the RBDF, a variable-speed conveyor, controls the flow rate of 

material to packaging. All downstream conveyors are single-speed, and are designed to 

operate at capacities equal to or greater than the maximum capacity of the RBDF. 

Accordingly, these conveyors will often be operated in a "less than fully loaded" condition 

due to downturns of the RBDF. All conveyors and motors are designed to operate under 

these conditions. 

2.2.5 Inclined Conveyor (DFC-11-5056) 

The Inclined Conveyor is a pocketed, sidewall belt conveyor that receives Silo 3 material 

from the RBDF. It then transports material upward at a 70-degree angle from horizontal. I 

The conveyor discharges by gravity into a horizontal screw conveyor (Transfer Conveyor, 

FDR-11-5100; see Section 2.2.6). The Inclined Conveyor is a heavy-duty, carbon-steel 

unit enclosed for dust control. The conveyor uses a flexible corrugated sidewall belt with 

cleats to prevent fallback of material during transfer. 

The Inclined Conveyor is maintained at slight negative pressure via PVS connections. 

Likewise, both of the downstream conveyors (Le., the Transfer Conveyor and the Feed 

Conveyor) are maintained at slight negative pressures via connections to the Inclined 

Conveyor. ., 

2.2.6 Transfer Conveyor (FDR-11-5100) 

The Transfer Conveyor receives Silo 3 material from the Inclined Conveyor (see 

Section 2.2.5) and transfers it to the Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-5102; see Section 2.1.7). 

Constraints resulting from the east-west locations of key pieces of equipment create the 

need for the Transfer Conveyor. 

*The variable-pitch and variable-shaft-diameter features ensure material pickup along the entire 

length of the Retrieval Bin. 

2-5 

OQbQ031 

I 

I





~- _ __~ 

e 

3.0 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SYSTEM 25) AND SAMPLING SYSTEM 

(SYSTEM 84) 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Container Management and Sampling Systems: 

94X-3900-F-0143 1 F0003 Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

94X-3900-N-01436 NO1 03 Bulk Bag Packaging Line A 

94X-3900-N-01437 NO104 Bulk Bag Packaging Line B 

The Container Management System allows personnel in the Process Building to perform 

the following functions: 

1. Prepare Packaging Frames (ENC-25-5291 A&B) and bulk-bag containers for filling. 

2. Dispense Silo 3 material from the Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-5102) into containers. 

3. Introduce additive to condition the Silo 3 material (see Section 5.0). 

4. Collect samples of Silo 3 material during filling5. 

5. Perform swipe sampling and labeling of containers. I 

6. Convey filled containers into the Cargo Container Bay for loading. 

7. Load bulk-bag containers into cargo containers (if used). 

The following sections describe the equipment and activities necessary to perform these 

functions. 

3.1 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES 

The Container Management System comprises the following equipment: .. 

3.1 .I Container Management and Packaging Systems A&B (SKD-25-5250A&B) 

These vendor-supplied systems contain the following equipment: 

0 

PKU-25-5270A&B: Package Loading Stands A&B. Each of the two Package Loading 

Stands is a semi-automated system with a loading spout', loading stand, densification 

system (i.e., thumper table), weighing scales, and motorized roller conveyors for 

transporting the filled containers to the Packaging Station Conveyor. Included with 

each loading stand are: 

- Radio frequency (RFI sealers to seal and perforate the necks of the inner liners after 

filling (see Section 3.1.3); 

- 

Aeration and deaeration blowers. These are amplifiers that use the Coanda effect to 

create air motion in their surroundings. Using a small amount of compressed air as 

a power source, the blowers pull in large volumes of air to produce high-volume, 

high-velocity outlet flows to either add or remove air from the inner liners. 

'The sampling function falls under System 84 (Sampling System). The need for this system is 

pending confirmation of both regulatory and disposal-facility requirements. 

'The loading spout is equipped with an inflatable double bladder sealing mechanism to seal the 

interior of the inner liner to the exterior of the loading spout. 

. a. 

. : .. 

3-1 

000032 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I

I < :,i,' ;1 'e 

1 t . (,, : 

. 

RCV:25-5278A&B: Package Staging Conveyors A&B 

0 RCV-25-5282A&B: Airlock Conveyors A&B 

0 RCV-25-5288A&B: Off-Loading Conveyors A&B 

3.1.2 Other Transport Equipment 





5069 

BRC-25-5280: Bridge Crane; this is a S-ton, top-running, single-girder bridge crane 

used for the following functions: 

- opening and closing cargo-container lids (if used), 

- transferring frames and full containers from the off-loading conveyors to the floor, 

- removing full containers from their frames and placing them either in cargo 

containers or on pallets, and 

- 

placing empty frames back on the off-loading conveyors. 

Lifting frame: This is a structural-steel frame sized for a 96-CF Lift LinerTM, and 

manufactured by Transport Plastics, Inc. (or equivalent); it is used in conjunction with 

the Bridge Crane. 

Forklift(s), loading crane, and rail cars and/or trucks 

3.1.3 Miscellaneous Equipment 

SSS-84-5252A&B: Packaging Samplers A&B. The samplers are pneumatically 

actuated inline thief samplers that periodically extend into the flow stream and capture 

falling material. Material is transferred through the sampling tube using an auger 

mechanism. The material is deposited into a sample container attached to the sampling 

tube. After sample collection, the tube is retracted from the stream back into the 

sampler housing. 

0 NOZ-25-5260A&B: Discharge Chute Assembly A&B. The chute assemblies are 

conduits for conditioning and transferring material from the Feed Conveyor to the 

Package Loading Stands' fill heads. Each assembly consists of three sections: a 

transition section connected to the conveyor, an intermediate spool section, and a 

nozzle section that attaches to the packaging station. An internal inverted cone in the 

nozzle section provides flow enhancement to improve wetting by the conditioning 

agents. These agents are introduced into the fill system via nozzles located around the 

perimeter of the nozzle section and under the inverted cone. 

0 EAR-25-5290A&B: Packaging Station Exhaust Registers A&B. These are louvered 

rectangular type units located near the fill heads. The registers are connected to the 

PVS. 

RDR-05-5912, -5914, and -5916: Roll-up Doors 007G, -007F, and 007E, 

respectively. These are steel, overhead, surface-mounted rolling door units, with 

guides at jambs set back a sufficient distance to clear the openings. Curtains are 

fabricated, flat, interlocking slat panels that roll up on a barrel supported at the head of 

the opening. 

3-2 

I 

OOQQ33 

I

-__ - 

~- 

rrocess UeSCrlptlOn Tor me 3110 J rrojecr 




RDR-05-5918 and -5920: Roll-up Doors 007D and 007C, respectively. These are 

"Turbo-Seal" Hig h-Speed Roll Door, 3-ply "Rilon" material, heavy-duty, construction 

fabric panel door assemblies (or equivalent). The assemblies include frames, jambs, 

and protective metal top roll covers. 

Cargo containers (if used). These are lidded Sea-LandTM containers (or equivalent) that 

will hold several IP-2 bulk-bag containers for shipment to an offsite disposal facility. 

Pallets (if used). These are 4 f t x 6 ft disposal pallets constructed in such a way that 

they can be handled by a standard industrial forklift. 

Bulk-bag containers. These are Industrial Packaging 2 (IP-2) rated, soft-sided, 3-CY 

woven polypropylene bags, manufactured by Transport Plastics, Inc. (or equivalent). 

Inner liners. These are thin-walled, form-fitted, polyethylene bags that are inserted into 

the bulk-bag containers. 

ENC-25-5291A&B: Packaging Frames A&B. These are steel frames for 96-CF Lift 

Linerm, manufactured by Transport Plastics; Inc. (or equivalent). 

3.2 PRELIMINARY ACTIVITIES 

In preparation for filling the IP-2 bulk-bag containers, equipment and supplies are placed as 

follows: 

Packaging Area: miscellaneous supplies for sampling, container closing, and cleaning 

Off-Loading Conveyors A&B: IP-2 bulk-bag containers, inner liners, packaging frames, and 

labeling supplies 

Once these items are available, the following steps are taken before filling: 

1. Inspect bags, liners, and Packaging Frames. Use swipe sampling as necessary to verify 

that contamination of these items is within acceptable levels. 

2. Place a Packaging Frame on the Off-Loading Conveyor. 

3. Place a bulk-bag container in the Packaging Frame, and insert the inner liner into the 

bulk bag. 

4. By activating the appropriate conveyors, move the entire assembly (Le., empty 

container and frame) to the Package Loading Stand and record the tare weight of the 

assembly. 

5. Lower the loading spout and attach the inner liner to the spout. 

6. Inflate the inner liner using the aeration blower. (To improve the stability of filled bags, 

this blower supplies air to remove wrinkles and folds from the liner before filling.) 

3.3 CONTAINER FILLING OPERATIONS 

Once the steps in Section 3.2 are completed for a given Package Loading Stand, the 

following actions are performed: 

1. Open the appropriate discharge valve on the Feed Conveyor. 

'. . 

3-3 

000034 

-

i: >! {i.Fk . 4 .... < - . " , 

Process Description tor the SI10 3 k'roject 




-, 

, 5u69 

2. Ensure that the Feed Conveyor is operating. Silo 3 material flows by gravity through 

the loading spout and into the container. The densification table is used to consolidate 

material and assist in evenly filling the container. 

3. Introduce liquid additive (for material conditioning) into the Silo 3 material stream 

through the Discharge Chute Assembly (see Section 5.2.5). 

4. During filling, use the vent line to the PVS to remove displaced air (see Section 4.3.5). 

The possibility of an overfilled container is minimized by observing the weight gain. In 

addition, a camera in the fill head allows the operator to view filling operations on a 

monitor, and the operator can observe and feel the inner liner as the container is filled. 

In the unlikely event of an overfilled bag, the sealed loading spout fills (no material is 

be released) and the PRS is used to remove this material (see Section 2.1.8). 

5. When the container is nearly full: 

a. Shut down upstream feed systems (these will automatically stop), and continue 

operating the Feed Conveyor until it is empty. 

b. Close the appropriate discharge valve on the Feed Conveyor. 

c. Ensure that the Discharge Chute Assembly's nozzles are flushed with process 

water, and that the spent flush water is deposited in the container. 

d. Activate the deaeration blower to evacuate residual air in the head space of the 

inner liner. 

3.4 CONTAINER SAMPLING OPERATIONS 

(Note: The need for material sampling is pending confirmation of both regulatory and 

disposal-facility requirements.) 

Silo 3 material is sampled just above the loading spout. In-line composite sampling of 

selected batches is performed using an automatic thief sampling device (Le., SSS-84-5252 

A&B, Packaging Samplers A&B), which is repeatedly inserted into the line as solids are 

flowing. The samplers are flange-connected to discharge lines downstream of the Feed 

Conveyor, and do not allow leakage of Silo 3 material to the environment. 

Samples are withdrawn and deposited into sample containers. The sampler is deactivated 

as soon as the container is full. Samples are analyzed for compliance with the disposal 

facility's waste acceptance criteria. 

3.5 CONTAINER CLOSING OPERATIONS 

After the container is filled and the inner liner is deaerated, the following actions are 

performed: 

1. Raise the loading spout and move the inner liner from the upper bladder seal to the 

lower bladder seal. 

2. Using the RF sealer, heat-seal and tear away the inner liner along the perforation 

between the upper and lower seals. (Note: the RF sealer provides a double seal with 

in-between perforation that enables the operator to tear away the inner liner rather 

than cut it.) 

3-4 

I 

..

Process Description tor the SI10 3 Project 




_. S)+p 

3. Detach the inner liner from the loading spout, leaving a sealed portion of the inner liner 

attached to the loading spout for the material containment. Release the remaining liner 

piece from the loading spout and drop it into the next container. 

4. Record the gross weight of the assembly. 

5. By activating the appropriate conveyors, transport the container assembly (i,e., 

container and frame) away from the Package Loading Stand and onto the Package 

Staging Conveyor. 

3.6 

CONTAINER SURVEYING AND DECONTAMINATION OPERATIONS 

While the assembly is still on the Package Staging Conveyor, the outer container flaps are 

folded over and closed, and swipe sampling is performed. Any surface not passing the 

swipe test is manually cleaned in place and resampled until it passes the test. 

The "clean" container (still in its Packaging Frame) is then transferred to the Cargo 

Container Bay as follows (Line A described; similar for Line B): 

1. Verify that Roll-up Door 007G (RDR-05-5912) is closed, and open Roll-up Door 007D 

(RDR-05-5918). 

2. Activate Package Staging Conveyor A (RCV-25-5278A) and Airlock Conveyor A 

(RCV-25-5282A) to move assembly into airlock. Limit switches automatically 

deactivate the conveyors once the assembly is in place. 

3. Close Roll-up Door 007D (RDR-05-5918) and open Roll-up Door 007G (RDR-05-5912). 

4. Activate Airlock Conveyor A (RCV-25-5282A) and Off-Loading Conveyor A (RCV-25- 

5288A) to move assembly into Cargo Container Bay. Limit switches automatically 

deactivate the conveyors once the assembly is in place. 

3.7 CONTAINER TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 

Once the container assembly reaches the Cargo Container Bay, a label is prepared with the 

following information: 

date, 

0 time of day, 

0 

container unique identifier (UNID), and 

0 weight (net and gross). 

Containers are transferred from the Off-Loading Conveyor either into cargo containers or 

onto pallets, via the following steps: 

1. (Cargo container only) Move cargo container into place using a heavy-duty forklift. 

2. (Cargo container only) Use Bridge Crane (BRC-25-5280) and lifting frame to I 

remove/open lid of cargo container. 

3. (Pallet only) Use forklift to place one or more pallets near Off-Loading Conveyor. 

4. Use lifting frame to pick up entire container assembly and place it on floor near Off- I 

Loading Conveyor. 

3-5 

000036 

a

.i\ . . + 

Q :.h- '2. *L 

* .f .a ..* 

Process Uescriptton tor the Silo 3 rroject 




5. Fasten outer container straps to lifting frame as required to lift container. 

C 369 

6. Unlatch and loosen Packaging Frame (Note: A chain keeps the sides of the frame from 

totally unfolding). 

7. Use Bridge Crane and lifting frame to pick container up out of Packaging Frame and set 

on floor. 

8. Attach label to container; place either in cargo container or on pallet. 

9. Return Packaging Frame to Packaging Area for reuse (see Section 3.2). 

1 O.(Cargo container only) Once cargo container is loaded with bags, replaceklose lid using 

Bridge Crane. Use heavy-duty forklift to transport cargo container to a staging area, 

where either a crane or forklift places cargo containers on either a rail car or a truck. 

1 1 .(Pallet only) Use standard-duty forklift to transport pallet to a staging area, where it is 

placed on either a rail car or a truck. 

12.Transport full containers by either rail or truck to an off-site disposal facility. 

3-6 

. . 

808037 

I 

,'P

I 

process uescnprton Tor Irte attu .Y rtuJac;t 

Document No. 40430-UP-0003, Rev. 1 



exposure to radon and thorium during material retrieval, conditioning, and packaging 

operations. 

4.1.2 Interaction of PVS, PRS, and HVAC Systems 

Initially, material is retrieved from Silo 3 by the PRS (see Section 2.1). Although the 

Excavator Building has been constructed adjacent to the silo, the silo wall has not yet been 

breached, and therefore the two areas are isolated from each other. This is called "Phase 

1". During this phase, the PVS, the Supply Air System (see Section 6.1.21, and the 

Exhaust Air System (see Section 6.1.3) provide ventilation and containment for the 

Process Building and Excavator Building. Air for PRS operation is drawn through a HEPA 

filter and through the silo riser manway into Silo 3. The PRS removes material from behind 

the section of the silo sidewall where entrance will be made. This minimizes the likelihood 

of an uncontrolled release of material into the Excavator Room during intrusive actions. 

The PRS operates from a number of silo riser manways until it is no longer effective for 

material recovery. Phase 1 flow information is provfded in the Material Balance Table (94X- 

3900-F-01428, Sheet No. FOOO1) and in Figure 4-1. 

'Air emissions are addressed in Fernald Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan (FEMP 2002b); disposition 

e 

of spent filters is addressed in Tiined Estimate for Secondary Waste for Silo 3 (FEMP 2002b.) 

4-1 000038 I

Process Description tor the Silo 3 Yroject 




When the silo wall is first breached (see A&RS, Section 5.2), PRS operation may 

continue'. During this intermediate stage, airflow patterns will change due to the 

establishment of a new air pathway into the silo. Supply air provided to the Excavator 

Room by the HVAC system will be exhausted by both the PVS and the PRS. 

When the PRS is no longer effective in retrieving material, the MRS (see Section 2.2) will 

begin to recover material from the silo. Mechanical retrieval will be performed using a 

remotely controlled excavator deployed from the Excavator Room. This recovery phase, 

during which the PRS is not operating, is called "Phase 2". Supply air provided to the 

Excavator Room by the HVAC system will be exhausted only by the PVS. Flows 

associated with Phase 2 are described in the Material Balance Table and in Figure 4-2. 

During startup, balancing activities will be performed to establish appropriate damper 

positions for all phases of operation. 

4.2 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

The PVS comprises the following equipment: 

0 

DCL-19-5202A&B: Process Vent Dust Collectors A&B 

HBN-19-5205A&B: Fines Collection Bins A&B 

FLT-19- 5204A&B: Process HEPA Filters A&B 

FAN-1 9-5206A&B: Process Exhaust Fans A&B 

STK-19-5209: Exhaust Stack 

0 CEM-19-5208: Continuous Emissions Monitor 

4.3 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM SOURCES 

The total design airflow for the PVS is approximately 5,500 scfm. Air from the following 

sources is transferred to the PVS: 

0 

Silo 3 and VWEs A-F (ENC-10-5020A-F) 

Excavator Room Register (EAR-1 1-5053) 

Retrieval Bin Register (EAR-I 1-5052) (for HBN-11-5054 and FDR-11-5106) 

Inclined Conveyor (DFC-11-5056) 

Packaging Station Exhaust Registers A&B (EAR-25-5290A&B) 

The remainder of this section describes each of these sources in detail. 

4.3.1 Silo 3 and VWEs (ENC-10-5020A-F) 

Ventilation air from Silo 3 is exhausted to the PVS during mechanical retrieval (Phase 2); 

VWE maintenance, manipulation, and extension activities during Phase 1 ; and I 

nonoperational periods (Le., evenings, weekends, and other system downtimes). 

*Material recovery by the PRS will be performed either from the silo dome using vacuum wands or 1 

from within the silo using the Excavator equipped with an end effector for pneumatic retrieval. 

4-3 

5069 

I

0 

I ACU-70-5700 I 5750CFM 

L 

1350 CFM 

INFILTRATION 

1630 CFM 

A 

4670 CFM 

-- .- -. .-. 

TWIAflCFM t 4 

' 21 10 CFM 

610CFM /q 

21 50 CFM AlRLOCKlDOFF 

ENTRY 

CORRIDOR 

t.130CFM INFILTRATION 2 4 5 0 ~ ~ ~ 

1r INFILTRATION 

v bh OIIC 

8850 CFM 

INCLINED I I 

ONVEYOR 

1000 CF 

300 CFM ~ 

500 CFM 

b 

EXHAUST AIR 

REGISTERS TO AREA 

EXCAVATOR 

ROOM 

EXCAVATOR 

SERVICE 

600 CFM ROOM 

300 CFY 

Figure 4-2 Airflow Diagram for Phase 2 

4-4 

4 

$ 

K 

4500 CFM 300 CFM 

INFlLTRATlOl 

* INFILTRATION 

300CFM 

1000 CFM 

4500 CFM ' 5500 CFM, - 

TO PVS BAGHOUSE 

VARIABLE FLOW 

VACUUM RELIEF 

80 CFM 

b 

TO HVAC HEPAs 

Process Doscriptloti lor tlih 811n :I I'tojqi:! 

Document No. 40430-UP-0003, Rev. 1 



5069 

000041

;, I't I: 

- . 



Jacobs Project No. 35H 19605 


During Phase 2 operations, ventilation air for Silo 3 enters the silo from the Excavator 

Room (see Section 4.3.3) and is exhausted to the PVS. Exhaust ports are located on the 

VWEs and are connected to the Silo 3 PVS exhaust duct. Manual dampers control the flow 

of air from Silo 3. 

Each VWE consists of a short open-top enclosure on top of the manway riser, with supply 

air and PVS suction hoses attached on opposite sides. The top of each enclosure has a 

flexible boot that expands from the diameter of the wand to the diameter of the manway 

to seal the wand to the manway. The boot has a zippered opening at the end of the wand 

to allow the wand's hose fitting to be inserted through the boot when adding additional 

wand sections. 

4.3.2 Excavator Room Register (EAR-1 1-5053) 

The Excavator Room Register is located near the top of the silo wall opening and is 

connected to the PVS. The register is used to limit contamination transfer by capturing 

I 

both saw cuttings and Silo 3 dust generated during silo-wall cutting (see A&RS, Section 

5.2). The register can be used to transfer most of the exhaust air associated with pressure 

boundary management in the Excavator Room. A manual damper controls air flow from I 

the Excavator Room Register. 

4.3.3 Retrieval Bin (HBN-11-5054) and Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder (FDR-11-5106) 

Air swept across the Retrieval Bin is captured by the Retrieval Bin Register (EAR-1 1-5052), I 

which exhausts the air to the PVS. The register is operated during MRS activities. A 

manual damper controls air flow from the Retrieval Bin Register. EAR-1 1-5052 is operated 

independently of EAR-1 1-5053 (see Section 2.2.3). -. . 

4.3.4 Inclined Conveyor (DFC-11-50561 

The inclined Conveyor is contained in an enclosure that is exhausted to the PVS through 

rigid connections on both the top (head section) and the bottom (tail section) of the 

enclosure. Air withdrawn from the upper exhaust port serves to maintain a slight negative 

pressure on the downstream conveyors. In addition, air withdrawn from the upper and 

lower exhaust ports maintains both dust suppression and a pressure boundary within the 

Inclined Conveyor enclosure. Manual dampers control air flow from the conveyor. 

4.3.5 Container Management System 

Sweep air associated with the two Package Loading Stands is captured by Package 

Station Exhaust Registers A&B (EAR-25-5290A&B) (see Section 3.3). The locations of the 

I 

registers allow the sweep air across the packaging fill heads to migrate away from 

Operations personnel. Air displaced by bag filling and air evacuated during bag deaeration 

is exhausted into the individual PVS exhaust piping for the Package Loading Stands. Fail- I 

closed automatic dampers are located on the exhaust lines from each Packaging Station 

Exhaust Register. 

4- 5

* - 

L.4.; PROCESS VENT SYSTEM OPERATION 





Contaminated air is drawn through the PVS by redundant centrifugal fans (FAN-19- 

5206A&B). The fans and associated ductwork are designed to maintain appropriate 

vacuum levels in the silo and processing equipment. Automatic dampers allow changeover 

of PVS process trains; manual dampers provide system isolation and balancing. 

The fans are located downstream of the Process HEPA Filters to induce a negative 

pressure in the process sources. 

4.4.1 Process Vent Dust Collectors (DCL-19-5202A&B) 

Ventilation air from each of the sources listed in Section 4.3 is combined into a common 

duct header, which flows to Process Vent Dust Collector A. The dust collector is a 

baghouse that acts as a primary filter, thus reducing roughing filter and HEPA filter 

loading. To prevent shutdown of the PVS, an additional baghouse dust collector (Process 

Vent Dust Collector B) is included as a standby. Each of the dust collectors is designed for 

approximately 5,500 scfm at a pressure rating of approximately 2 psig vacuum. Both dust 

collectors are supplied with support legs, access ladders and platforms, pneumatic 

cleaning systems, and clean-air plenums. Fines are discharged from the dust collectors I 

through normally-open valves, and collect in the Fines Collection Bins. 

4.4.2 Fines Collection Bins A&B (HBN-19-5205 A&B) 

The Fines Collection Bins are located at the bottom of each of the Process Vent Dust 

Collectors. They provide accumulation capacity for dust-collector fines and the means to 

transfer fines to the PRS (see Section 2.1). At a predetermined level of fines in a given bin, 

both the bin and its associated collector are taken off line. Valving is then aligned to allow 

the PRS to empty the bin. The Fines Collection Bins and all associated piping and valves 

are rated for the increased vacuum exerted by the PRS. 

4.4.3 Process HEPA Filters (FLT-19-5204 A&B) 

Air exiting the Process Vent Dust Collectors enters a single duct that is connected to 

redundant Process HEPA Filter units. These units include "roughing" filters (35 and 

90 percent), HEPA filters, ULPA filters, in-place test sections, and transition pieces. Filter 

housings for the HEPA and ULPA filters are stainless steel, side access housings with in- 

place test sections. Only one filter unit is operated at a time, allowing filter changeout for 

the off-line unit. 

4.4.4 Process Exhaust Fans (FAN-1 9-5206 A&B) 

After exiting the Process HEPA Filter unit, the filtered air stream enters one of two Process 

Exhaust Fans for discharge through the Exhaust Stack. The fans are single-stage 

centrifugal fans. Each fan is rated at approximately 6,000 scfm at 27 in. water gauge 

total static head. Only one fan is operated at a time. 

4.4.5 Exhaust Stack (STK-19-5209) and Continuous Emissions Monitor (CEM-19-5208) 

The PVS includes a carbon-steel stack. The maximum airflow through the stack is 

approximately 13,900 scfm, with 5,500 scfm coming from the PVS. The stack has 

4-6 

I 

I 

I 

I

* 





.;., A, ; f : 

connectiope"for the PVS process duct, the PRS duct (see Section 2.11, and the Exhaust Air 

System duct (see Section 6.1.3). 

A Continuous Emissions Monitor (CEM) (CEM-19-5208) samples and analyzes the exhaust 

air for particulates and radon. A sampling rake is inserted into the stack and is attached to I 

a sampling line. The sample travels through the line down to the CEM, where radon is 

continuously measured. The sample air stream is passed through a filter paper where a 

beta-sensitive radiation detector continuously measures the beta radiation emitted by the 

collected particulates. Periodically, samples of the filter paper are subjected to I 

confirmatory analyses of both radionuclides and heavy metals. Exhaust air from the CEM is 

reinjected into the stack. 

If an off-normal condition is detected, an alarm is annunciated and appropriate action is I 

taken (e.g., switching the HEPA filters or shutting down the PVS entirely). 

Ports for velocity-profile measurements are provided above the sampling rake ports. These 

ports are used when necessary to verify flow conditions for compliance purposes. 

4-7 

I 

I 

0-8%00 

4 4 

I

5.0 ADDITIVE SYSTEM (SYSTEM 44) 

The following PFDs and P&IDs illustrate the Additive System: 

94X-3900-F-0 1 43 1 F0003 Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

94X-3900-F-0 1 430 F0004 Additive and Wastewater Systems 


94X-3900-N-0 1437 NO1 04 Bulk Bag Packaging Line B 

94X-3900-N-01438 NO1 05 Additive Mixing and Wastewater Systems 

94X-3900-N-05 147 NO1 16 Additive Charging System 

94X-3900-N-05 139 NO1 17 Additive Feed System 

5.1 ADDITIVE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 





The Additive System comprises the following equipment; brief descriptions are provided in 

Section 5.2: 

Pumps 

PMP-44-5000A: Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump 

PMP-44-5000B: Ferrous Sulfate Pump 

PMP-44-5002: Additive Pump 

0 PMP-44-5004A&B: Additive Charge Pumps A&B 

Tanks 

TNK-44-5000: Ferrous Sulfate Tank 

TNK-44-5002: Additive Mix Tank 

0 TNK-44-5004A&B: Additive Charge Tanks A&B 

Agitators 

MXA-44-5000: Ferrous Sulfate Tank Agitator 

MXA-44-5002: Additive Mix Tank Agitator 

Containment Dikes 

ENC-44-5000: Portable containment Dike 

ENC-44-5000A: Sodium Lignosulfonate Portable Containment Dike 

5.2 ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION 

Silo 3 material is conditioned with a dilute aqueous mixture of two additives: ferrous 

sulfate, to reduce certain metals (e.g., chromium) to less-toxic and less-leachable valence 

states; and sodium lignosulfonate, to reduce the dispersability of the material (Jenike and 

Johanson, 2002). 

5-1 

00004S 

I 

e- 

a 

0

. .- 

a ” 4.0;. .. 5.2.1 Sodium Lignosulfonate Supply 





50 69 

Sodium lignosulfonate is received as a 47% solution in portable, 400-ga1, high-density 

polyethylene (HDPE) tote containers. A container is placed on a structural-steel frame in 

the 10-in. concrete containment area in the northwest corner of the Cargo Container Bay. 

The bottom outlet is piped to the suction side of the Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump, which 

is a low-head, low-flow, helical gear pump designed for high-viscosity liquids. On an as- 

needed basis, the pump transfers a predetermined quantity of the solution to the Additive 

Mix Tank. 

A spare sodium lignosulfonate tote is placed in the Sodium Lignosulfonate Portable 

Containment Dike, a 400-gal capacity HDPE spill pallet. 

5.2.2 Ferrous Sulfate Supply 

Ferrous sulfate is received as a 15% solution in tanker trucks. The FeS04 Tanker Portable 

Containment Dike is placed north of the Cargo Container Building when a shipment is 

expected, and the tanker is spotted within the dike for unloading. 

A pump located on the tanker truck, transfers solution into the Ferrous Sulfate Tank, 

which is located in the 30-in. concrete containment area in the northwest corner of the 

Cargo Container Bay. The tank is a 4500-gal fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP) vessel with 

electric heat tracing and insulation. The Ferrous Sulfate Tank Agitator, along with internal 

baffles, enhances heat transfer to prevent crystallization of the solution. 

The tank’s bottom outlet is piped to the suction side of the Ferrous Sulfate Pump, which is 

a low-head centrifugal pump with polymeric wetted parts (e.g., polypropylene). On an as- 

needed basis, the pump transfers a predetermined quantity of the solution to the Additive 

Mix Tank. 

5.2.3 Process Water Supply 

Process water is supplied to the Additive Mix Tank from a 2-in. header under line pressure. 

A control valve (AOV-50-5002A) and flow-control loop are used to charge a 

predetermined quantity of water to the tank. 

5.2.4 Preparation and Transfer of Mixed Additive 

Additive solution is prepared by mixing predetermined quantities of sodium lignosulfonate, 

ferrous sulfate, and process water in the Additive Mix Tank’. This 1400-gal FRP tank is 

located in the Wastewater Tank Area. The Additive Mix Tank Agitator, along with internal 

baffles, homogenizes the mixture and keeps any solids in suspension. On an as-needed 

basis, batches of additive solution are prepared as follows: 

qhe Additive Mix Tank can also be set up to receive liquids from the Wastewater Tank Area Sump 

(i.e., discharge of Wastewater Tank Area Sump Pump). Ordinarily, such liquids are transferred to 

the Wastewater Tank (see Section 6.5); however, if a spill or leak originates in the Additive Mix 

Tank andlor its downstream lines, and the sump is relatively free of other contaminants, Operations 

may choose the mix-tank route. Both routes are set up by manual-valve alignment. 

5-2

iuwss uasuipttuil IUI tIIu mu 3 riuject 




1. Charge a predetermined quantity of process water to the Additive Mix Tank. Make sure 

the agitator is operating. 

2. Start the Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump and transfer the appropriate quantity of solution 

to the mix tank. 

3. Start the Ferrous Sulfate Pump and transfer the appropriate quantity of solution to the 

mix tank. 

The mix tank's bottom outlet is piped to the suction side of the Additive Pump, which is a 

low-head centrifugal pump with acid-resistant wetted parts. Once a batch has been 

prepared, and there is a demand from the charging system, the Additive Pump transfers 

solution to Additive Charge Tanks A and B. 

5.2.5 Charging of Mixed Additive 

The additive charging system consists of two 120-gal, HDPE Additive Charge Tanks, each 

equipped with a low-flow, high-head, centrifugal Additive Charge Pump. The pumps' 

discharge headers, which include pressure control valves to maintain a back pressure of 

approximately 20 psig, supply additive solution to the two Discharge Chute Assemblies 

(FEMP 2003b). 

As stated in Section 3.3, additive solution is sprayed into the chute during the entire fill 

cycle. The feed rate to Discharge Chute Assemblies A&B is maintained at approximately 

6 gpm, and the total flows are monitored by flow-control loops. Once the Silo 3 material 

container is full, additive charging automatically ends, and process water is introduced to 

the Discharge Chute Assembly's nozzles for flushing; the spent water is deposited in the 

container. 

The Additive Charge Tanks are sized to physically limit the volume of additive charged to 

each container. 

5-3 

000047 I

a 6.0 ': SUPPORT SYSTEMS 

- 

6.1 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING 

rrocess uescription tor tne silo 3 rrolecr 




This section addresses both the Supply Air System (System 70) and the Exhaust Air 

System (System 71). It also discusses heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) 

systems included in Miscellaneous HVAC Systems (System 771, the trailers, the Electrical 

Building, and the CEM Building. 

The following HVAC air flow and control diagrams illustrate Systems 70, 71 , and 77: 

94X-3900-H-0 1 348 

94X-3900-H-01304 

94X-3900-H-0 1 349 

94X-3900-H-0 1 347 

94X-3900-H-01423 

94X-3900-H-01350 

94X-3900-H-0 1722 

94X-3900-H-0 171 8 

94X-3900-H-017 1 9 

94X-3900-H-0 1720 

94X-3900-H-0 1 72 1 

94X-3900-H-0 1723 

94X-3900-H-01724 

94X-3900-H-01725 

@ 94X-3900-H-01726 

H0003 

H0004 

H0005 

H0006 

H0007 

H0008 

H0020 

H002 1 

H0022 

H0023 

H0024 

H0025 

H0026 

H0027 

H0028 


Process Areas 


Silo Enclosure 





Process Building - Corridors/Airlocks 

Process Building - Excavator Rooms 





Controls Sequence of Operation 

6.1 .I Rooms and Areas Serviced by HVAC Systems 

Silo 3 facility areas with the potential for airborne contamination are served by the 

cascade system. Other areas have ventilation only for general worker comfort and safety. 

In cascade systems, air is channeled from one room/area to another in a set sequence. For 

a radiological facility such as Silo 3 and related buildings, supply air flows from "clean" to 

"d i rt y " roo m s/a rea s . 

Air supplied to the cascade system is ultimately exhausted by both the HVAC Exhaust Air 

System and the PVS. The dual exhaust system minimizes the amount of air that will be 

exposed to the Silo 3 material; limits the quantity of dust collected; and minimizes the 

sizes of HEPANLPA filters, baghouses, etc. The HVAC Exhaust Air System exhausts air 

from areas and rooms where dust generation is negligible (i.e., cleaner areas than those 

exhausted by the PVS). The PVS exhausts air from dustier, more contaminated areas like 

the Excavator Room and the silo. Exhaust registers are used in the Excavator Room, while 

the VWEs located atop the silo are used for PVS ventilation of the silo. 

Additionally, a local exhaust register at each of the Package Loading Stands is connected 

to the PVS for control of potential contamination. This register captures any stray material 

that may become airborne during bag filling/sealing activities. 

Table 6-1 provides roodarea names and numbers, their relationships to the cascade I 

system, and spot-heater information. 

6- 1 

. . 

I 

I 

OS0948

.. . . 

008 

009 

01 0 

01 1 

- -. - - - 

Table 6-1 : Silo 3 HVAC Information 

Excavator Service Room No No Yes 

Excavator Room No No Yes 

Silo Enclosure Yes No No 

Cargo Container Bay Yes Yes; three No 

Process Description tor tne silo Y rroject 




00 I I Entry Corridor I Not regularly I Yes; one I Yes 

002 1 Corridor I Yes I Yes; one I Yes 

I 

003 I Airlock/Doff I Not regularly I Yes; one 1 Yes 

I 

004 I Packaging Area 1 Yes I Yes; four 1 Yes 1 

005 1 Storage Area I No I No I 

006 1 Wastewater Tank Area I Yes; three I No 

I No 

1 

007 1 Airlock I Not regularly I Yes; two 1 Yes I /I 

Process Building 

As shown in Table 6-1, most roomdareas in the Process Building have spot electric I 

heaters in addition to being heated and cooled via a push-pull cascade ventilation system 

(see Section 6.1 .Z). Occupied areas are maintained between 68 and 72OF. Temperatures I 

in unoccupied areas are not limited. However, because the cascading flow of conditioned 

air is exhausted through the Excavator Room, the room's temperature is anticipated to be 

below 1 10°F during normal operation. Other unoccupied areas are ventilated with outside 

air to maintain their temperatures below 103OF. Minimum temperatures vary with the 

room or area. 


Silo 3 is completely enclosed by a temporary, fabric-covered structure for weather 

protection. The structure has the following features: 

0 -Rigid structural frame consisting of a series of galvanized steel trusses; 

0 Framework clad with a high-strength, polyvinyl chloride-coated, polyester membrane 

that is attached to the structure's foundation; 

~ ~ ~~ 

lo Rooms/Areas in italics make up the "Process Building." 

.. . . . - 

6-2 

000049 

~~ ~ 

I 

e

8 . tic 

2,J * ' ' 

\3 cy!,; 

rrocess uescriprion Tor me aiio J rrojecr 




A9 

0 D&;c;\ned for compliance with building code standards for wind, snow, and seismic 

loads; 

0 

0 

Compatible with standard door, ventilation, and lighting systems; and 

Sufficient height to allow operation of the VWEs at all candidate manways. 

Air is drawn into the enclosure through six combination louver/backdraft dampers. 

Because the VWEs provide localized negative-pressure containment, exhaust air from the 

Silo Enclosure is not HEPA-filtered but is exhausted directly to the atmosphere by the Silo 

Enclosure Exhaust Fan (FAN-77-5780). There are no provisions for heating the Silo 

Enclosure. 


The Cargo Container Bay is ventilated by a dedicated air-handling unit with roughing filters 

(AHU-77-5737). Exhaust air is directed to the atmosphere by three roof-mounted exhaust 

fans (FAN-77-5790 A, B, and C). Radiant heaters (HTR-77-5740 A, B, and C) are provided 

in the Cargo Container Bay's work areas for spot heating in the vicinity of the Off-Loading 

Conveyors. 

Trailer 

The combined Operations Support/Change Room Trailer is heated and cooled by two 

independent HVAC units, which can be roof-, wall-, or pad-mounted. One unit heats and 

cools the Control Room, while the second unit handles the balance of the trailer. The 

entire trailer is maintained under positive pressure, with the Control Room having the 

higher pressure. 

Both HVAC units include intake HEPA filtration and are designed to maintain room 

temperatures between 68 and 8OOF. 

Electrical Building 

The Electrical Building is ventilated by drawing air through two combination 

louver/backdraft dampers via a wall exhaust fan (FAN-77-5795). Two electric unit heaters 

(HTR-77-5796A & 5796B) with unit-mounted thermostats maintain the building at a 

minimum of 55°F. 

CEM Building 

Because of the sensitivity of its instrumentation, the CEM Building is heated and cooled by 

an independent HVAC unit. The unit is designed to maintain a constant room temperature 

---------OM^l' 

i- 

L-2-O-E 

Wastewater Tank Area and Storage Area 

The Wastewater Tank Area (006) and the Storage Area (005) are adjacent and, as shown 

in Table 6-1, neither area is occupied or on the cascade system. Air is drawn into both I 

areas through two combination louver/backdraft dampers with roughing filters. Exhaust air 

from the two areas is directed to the atmosphere by the Storage and Wastewater Tank 

Area Exhaust Fan (FAN-77-5792). Three unit heaters (HTR-77-5797Ar B, and C) provide 

freeze protection for the area's four tanks, four pumps, and associated piping. 

6-3 

I

6.1.2 Supply Air System (System 70) 





The Supply Air System comprises Packaged Air Conditioning Units 1, 2, and 3 (ACU-70- 

5700, -5710, and -5720). These units draw in ambient air, heat or cool the air (as dictated 

by ambient conditions), and distribute it to various "clean, " normally occupied roomslareas 

at the head end of the cascade ventilation system. Only two of the ACUs operate at a 

time, with the third on standby. 

6.1.3 Exhaust Air System (System 71) 

Air from "clean" roomdareas is drawn into those roomdareas with a higher potential for 

contamination. Exhaust air is directed to HEPA filters and discharged to the Exhaust Stack. 

The Exhaust Air System comprises: Building Filtration Exhaust Fans A&B (FAN-71 -5760 

A&B); and Building ULPA/HEPA Exhaust Modules A&B (FLT-71-5770 A&B). 

The building ventilation/exhaust system collects air streams from all rooms and areas on 

the cascade system (see Table 6-1) and routes them through a system of galvanized steel I 

ductwork to the Building ULPA/HEPA Exhaust Modules A&B (FLT-71-5770 A&B). Each of 

the two exhaust modules includes roughing filters, HEPA filters, ULPA filters, in-place test 

sections, transition pieces, and isolation dampers. Housings for the exhaust modules are 

s t a in I e ss s t ee I , s id e-a cc e ss , "bag - i n/ ba g- o ut " housings' ' . 

Each of the two exhaust modules is sized for 100 percent airflow (i.e., approximately 

7,200 acfm). Air is pulled through the exhaust modules by one of two centrifugal exhaust 

fans (FAN-71-5760 A&B). Exhaust air is discharged from the fans to the Exhaust Stack 

(see Section 4.4.5). 

6.2 

PLANT AND INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 40) 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Plant and Instrument Air System: 

94X-3900-F-0 1 432 F0005 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 

94X-3900-N-01441 NO1 08 Plant Air System 

94X-3900-N-01444 NO 1 1 1 Plant Air System Connections 

94X-3900-N-0 1446 NO 1 1 3 Instrument Air System Connections 

The Plant and Instrument Air System provides both compressed and instrument-quality air 

for various end users such as baghouse and cartridge filter pulse jets, air-operated valves, 

and miscellaneous instrumentation. 

6.2.1 Plant/lnstrument Air Equipment (SKD-40-5300) 

-The-P-lantllastrument A ir ComDressor Skid (SKD-40-5300) is a fully self-contained, structural 

steel skid unit. All components are purchased piped and wired, and ready for installation upon 

receipt. The skid includes, but is not limited to, the following equipment: 

8 ACP-40-5320A&B: Air Compressors A&B 

8 

ART-40-531 0: Instrument Air Receiver Tank 

8 ADR-40-53 1 2A&B: Desiccant Vessels A&B 

" The "bag-in/bag-out" feature minimizes the potential of releases during filter changes. 

6-4 

000051 

I 

0

a 

a 

, 

0 

Miscellaneous filters, aftercoolers, traps, etc. 

6.2.2 Plant/lnstrument Air System Operation 


Document No. 40430-RP-0003,' Rev. 1 



Air from the Air Compressors flows to the Instrument Air Receiver Tank, which feeds air 

through the Desiccant Vessels and then to various plant and instrument air users. 

6.3 

BREATHING AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 41) 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Breathing Air System: 

94X-3900-F-0 1 432 F0005 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 

94X-3900-N-0 1 443 NO1 10 Breathing Air System 

94X-3900-N-01445 NO1 12 Breathing Air System Connections 

Because of the potentially high levels of contamination in some areas of the Silo 3 Project I 

site, workers may need supplied air on occasion. Configuration of the Breathing Air 

System is similar to that of the Plant and Instrument Air System, with the addition of 

appropriate breathing-air conditioning. 

6.3.1 Breathing Air System Equipment (SKD-41-5350) 

The Breathing Air System Compressor Skid is a fully self-contained, structural steel skid unit 

requiring only one air piping connection. All components are purchased piped and wired, and 

ready for installation upon receipt. The skid includes, but is not limited to, the following 

equipment: 

0 SKD-41-5354: Desiccant Dryer Skid 

0 Afterfilter 

0 Carbon monoxide monitor 

0 

ACP-41-5360A&B: Breathing Air Compressors A&B 

ART-41 -5352: Breathing Air Receiver Tank 

Miscellaneous filters, coolers, traps, etc. 

6.3.2 Breathing Air System Operation 

Supplied-air respirators (SARs) are available for personnel who are required to enter 

supplied-air areas for operational or maintenance purposes. Breathing air is supplied to the 

SARs by individual breathing air stations (BASs). The BASs are located either inside or 

outside of the supplied-air areas. 

Personnel entering supplied-air areas are fitted with SARs, air-purifying respirators, and/or 

other appropriate personal protective equipment; they also carry the necessary length of 

hose. Personnel remain attached to either the air-purifying respirator or the BAS until they 

leave the supplied-air area and enter a doffing area. 

6.4 PROCESS WATER AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS (SYSTEMS 50 AND 51) 

a The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate both the Process Water System and the Domestic 

Water System: 

6-5 

I 

I 

I 

I 

9 

soqosz

Process Uescription for tne bito J rrojecr 




~- 

i . 


94X-3900-N-0 1438 NO1 05 Additive Mixing and Wastewater Systems 

94X-3900-N-0 1447 NO1 14 Domestic and Process Water Systems 

An existing domestic water main supplies water to the Process Building, Excavator Room, 

Excavator Service Room, Cargo Container Bay, and various outdoor utility stations. As 

"domestic water" (System 5 1) passes through various backflow preventers (BFPs), it is re- 

designated as "process water" (System 50). Domestic water is supplied only to the safety 

shower/eyewash stations; all other users are supplied with process water. The process- 

water users are: 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Wastewater Tank (flushing and suspension of solids); 

Additive Mix Tank (preparation of mixed additive); 

Suction sides of Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump (PMP-44-5000A), Ferrous Sulfate Pump 

(PMP-44-5000A), and Additive Charge Pumps A&B (PMP-44-5004A&B) (flushing); 

Additive charge headers to Discharge Chute Assemblies A&B (nozzle cleanout); and 

0 Type 2 utility stations. 

No major process equipment is associated with either System 50 or 51. 

0 

PMP-62-5604: Wastewater Tank Area Sump Pump 

0 TNK-62-5600: Wastewater Tank 

0 MXA-62-5602: Wastewater Tank Agitator 

0 PMP-62-5606: Wastewater Pump 

6.5 WASTEWATER SYSTEM (SYSTEM 62) 

The following PFD and P&ID illustrate the Wastewater System: 



6.5.1 Wastewater System Equipment 

The Wastewater System comprises the following equipment: 

0 

PMP-62-5642: Excavator Room Sump Pump 

0 PMP-62-5404: Excavator Service Room Sump Pump 

Tfw+65~6e&**##a*- 


0 PMP-62-5606: Wastewater Pump 

0 PMP-62-5604: Excavator Service Room Sump Pump 

6.5.2 Wastewater System Operation 

The Wastewater Tank is a 1400-gal FRP tank located in the Wastewater Tank Area. The 

Wastewater Tank Agitator, along with internal baffles, minimizes differences in 

6-6 

000853 

I 

e 

- -. 

~ _

a 





* 2, ,** '- 

tempecat9re; ,pH, etc.; and keeps any solids in suspension. The tank's bottom outlet is 

piped to the suction side of the Wastewater Pump, which is a low-head centrifugal pump 

with acid-resistant wetted parts. Wastewater Tank influents are as follows: 

0 Excavator Room Sump and Excavator Service Room Sump: These rooms' floors are 

sloped to drain into concrete sumps. Infrequently, water may enter the sumps as a 

result of washdown and/or excessive misting. Air-operated diaphragm sump pumps are 

provided in each sump to transfer water to the Wastewater Tank. 

0 

0 

Wastewater Tank Area Sump: This concrete sump picks up leakage and spillage from 

the curbed area surrounding the Wastewater Tank, the Additive Mix Tank, and the two 

Additive Charge Tanks. In the Packaging Area, floor drains are provided to transfer 

wastewater to the Wastewater Tank Area Sump. An air-operated diaphragm sump 

pump transfers the sump's contents into the Wastewater Tank. 

In addition to the three sumps, the Wastewater Tank can also receive water from the 

process water line for dilution and flushing (see Section 6.4). 

Once the level in the Wastewater Tank reaches a preset high value, input from all sources 

is shut off. The tank's contents are then sampled and analyzed to ensure that they meet 

the Advanced Wastewater Treatment (AWWT) facility waste acceptance criteria. 

Arrangements are then made with AWWT personnel to transfer the tank's contents to the 

AWWT facility. This is accomplished by using the Wastewater Pump to transfer 

wastewater to a tanker truck. 

6-7 

I

7.0 REFERENCES 





-A ,A 

3U bY 

1. FEMP, Access and Retrieval Strategy for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 40430-PL- 

0002, Rev. 0, July 2002a. 

2. FEMP, Occupational ALARA Plan for Silo 3, Document No. 40430-PL-0007, Rev. 1, 

March 2003a. 

3. FEMP, Timed Estimate for Secondary Waste for Silo 2, Document No. 40430-RP-0012, 

Rev. 0, July 2002b. 

4. Jenike & Johanson, Inc., 2002. Pretreatment of Silo 3 Material with Lignosulfonate 

Solution, 4584-1 , August 2002. 

5. FEMP, Specification No. ES-JM-NOZ-25-5260 for Discharge Chute Assembly Units 

NOZ-25-5260A/BI Document No. 40430-ES-JM-RCV-25-5260, Rev. 0, April 2003b. 

6. FEMP, Fernald Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan, Document No. 40430-PL-0005, 

Revision 0, April 2002b. 

7-1 000055

R 

ni 

2

FLUOR 

Fluor Fernald, Inc. 

P.O. Box 538704 

Cincinnati, OH 45253-8704 

ACCESS AND RETRIEVAL STRATEGY 

FOR THE- SILO 3 PROJECT 

Document No. 40430-PL-0002 

September 2003 

Revision 1 

FERNALD CLOSURE PROJECT 

'. 

Fernald Project Number 40430 

APPROVED BY: %- DATE: 

Doris Edwards, Silo 3 Project Manager 

5069

-_______ 

, 

f 

Revision 

0 

1 

Date 

711 1 102 

9/29/03 

Access and Retrieval Strategy for the Silo 3 Project 

Document No. 40430-PL-0002, Rev. 1 


____ 


Pages Affected 

AI I 

All 

ii 

~~ 

~~ ~ 


Issued for Design 

By Jacobs Engineering Group - Oak Ridge 

Design Changes 

Issued for Remedial Design Package 

By Fluor Fernald, Inc. 

000057


Document No . 40430.PL.0002. Rev . 1 


..... 5069 

... 

..... . Table of Contents 

. ‘ . . . 

i- ;‘i ::-.! :& ........ 

ACRONYMS ......................................................................................................... V 

1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................... 1 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

1.1 OVERVIEW OF ACCESS AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS .............................. 1 

1 . 1 . 1 Preliminary Activities ............................................................... 1 

1 . 1 . 2 Pneumatic Retrieval System ...................................................... 1 

1.1.3 Mechanical Retrieval System ..................................................... 1 

1.2 SILO 3 MATERIAL .............................................................................. 2 

1.2.1 History of Generation of Silo 3 Material ...................................... 2 

1.2.2 Quantity and Characteristics of Silo 3 Material ............................ 2 

1.3 SILO 3 STRUCTURE ........................................................................... 3 

1.4 LOAD LIMITATIONS ON SILO 3 ........................................................... 5 

1.5 SILO ENCLOSURE .............................................................................. 5 

ACCESS AND RETRIEVAL SEQUENCE ............................................................ 7 

2.1 INITIAL SILO ACCESS ........................................................................ 7 

2.2 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL ..................................................................... 7 

2.3 SILO WALL ACCESS .......................................................................... 7 

2.4 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL ................................................................... 8 

PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM ................................................................. 9 

3.1 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ...................................... 9 

3.1.1 Vacuum Wand Management System (VWMS) ............................. 9 

3.1.2 Other PRS Equipment .............................................................. 10 

3.2 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OPERATION ..................................... 1 1 

MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM .............................................................. 12 

4.1 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT .................................. 12 . . 

4.1 . 1 Excavator (EXC-1 1-5050) ........................................................ 12 

4.1.2 Retrieval Bin (HBN-1 1-5054) .................................................... 13 

4.1.3 OTHER MRS EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13 

4.1.4 Excavator Room and Excavator Service Room ............................ 13 

4.2 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OPERATION ................................... 14 

SILO 3 WALL OPENING ............................................................................... 16 

5.1 REINFORCEMENT FRAME CONSTRUCTION .......................................... 16 

5.2 FACILITY CONSTRUCTION ................................................................. 16 

5.3 WALL CUrrlNG ................................................................................ 16 

6.0 VIDEO EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................... 19 

7.0 REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 20 

iii 

..




- -. 

5669 

FIGURES 

Figure 1-1 Plan View of Silo ................................................................................... 4 

Figure 1-2 Elevation View of Silo Opening ................................................................ 5 

Figure 5-1 Layout of Section Cuts. ......................................................................... 18 


REFERENCE DRAWINGS: 

94X-3900-F-01428 FOOOl Material Balance Table 



94X-3900-F-01430 F0004 Water and Wastewater Systems 


General Arrangement Drawings: 

94X-3900-M-0 1 46 1 

94X-3900-M-01463 

94X-3900-M-01464 

94X-3900-M-01465 

94X-3900-M-01467 

94X-3900-M-01468 

94X-3900-M-01469 

94X-3900-M-01470 

MOO01 

MOO02 

MOO03 

MOO04 

MOO07 

MOO08 

MOO09 

MOO10 

General Arrangement Plot Plan 


General Arrangement 1 St Floor Plan 

General Arrangement Plan at EL 597'-8" 

General Arrangement Section A 

General Arrangement Section B 

General Arrangement Section C 

General Arrangement Section D 

iv

A&RS 

CCTV 

DOE 

FCP 

FEMP 

FMPC 

HEPA 

HVAC 

MRS 

nd 

PD 

PPE 

PRS 

PVS 

RCRA 

TSR 

U LPA 

VWMS 

'0 1. :*. . 

4l ., 




ACRONYMS 


Closed-circuit television 


Fernald Closure Project 


Feed Materials Production Center 

High efficiency particulate air 

Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning 


Not dated 


Personal protective equipment 



Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 

Technical Safety Requirements 

Ultra low penetrating air 

Vacuum Wand Management System 

V 

5069




* _. , ’; : 

0 I .o INTRODUCTION 5069 

This Access and Retrieval Strategy (A&RS) document describes the strategies, systems, 

and equipment for accessing and retrieving material from Silo 3. The silo is located at the 

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Fernald Closure Project (FCP) site in Fernald, Ohio. 

Previously, the site has been named the Feed Materials Production Center (FMPC) and the 

Fernald Environmental Management Project (FEMP). As part of the remediation of 

Operable Unit 4 at the FCP, approximately 5,100 yd3 of byproduct metal oxide materials 

stored in Silo 3 will be removed, conditionedltreated, packaged, and transported to an offsite 

facility for disposal. 

0 

0 

The A&RS is limited to access and retrieval operations only and is not intended to describe 

the subsequent handling, conditioning/treatment, packaging, and transport of the Silo 3 

material. These activities are covered in the Process Description for the Silo 3 Project 

(FEMP 2003). 

1.1 OVERVIEW OF ACCESS AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS 

1.1.1 PRELIMINARY ACTIVITIES 

Access and retrieval of the Silo 3 material will be accomplished by using both pneumatic 

and mechanical systems. Before the silo is accessed for retrieval operations, the radon 

concentration in the silo headspace will be reduced to an acceptable level. In preparation 

for mechanical retrieval, a reinforced concrete framework has been installed on the east 

silo wall (during Silo 3 Project construction), and a section of the silo wall will be removed 

(after initial pneumatic retrieval operations). 

1.1.2 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 

x. 

Pneumatic retrieval involves vacuuming material through the existing man ways on the 

Silo 3 dome. The system is used to remove flowable material in a controlled manner from 

top to bottom and from behind the silo wall before creating the wall opening. The 

Pneumatic Retrieval System (PRS) transfers the material to the Process Building, where the 

material is conditionedhreated and packaged. The PRS will be operated initially since the 

material height is into the dome space. 

1.1.3 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 

In addition to pneumatic retrieval, a Mechanical Retrieval System (MRS) is used to access 

and remove the compacted material from Silo 3. A mechanical excavator transfers Silo 3 

material to a bin located in the Excavator Room. An inclined belt conveyor feeds the 

material to the Process Building. 

It is also expected that the excavator will be used as necessary to manipulate a vacuum 

wand end effector to retrieve material using the PRS. The excavator can also be used 

specifically to loosen compacted material, which then could be vacuumed by the PRS 

vacuum wands located inside the silo.

.. 8 . 

t r: 

F' (3 :2*- 




_- _ _ ~ 

' SILO 3 MATERIAL 

~ ~ _ 

_ ~ 

5 Q-6-9-- 

Silo 3 contains metal oxide material generated from the operation of the former Feed 

Materials Production Center (FMPC), now known as the Fernald Closure Project (FCP). 

1.2.1 HISTORY OF GENERATION OF SILO 3 MATERIAL 

Raffinate streams from FMPC's solvent extraction process were dewatered using rotary 

vacuum filters. The filtrate streams were then processed through evaporators, and the 

evaporator concentrates were further processed using either a spray calciner or a rotary 

calciner. From plant startup through the mid-1 950s, a spray calciner processed the 

concentrates. Approximately 35 percent of the Silo 3 material is believed to have come 

from this process. Because of operational difficulties with the spray calciners, a rotary 

calciner process was implemented. In this process, the evaporator concentrates were 

transferred to a drum dryer and, finally, to a rotary calciner. The calciner removed residual 

liquids and converted the metal nitrates to metal oxides. The resulting fine powdered 

metal oxides were pneumatically transferred to Silo 3 for storage. Transfer of all materials 

into Silo 3 continued until 1957. 

1.2.2 QUANTITY AND CHARACTERISTICS OF SILO 3 MATERIAL 

Approximately 5,100 yd3 of metal oxide material are stored in Silo 3. The predominant 

radionuclide of concern is thorium-230, which is produced from the natural decay of 

uranium-238. Silo 3 material is classified as 11 (e)(2) byproduct material under the Atomic 

Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and contains several Resource Conservation and 

Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) metals. Silo,3 material is specifically exempt from 

regulation as a hazardous waste under RCRA because of its classification as 1 1 (e)(2) 

byproduct material. 

Based on historical information and recent sampling events, the following assumptions are 

made regarding the physical characteristics of the Silo 3 material: 

0 The uppermost two-thirds of the material is dry, fine powder, similar to fly ash. 

0 Using data obtained during the Silo 3 Small Scale Waste Retrieval (FEMP 19981, and 

the Flow Properties Test Report (Jenike & Johanson 20021, the lower third of the 

material is assumed to be compacted such that it cannot flow freely. Small Scale 

Retrieval activities removed material up to 11 feet high and 4 feet into the silo. 

0 

Miscellaneous debris, such as simple hand tools, personal protective equipment (PPE), 

and plastic bags, are potentially present in the silo. 

0 About ninety percent (by weight) of the Silo 3 material sample passes through a 200- 

mesh sieve. This indicates that the majority of the contents are expected to be silt/clay 

size or smaller. Much of the Silo 3 material sample was easily fluidized, dispersible, 

and flowable. Recent particle size analyses (Savannah River Technology Center 2001 1 

showed that most of the material consists of particles greater than 1 micron. However, 

these particles are aggregates of submicron size particles, that can be easily dispersed 

during retrieval operations. It is expected that the retrieved Silo 3 material will have 

2 

000062

.r t :: I-. 

a ,J d+ 




som'e variability in particle size and composition. It is not, however, expected to be a 

significantly different material from that found in previous testing (Argonne National 

Laboratory 1997). A summary of the various particle size analyses performed on Silo 3 

material was prepared. This paper examined the issues associated with each of the 

methods used and attempted to describe how the Silo material physical and chemical 

characteristics could affect the particle size analysis. (FCP, 2003). This testing 

identified both physical characteristics (e.g., particle-size distribution) and chemical 

constituents, and concluded that processing of the Silo 3 material requires the use of 

both containment and ventilation. 

Characterization studies have found the moisture content of Silo 3 material samples to 

be approximately 3 - 10 percent by weight. 

The chemical constituents of the Silo 3 material are mostly inorganic metal oxides. 

Most of the Silo 3 radioactivity is from thorium-230; the balance is uranium-238 and 

other uranium daughters. The radon emanation rate' is approximately 1 O5 pCi/second. 

Based on previous measurements, the silo headspace's radon concentration is about 

300,000 pCi/L. 

1.3 SILO 3 STRUCTURE 

Silo 3 was built in 1952 and is a freestanding, pre-stressed concrete, domed silo. As 

shown in Figures 1-1 and 1-2, it is 80 ft in diameter and the top is about 36 ft above 

ground level. The floor system is constructed of seventeen inches of compacted clay, a 

2-inch-thick layer of asphaltic concrete, and an eight-inch layer of gravel topped by 4 in. of 

concrete. 

0 Silo 3 does not have an underdrain system.'. The domed roof tapers from 8 in. thick at the 

a 

silo walls to 4 in. thick at the apex. The apex is 36 ft high; and the walls are 

approximately 27 ft above the top of the foundation, with the earth on the outside 

approximately 2 ft above the silo floor. Silo 3 contains increased reinforcing around the 

dome periphery (ring beam). The man ways on the silo dome have various diameters. Four 

of the man ways, which were used as material inlet ports, are arranged radially, ninety 

degrees apart across the dome, and are 20-in diameter. A man way at the center of the 

dome is also 20-in diameter. There are two additional man ways, 24-in diameter, one at 

the northern edge and the other at the eastern edge of the silo dome. There is a 6-in vent 

port near the center man way and 24 2-in "sounding" ports. 

'The rate at which radon is transferred from the solid phase to theheadspace. 

:: 1. 3 

50 69




Figure 1-1 Plan View of Silo 3 

80'-0" 

4 

000064

@ 

1.4 

LOAD LIMITATIONS ON SILO 3 


Document No. 40430-PL-0002. Rev. 1 


Figure 1-2 Elevation View of Silo Opening 

ELEVATION 

LOOWG WEST 

The Technical Safety Requirements (TSR) Document for the Operable Unit 4 Silos (FCP 

2003) defines the requirements and restrictions for live and dead loads placed on Silo 3. 

The engineering design and operation of the Vacuum Wand Management System will be 

evaluated to ensure compliance with the DOE-approved TSR document. 

The FCP Silos Dome Access Procedure delineates administrative controls to ensure silo 

dome loads are evaluated and placed in accordance with the TSR document. In no case 

shall loads, other than personnel and personnel-carried portable equipment, be placed on 

the silo dome unless evaluated and approved in writing by Silos Project Engineering and 

within authorization of the TSR revision approved by DOE. Silos Project Engineering shall 

evaluate any components to be connected to the silo for live load and dead load, and 

determine when the component is no longer a live load. 

Finite element analysis of the silo has been performed to support the design of the 

concrete reinforcement at the location of the silo wall opening. 

"Critical lift" plans are to be developed for all lifting performed over the silo structure, and 

for lifts in which a potential exists to impact the silo structure. The definition of a "critical 

lift," as well as the requirements for critical lift plans, are contained in the FCP Hoist and 

Rigging Manual (FCP nd). 

1.5 SILO ENCLOSURE 

A fabric membrane structure will be cons ructed to completely en 

protection. The structure has the following features: 

. . *. .?. . , 

< r : - : * I . 

5 

' \ 

lose Silo 3 for weather 

5068 

000865




_ _ ~ ~ _ 

__ 

8' "0 Rigid structural frame, consisting of a series of galvanized steel trusses; 5069 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Main trusses, designed for additional collateral loads (e.g., personnel tie-off, small-bore 

pipinglconduit, and vacuum wand hoists and hoses). 

Framework, clad with a high-strength, coated polyester membrane and attached to the 

structure foundation; 

Compliance with building code standards, including wind, snow, and seismic loads; 

Compatible with standard door, ventilation, and lighting systems; and 

Sufficient height to allow operation of the VWMS at all selected man ways. 

Air inlet and outlet dampers. Exhaust (outlet) air is directed to the atmosphere by 

Exhaust Fan (FAN-77-5780). Exhaust air from the Silo Enclosure is not HEPA-filtered, 

since negative-pressure containment is provided at each man way for pneumatic 

retrieval. 

6 

000066 

- -

I' .\ 

I . 

I . a . 

; 

2.0 ACCESS AND RETRIEVAL SEQUENCE 




Radon and radionuclide emissions to the environment, as well as to project work areas, are 

monitored during all access and retrieval operations. Operations are planned and 

implemented to maintain emissions and work area conditions within defined, acceptable 

ranges. The following sections describe the planned Silo 3 access and retrieval sequence. 

2.1 INITIAL SILO ACCESS 

Before startup of pneumatic retrieval, the radon concentration in the silo headspace is 

reduced. An exhaust air hose is connected to one or more existing vent/sounding ports on 

the silo dome and conveys silo headspace air to the Process Vent System (PVS) dust 

collectors. Makeup air (for air displaced by the PVS) is introduced from a high efficiency 

particulate air (HEPA) filter into the silo by another hose, connected to other existing 

venthounding ports on the silo dome. This arrangement provides a slightly negative 

pressure in the silo and routes the exhaust air through the PVS dust collector and 

HEPA/ultra low penetrating air (ULPA) filters. The air is then discharged through the 

Exhaust Stack, where radon and particulate emissions are continuously monitored. Air 

flow during this initial activity is closely monitored and metered to ensure that stack 

emissions, and the resultant fence-line impacts, are acceptable, within established 

limitations, and correspond to steady-state emission estimates. These estimates can be 

found in the Environmental Control Plan (FEMP 2003~). 

Weather conditions will be evaluated before the start of this initial radon release, to 'ensure 

that atmospheric stability conditions are consistent with as low as reasonably achievable 

(ALARA) principles. The silo dome connections will be designed, and radiological work 

permits planned, to protect workers and control radon releases. 

'. 

2.2 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL 

Silo 3 material is initially retrieved pneumatically from six of the existing silo dome man 

ways (retrieval from the northernmost man way is not currently planed. The Vacuum 

Wand Management System (VWMS) equipment will be placed on'the silo dome during 

project construction. Installation of VWMS equipment on the man ways will be performed 

after construction, following reduction of radon in the silo headspace, and in accordance 

with radiological work permits. 

Retrieval operations will be performed from man way to man way, with a limited amount 

of material removed for each man way retrieval event, in order to achieve a near uniform 

removal of material from top to bottom. A primary objective of the pneumatic retrieval is 

the removal of sufficient material from behind the eastern wall of the silo before creating 

the wall opening. Pneumatic retrieval will be performed until it is no longer effective in 

material removal. 

2.3 SILO WALL ACCESS 

An opening will be cut in the silo wall'to enable mechanical retrieval. This opening will not 

be made until operations determines that the pneumatic retrieval system is no longer 

7 

50 69 

000067

- c-- 




__- 54-6-9- -- -~~ ___- 

effective in removing loose material due to either limits of wand reach or compaction of 

material. The construction of a reinforcing frame around the opening has been completed 

during the construction phase, as well as the Excavator Building - Excavator Room and 

Excavator Service Room. These rooms are constructed to provide material containment. 

The wall opening will be enlarged in multiple segments by removing only a limited number 

of wall sections at a time. This provides some flexibility in loosening compacted material, 

using the excavator, from behind the wall through a partially made opening. Pneumatic 

retrieval can be used again if material is loosened and flowable. Otherwise, the excavator 

will be used to remove material before proceeding with removal of additional wall sections. 

2.4 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL 

Once the wall opening has been fully developed, the Excavator is used to retrieve material 

from the silo. The Excavator is also used to fragment compacted material that could not 

initially be pneumatically retrieved. Pneumatic retrieval can be used again, from the silo 

dome or from the excavator, if material is loosened and flowable. 

Retrieval operations are considered complete when no additional material can be removed 

using either the PRS or the MRS. 

i 

8 

OOQ068 

e 

e

a 

3.0' PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 

3.1 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 


Document NO. 40430-PL-0002, Rev. 1 


The Pneumatic Retrieval System comprises the following equipment (additional equipment 

information is provided in the Process Description for the Silo 3 Project): 

Vacuum Wand Management Systems A - F 

DCL- 10-5002: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

FLT-10-5005: Cartridge Filter 

0 FLT-10-5004: HEPA Filter 

BLR-10-5006 Pneumatic Retrieval Blower 

FDR-10-5104: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder 

ROF-10-5108: Primary Rotary Feeder 

ROF-10-5110: Secondary Rotary Feeder 

FDR- 1 0-5 1 02: Feed Conveyor 

FLT-10-5070: Supply HEPA Filter 

3.1.1 VACUUM WAND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VWMS) 

A Silo 3 Vacuum Wand Demonstration Test was performed at a local mechanical shop to 

evaluate vacuum wand concepts recommended by a DOE Technical Assistance Team and 

by a selected commercial pneumatic retrieval company. Based on the demonstration test 

results (INEEL 2003), the original VWMS design has been replaced by a new design 

(described below). The demonstration was near full-scale; additional demonstration of the 

full-scale design, with refined features, will be performed to verify the new design and to 

identify any additional refinements. 

The VWMS design for each silo dome man way consists of the following: 

Ventilation enclosure, fiberglass-coated man way collar/insert, bolted to the man 

way, with two hose connections - one for air inlet hose to convey makeup air from 

Supply HEPA Filter, FLT-10-5070 and one air outlet hose to convey exhaust air to 

the PVS dust collectors. The fiberglass coating provides a smooth surface to 

prevent wear and gouging of the aluminum vacuum wand as the wand rubs against 

the man way opening. The enclosure allows use of essentially all of the man way 

opening for pivoting and maneuvering the vacuum wand: 

Rubberized accordion-type flexible boot with zippered opening, attached to the 

ventilation enclosure, through which vacuum wand is inserted into silo (tape applied 

to seal opening and secure wand to flexible boot); 

1. 

9 

000069

. ... 




----?-15.Q-&-- 

Vacuum wand - 4" diameter x 5' long aluminum tube sections (including a wand 

end effector section), with camlock fittings for addition of wand tube sections as 

pneumatic retrieval progresses deeper into the silo; 

Vacuum hose, to convey material from vacuum wand to PRS Collector, DCL-10- 

5002. The hose is corrugated (smooth interior surface), with a grounding wire 

embedded into the hose. Continuity checks can be conducted on the hose to test 

for wear areas caused by friction of the material; 

Motorized Hoist, secured on Silo 3 Enclosure roof trusses above each man way, 

used to assist operator in lifting, lowering, and maneuvering the vacuum wand and 

hose; 

Hose cradle, with rollers, used in conjunction with hoist to support vacuum hose 

(preventing excessive hose bending) and to assist operator in maneuvering the 

vacuum wand and hose; 

Clamp-on "steering wheel", attached to vacuum wand, and used to assist the 

operator in maneuvering the vacuum wand; 

"Bullet" camera, taped to vacuum wand end effector, with monitor provided locally 

on silo dome and onwork platforms for operator viewing of vacuum wand retrieval 

performance inside the silo; 

Wooden platforms at five man ways (no platform at the center man way) to provide 

operators with a level-working surface. 

OTHER PRS EQUIPMENT 

\ 

DCL-10-5002, Pneumatic Retrieval Collector, is a baghouse-type material collector 

used to separate the retrieved material from the associated air stream. Material and air 

is conveyed from the VWMS vacuum wands, via flexible vacuum hose, to the 

Pneumatic Retrieval Collector. 

FLT-10-5005, Cartridge Filter, provides additional removal of material from the air 

stream discharged from the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector. 

FLT-10-5004, HEPAAILPA Filter, provides additional removal of any material remaining 

in the air stream discharged from the Cartridge Filter. 

BLR-10-5006, Pneumatic Retrieval Blower, produces the pneumatic air stream and 

vacuum for the Pneumatic Retrieval System. 

FDR-10-5 1 04, Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder, is a variable-speed 

screw feeder used to transfer material, at an operator-set rate, from the Pneumatic 

Retrieval Collector toward the project packaging system. 

ROF-10-5108, Primary Rotary Feeder, is used to provide an airlock between the high 

vacuum in the upstream Pneumatic Retrieval Collector and the low vacuum in the 

downstream Feed Conveyor and packaging system. 

ROF-10-5 1 10, Secondary Rotary Feeder, is used in series with the Primary Rotary 

Feeder to ensure an adequate airlock between the higher and lower vacuum systems. 

10 

000070 

e

0 o 

h i, , :, f , -4 

\ 1. t- 




FDR-10-5102, Feed Conveyor, is a constant-speed screw conveyor, which receives 

material from both the Pneumatic and Mechanical Retrieval Systems and transfers the 

material to the project packaging system. 

3.2 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OPERATION 

Initial retrieval efforts are pneumatic. Material is vacuumed out of the silo through selected 

man ways on the dome. Retrieval operations will be performed from man way to man 

way, with a limited amount of material removed for each man way retrieval event, in order 

to achieve a near uniform removal of material from top to bottom. Pneumatic retrieval 

continues from selected man ways until it is no longer effective or practical due to either 

inaccessibility by the pneumatic wand or a reduction in flowability of the material. One of 

the retrieval sites is the easternmost man way; material is removed from this point until 

the east wall is clear enough to allow for wall-cutting activities. 

Two or more operators will operate the VWMS on the silo dome. Their operations will be 

guided by using the VWMS cameras and by communicating (by radio) with PRS operators 

in the Process Building. The Process Building operators will control and monitor the PRS, 

exclusive of the VWMS. An alarm on the silo dome will indicate that the Pneumatic 

Retrieval Collector has a high material level and the VWMS operators will maneuver the 

vacuum wand as necessary to reduce the rate of material retrieval. A high-high material 

level will automatically stop the PRS blower. The Process Building PRS operators will 

communicate with the packaging system operators, who have the primary control of the 

material retrieval rate (i.e., material retrieval rate must be consistent with packaging rate 

- - 

@ capability). 

1.1 

5069

--- c 

4.0 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 

4.1 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 




-1 7 Sk-b-9- 

The Mechanical Retrieval System comprises the following equipment (Note: Additional 

equipment information is provided in the Process Descrbtiun fur the Silo 3 Project): 


HBN-1 1-5054: Retrieval Bin 

0 EAR-1 1-5052: Retrieval Bin Hood 

0 EAR-1 1-5053: Excavator Room Hood 

0 FDR-11-5 106: Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

0 DFC-11-5056: Inclined Conveyor 

0 FDR-11-5100: Transfer Conveyor 

4.1.1 EXCAVATOR (EXC-11-5050) 

The Excavator is an electrically powered, remotely controlled (using CCTV for viewing 

operation), hydraulically operated crawler machine with the following features and 

capabilities: 

0 Rotational, elevation, and telescoping boom capabilities; 

Maneuverability in small areas; 

'. 

Load-handling capability; 

Concrete removal and size-reduction capabilities; 

0 Remote attachment and operation of all end effectors; 

Power cable management system; 

0 Lights and CCTV cameras; and 

0 Water misting capabilities. 

The end effectors include hammerkhisel, bucket, rake, vacuum attachment, and grappler. 

The Excavator travels at a maximum speed of about 1.8 ft per second. The boom of the 

Excavator has a reach of about 30 ft. 

The Excavator, which can operate both inside and outside of the silo, is deployed from the 

Excavator Room, which is constructed adjacent to the silo. A window on the Excavator 

Room wall and the CCTV System allow the operator to monitor its operation to ensure 

that it does not adversely contact the Silo 3 and Excavator Building walls or ceilings. 

12 

OQ0072

0 

Break up compacted material within Silo 3; 




Retrieve miscellaneous debris, such as simple hand tools, PPE, and plastic bags from 

the silo; and 

Carry and manipulate a hose for pneumatic retrieval, as required, to support mechanical 

operations. 

4.1.2 RETRIEVAL BIN (HBN-11-5054) 

The Retrieval Bin is a rectangular bin located just east of the Silo 3 opening, and is covered 

by load-bearing grating that includes a ferrous magnet. The magnet assembly mounts 

within the grating system and limits the size and the amount of debris (especially metallic 

debris) that would otherwise drop into the Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder. Debris is 

removed from the grating by the Excavator (with appropriate attachments) or manually, if 

necessary. 

The bin is below-grade and has steep sides that allow it to be used as both a chute and a 

hopper. The bin is designed to allow the Excavator to drive over the opening without 

damage to either the bin or the grate. 

4.1.3 OTHER MRS EQUIPMENT 

FDR-11-5106, Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder, is a variable-speed screw feeder used to 

transfer material, at an operator-set rate, from the Retrieval Bin to the Inclined 

Conveyor. 

DFC-11-5056, Inclined Conveyor, is a pocketed belt conveyor used to transfer material 

to the required elevation for packaging. 

FDR-11-5 100, Transfer Conveyor, is a constant-speed screw feeder used to transfer 

material from the Inclined Conveyor to the Feed Conveyor that feeds material to the 

packaging system. 

EAR-1 1-5052, Retrieval Bin Hood, and EAR-1 1-5053, Excavator Room Hood, are 

exhaust air registers that collect air inside the Excavator Room that is conveyed by 

ductwork to the Process Vent System dust collectors. 

4.1.4 EXCAVATOR ROOM AND EXCAVATOR SERVICE ROOM 

Both the Excavator Room and the Excavator Service Room include the following features: 

Provisions for decontamination of the Excavator (i.e., plant air, vacuum, and process 

water); and 

Trenches and sumps to collect both misting and wash water, and sump pumps to 

transfer the water to the Wastewater Tanks. 

13 

000073

' 

-- 




5-0 

-6-9-- 

-. *{n addison, the Excavator Room size allows the storage of end effectors and containers for 

oversized material and debris recovered from the Retrieval Bin grating. 

4.2 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OPERATION 

A reinforced concrete frame has been installed on the east silo wall during the project 

construction phase. Once sufficient material has been pneumatically removed from behind 

the proposed wall opening, the silo wall is cut using a wall saw mounted on a track and 

wall sections are removed to allow the Excavator to access the Silo 3 contents. The 

cutting operation includes adding a system of braces to stabilize the wall. This allows 

flexibility to remove the wall in sections or to continue until the entire opening has been 

cut. The extent of wall removal will be determined by the quantity of material present 

behind the wall. 

Through a combination of pushing, raking, and lifting, the Excavator (EXC-11-5050) 

transfers material to the Retrieval Bin (HBN-11-5054). The excavator can also move/ 

transfer the material under the silo dome man ways, where it is accessible for retrieval 

using the vacuum wands. The excavator may also be used to manipulate a vacuum wand 

and hose for pneumatic retrieval. 

To minimize the likelihood of material collapse, the Silo 3 material is routinely graded to 

maintain an adequate angle of repose. 

Once the Excavator is in full operation, the water-misting system (on the excavator) may 

be employed for one or both of the following functions: 

e 

e 

Dust suppression: During mechanical retrieval, the silo's contents will be disturbed, and 

excessive dusting2 in the Excavator Room may result; however, the Excavator is 

expected to be operated in a controlled banner to minimize dusting. 

Stabilization of working face: As piles of Silo 3 material are created and "groomed," 

water misting may be used as a safe working practice to help establish a stable face. 

Water is supplied to the system from a water tank located on the Excavator. Tests have 

shown that the Silo 3 material has a significant capacity to absorb moisture, even to the 

point of deliquescence. Because the misting system will be used infrequently and the 

water introduced is a small fraction of the absorbent capacity of the material, it is 

expected that moisture addition will have no deleterious effect on the material-handling 

process if controlled properly. Caution must be used to only facilitate crusting of the 

material and avoid creating wet areas. 

Use of this system will be limited since the dust 

can also be removed after settling by vacuuming. Use of the misting system may be very 

localized and specific for operator access to the work area. 

One operator will control the excavator from the corridor between the Excavator Room 

and the Process Building; a viewing window is provided on the Excavator Room wall. The 

excavator operator will be guided by viewing through the Excavator Room window and by 

'"Excessive dusting" is defined as that degree of atmospheric dusting that interferes with visibility 

(both visual and CCTV) in the Excavator Room. 

14 

000074 

a

. I: 

r, !*; \.I 5- 




i;' ,i ' ! ! e 

using the' CCTV System (on the excavator and in the Excavator Room) and by 

communicating with MRS operators in the Process Building. The Process Building - 

operators will control and monitor the MRS, exclusive of the excavator. The Process 

Building MRS operators will communicate with the packaging system operators, who have 

the primary control .of the material retrieval rate (i.e., material retrieval rate must be 

consistent with packaging rate capability). 

'. 

1.5 

5069.

~ ~- 

- - 

. 5.0 SILO 3 WALL OPENING 

- 




- 

-- 5069 

The Silo 3 wall opening will be about 14 ft wide and 20 ft high. This allows the Excavator 

ample clearance to enter the silo and remove material. 

5.1 REINFORCEMENT FRAME CONSTRUCTION 

A reinforced concrete frame has been constructed around the proposed opening to the 

silo. The frame is anchored into the existing concrete core wall to prevent the wall from 

moving independently of the frame when the opening is cut. The frame was cast-in-place 

around the area to be cut. Dowels are set with epoxy into the core wall to provide full 

shear transfer and to physically attach the frame to the existing wall. 

The frame is extended with a large tapered edge on each vertical side of the frame. The 

tapered edge provides additional bonding of the new concrete frame to the existing wall 

through the concrete-to-concrete bond; it will also minimize the intensity of the forces 

being transferred. 

5.2 FACILITY CONSTRUCTION 

The following facilities will be constructed/installed and will support the cutting of the silo 

wall: 

0 Excavator Room and Excavator Service Room, including sumps, sump pumps, HVAC 

ductwork, and all related equipment. Temporary liners, berms, and other necessary 

drainage features will be used in the Excavator Room to direct saw cooling water to 

0 

0 

the Excavator Room Sump3; '. 

Process Vent System, via Retrieval Bin and Excavator Room Hoods, provide dust 

removal during cutting operations; 

Wastewater Tanks to receive saw cooling water from sump. 

5.3 WALL CUTTING 

The silo wall opening will be created by cutting several wall sections (see Figure 5-1) to 

allow removal of a limited number of sections at a time, working from top to bottom, in 

order to provide some flexibility in removing material from behind the wall before making 

the entire opening. 

A mock-up demonstration of wall cutting was performed on the empty Silo 4 (FCP, 2003). 

The actual Si1.o 3 wall cutting and wall section bracing design will be based on the Silo 4 

demonstration. However, the Silo 3 design will be further evaluated and finalized, based 

on the actual quantity of material behind the wall after the initial pneumatic retrieval. 

3When cutting operations are complete, these drainage features will be removed and disposed. 

1.6 

000076 

e

. I . 

4 . 

. r hir 

1' I 




The following summarizes the general steps demonstrated at Silo 4 and planned for Silo 3: 

1. 

2. Remove selected decant ports for clearance during the horizontal cutting operation. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

8. 

9. 

Initially install wall section brackets and braces that do not interfere with the cutting 

operation. 

Attach a bracing system with vertical steel stiffbacks, if required due to internal loads 

caused by material behind the wall. Design of the braces will be finalized upon 

evaluation of material remaining behind the wall after initial pneumatic operations. 

Vertical braces were not used in the Silo 4 demonstration due to no material loads 

internal to the silo. 

Install the wall saw track and the saw. Make all the vertical cuts within 1 - 2 inches of 

the inside surface. Make all cuts using multiple passes (reposition the saw for each 

pass until the cuts are within 1 - 2 inches of the inside surface). 

Attach horizontal braces to carry radial loads on the sections. One horizontal brace will 

be provided for each row of sections. These horizontal braces are attached to the 

concrete stiffening columns on each side of the opening. The braces will be designed 

for removal by the excavator. 

Remove the vertical steel stiffbacks, if installed, coordinating removal with horizontal 

braces installation. 

Remove the existing gunnite and post-tensioned wired layer from the cast-in-place 

concrete. 

Make all horizontal cuts within 1 - 2 inches of the inside surface. All the cuts will be 

made in multiple passes. 

In sequence with cutting, brackets (or other hardware) will be installed on the concrete 

sections to allow the excavator to pull the sections out. 

10.Vibrate the section or cut area, of the section to be removed, to facilitate cracking of 

the concrete prior to removal. Remove the concrete section and place the section 

behind the excavator for subsequent removal (the horizontal braces may be removed 

prior to removal of each row of sections. 

11 .Remove material behind the opening, as necessary, to enable removal of next row. 

17 

506 d 

000077




Figure 5-1 Layout of Section Cuts 

1- 44-15FT ,-j 

AI 

61 

c1 

D1 

A2 

82 

c2 

D2 

\ 

A3 

18 

E3 

c3 

D3 

19 -20 FT 

000078 

0

- :, :!,:- 




a 

6.0 VIDEO EQUIPMENT 

.-, ,' 

';( ('t 

Video cameras will be provided at the following locations to support Silo 3 access and 

retrieval (other cameras, not specifically provided for access and retrieval, are provided in 

other areas of the Silo 3 remediation facility): 

0 

0 

0 

0 

One silo dome overview camera, mounted inside enclosure and above the dome; 

One camera and light to view silo interior, mounted at center man way; 

One camera for Excavator Room overview, mounted on ceiling above the MRS retrieval 

bin; 

Two cameras (tripod-mounted) in the Excavator Room; 

Two cameras on the Excavator (2 cameras); 

One infrared "bullet" camera for each VWMS vacuum wand. 

Portable monitors for the VWMS "bullet" cameras are provided for local viewing only, by 

the VWMS operators, on the silo dome and on the man way platforms. 

Monitors and controls for operation of the other cameras - silo dome, silo interior, 

excavator room, excavator, and other Silo 3 cameras - are located in the Operations 

Support Trailer Control Room, on the silo dome, and in the Process BuildinglExcavator 

Room corridor (at the Excavator Room viewing window). Any of these cameras can be 

monitored and controlled from any of the three monitor/control locations.

: 

7 .O 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

REFERENCES 




FEMP, Process Description for the Silo 3 Project, 40430-RP-0003, Revision 1, 

September 2003. 

FEMP, Silo 3 Small Scale Waste Retrieval Close Out Report, 4041 0-RP-0003, 

Revision 0, 1998. 

Jenike & Johanson, Flow Properties Test Report for Silo 3 Material, 4435-1 , January 

2002. 

Savannah River Technology Center, Silo 3 Waste Treatment Phase I, Physical 

Testing, Final Report, January 2001. 

Argonne National Laboratory, Silo 3 Material Compound Analysis, October 1997. 

FCP, Silo 3 Project Technical Safety Requirements, 40000-H&S-O01 , Revision 2, 


FEMP, Site Hoist and Rigging Manual, RM-0045, nd. 

FEMP, Fernald Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan, 40430-PL-0005, Revision C, 


FCP, Silo 3 Particle Size White Paper, M:SP:2003-0020, March 2003. 

INEEL, Silo 3 Vacuum Wand Demonstration Test, FINAL REPORT, INEEL/EXT-03- 

00773, June 2003 

FCP, Silo 4 Mock-up Demonstration, 40430-RP-0028, August 2003. 

i. 

20 

~ 

OQOO8O

,. .. . . .. . 

.. . 

_.. ,

a 

PROCESS CONTROL PLAN 

FOR TH€ SILO 3 PROJECT 

SUBMITTED TO: 

FLUOR FERNALD, INC. 


DOCUMENT NO.: 40430-PL-0003 

PREPARED BY: DATE: -T/c/U 7 

REVIEWED BY: DATE: 

5069 

APPROVED BY: DATE: qb7bL. 

DORIS EDWARDS, FLUOR FERNALD, INC., PROJECT MANAGER 




JACOBS ENGINEERING PROJECT NO. 35H19605 

. .

I Revision I 

BS 

PROCESS CONTROL PLAN 

FOR THE SILO 3 PROJECT 

*- 5069 

Revision 

I Date 

0 

I 08/28/02 

I 1 

I 

I 09/05/03 . I 

I 

I I 

J.T. Nelson 

Prepared By 

Checked By 

.. R.L. Pem'cone R.L. Perricone 

r 

Approved By 



Revision 1 


J.T. Nelson G.C. Schmidt 

I 

I 

I

______c__ 

-7- 

L= Revision 

I 0 

1 

Date 

08 /2 8 /O 2 

0 9/0 5 /O 3 

Process Control Plan for the Silo 3 F’roject 


Jacobs Project Number 35H19605 


~--~-__ 

50-8-9 

Revision Sheet I 

Pages Affected Reason for Revision 

All Issued for Design . 

All Revised per DCN 40430-JEG-080 

I 

000083 

e

l!!EI,.~COSS 

r 

e 

,I t,i 


Process hnnol Plan for the Silo 3 Project 




I YJ tL, rr a' 

............................................................................................................................ 

ACRONYMS viii 

1 .O INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... 

1.1 SYSTEM NAMES AND NUMBERS . 

1 -2 NON-SYSTEM NAMES AND NUMBERS . 

1-1 

1-1 

1-1 

1.2.1 Equipment Numbering . 1-1 

1 -2.2 Line Numbering ............................................................................. 1-4 

1 -2.3 Valve Numbering . 1-5 

1.2.4 . Instrument Numbering . 1-6 

1 -3 OVERVEW OF CONTROL SYSTEM . 1-6 

2.0 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 10) . 2- 1 

2.1 PRS EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................ 2-2 

2.2 PRS WJSTRUMENTATlON . 2-2 

2.3 PRS CONTROL PHILOSOPHY . 2-2 

2.4 PRS INTERLOCKS .......................................................................................... 2-6 

2.5 PRS SETPOINTS ............................................................................................. 2-7 

2.6 PRS DATA ARCHIVING . 2-7 

3.0 MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 1 1 . 3- 1 

3.1 MRS EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 3- 1 

3.2 MRS ~NSTRUMENTATlON 

3- 1 

3.3 MRS CONTROL PHILOSOPHY . 3- 1 

3.4 MRS Nl-ERLOCKS ......................................................................................... 3-3 

3.5 MRS SETPOINTS ........................................................................................... 3-3 

3.6 MRS DATA ARCHl.VING .............................................................................. 3-3 

4.0 PROCESS VENT SYSrEM (SYSTEM 1 9) . 4-1 

4.1 PVS EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................... 4- 1 

4.2 pvs WJSTRUMENTATlON ............................................................................ 4- 1 

4.3 pvs CONTROL PHILOSOPHY . 4- 1 

4.3.' Collection Header . ........ 4-2 

4-32! Dust Collection, Filters, and Blowers .......................................... 4-2 

4.4 pvs INTERLOCKS. ......................................................................................... 4-2 

4.5 PVS SETPOINTS ............................................................................................ 4-2 

. . 

4.6 PVS DATA ARCHIVING . 4-2 

5.0 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SYSTEM 25) AND SAMPLING 

SYSTEM (SYSTEM 84) ............................................................................................. 5- 1 

5.1 CONTAINER MANGEMENT AND SAMPLING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT---5-1 

5.1.1 Container Management and Packaging Systems A&B 

........__...._._....-.-...----.--.--.----------.------....-. 

iii 

. 

0 0 0 0.8 4

iv 

Process Control Plan for the Silo 3 Project 


. Jacobs Project Number 35H19605 

~. ___ 

000085 

September 5, 

~ 2003

* c 

. . 

BHJACOBS 

.. f ,'. !) . 

- LIST OF TABLES 


Document No . 40430-PL.0003. Rev . 1 



. - A 

Table 1-1 Silo 3 System Numbers. Names and Related Sections ................................ 1-2 

Table 1-2 Silo 3 Equipment Designators ................................................................... 1-2 

Table 1-3 Line Service Codes for Silo 3 ....................................................................................... 1-4 

Table 1-4 Material Specifications for Silo 3 ............................................................... 1-5 

Table 1-5 Insulation Type Codes for Silo 3 ............................................................... .1 -5 

Table 1-6 Valve Codes for Silo 3 ............................................................................. 1-6 

Table 2-1 Summary of PRS Instrumentation ............................................................ 2-4 

Table 2-2 PRS Interlocks ....................................................... ; .............................. 2-6 

Table 2-3 PRS Setpoints ...................................................................................... 2-7 

. Table 3-1 Summary of MRS instrumentation ........................................................... 3-2 

Table 3-2 MRS Interlocks ..................................................................................... 3-4 

Table 3-3 MRS Setpoints ...................................................................................... 3-4 

Table 4-1 Summary of PVS Instrumentation ....................................................... .... 4-3 

Table 4-2 PVS Interlocks ...................................................................................... 4-5 

Table 4-3 PVS Setpoints ....................................................................................... 4-6 

Table 5-1 Summary of Container Management System Instrumentation ...................... 5-2 

Table 5-2 Container Management System Interlocks ............................................. b .. 5-5 

Table 5-3 Container Management System Setpoints ................................................. 5-6 

Table 8-1 Summary of Additive System Instrumentation ........................................... 8-2 

Table 8-2 Additive System Interlocks ..................................................................... 8-5 

-T=ble.8.5.Additi"e-System.Setpo.in.s. ........ - .. - . - .... ..... - - - . - .. - .... - 

.. 

..................................................................... 8z7- 

Table 9-1 Summary of Wastewater System Instrumentation ...................................... 9-2 

Table 9-2 Wastewater System Interlocks ................................................................ 9-3 

Table 9-3 Wastewater System Setpoints ................................................................ 9-3 

Table 10-1 A Summary of Supply Air System Instrumentation .................................. 10-2 

Table 10-1 6 Summary of Exhaust Air System Instrumentation ................................. 10-3 

Table 10-1 C Summary of Miscellaneous HVAC Systems Instrumentation .................. 10-4 

Table 10-2A Supply Air System Interlocks ............................................................ 10-6 

Table 10-28 Exhaust Air System Interlocks ........................................................... 10-7 

Table 10-2C Miscellaneous HVAC Systems interlocks ............................................ 10-8 

Table 10-3A Supply Air System Setpoints ............................................................ 10-8 

I -t xnaust Air system setpoints ........................................................... 10-9 

AlTACHMENT A (I/O UST) 

. . 

. . 

V 

... 

. . . . .




September 5, 2003 ~- 

~__.___.__~~ 

REFERENCE DRAWINGS: 506;' @ 


94X-3900-F-01428 FOOOl 

94X-3900-F-01429 F0002 

94X-3900-F-01431 F0003 

94X-3900-F-01430 F0004 

94X-3900-F-01432 F0005 

Piping & Instrument Diagrams: 

94X-3900-N-01381 NO001 

94X-3900-N-01382 NO002 

94X-3900-N-07 383 NO003 

94X-3900-N-02369 NO099 

94X-3900-N-01433 NO1 00 

94X-3900-N-01434 NO1 01 

94X-3900-N-01435 NO1 02 

94X-3900-N-01436 NO1 03 

94X-3900-N-01437 NO1 04 

94X-3900-N-0 1 438 NO1 05 

94X-3900-N-01439 NO1 06 

Material Balance Table 

Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

Additive and Wastewater Systems 

Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 

Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous 

Instrumentation 

Equipment and Miscellaneous 

Silo 3 Access 



Feed System 

Bulk Bag Packaging Line A 

Bulk Bag Packaging Line B . 

Additive Mixing and Wastewater Systems 


94~~3900-N-0 14_4_O NO 107- - Prweess -Vent-Sy_sltemJ -S-h~et-Z of 2- - - - - . - - - __ - - . - . 

94X-3900- \s-01441 

94X-3900- u-0 1 442 

94X-3900- u-0 1 443 

NO108 

NO109 

NO110 

Plant Air System 

Instrument Air System Connections 


I 

94X-3900- u-0 1 444 NO1 11 Plant Air System Connections 

94X-3900- U-01445 NO112 Breathing Air System Connections 

94X-3900- U-0 1 446 NO 1.1 3 Instrument Air System Connections 

94X-3900- u-0 1 447 NO1 14 Domestic and Process Water Systems 

94X-3900- V-02993 NO1 15 Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

94X-3900- V-05 1 47 NO116 Additive Charging System 

94X-3900- U-05 1 39 NO117 Additive Feed System 

94X-3900-M-0 1461 

94X-3900-M-01463 

94X-3900-M-01464 

94X-3900-M-01465 

94X-3900-M-0 1466 

94X-3900-M-0 1467 

94X-3900-M-0 1468 

94X-3900-M-0 1469 

94X-3900-M-01470 

MOO01 

MOO02 

MOO03 

MOO04 

MOO06 

MOO07 

MOO08 

MOO09 

MOO10 

General Arrangement Plot Plan 


General Arrangement 1 a Floor Plan 

General Arrangement Plan at EL 597'-8" 

General Arrangement Section E 

General Arrangement Section A 

General Arrangement Section B 

General Arrangement Section C 

General Arrangement Section D 

vi 000087 

I 

0 

-

'e - 

B: . I ., e? if < 

\ (1 ,!- 

REFERENCE DRAWINGS (cont'd.): 

Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Air Flow Diagrams: 

94X-3900-H-01302 

94X-3900-H-0 1 303 

94X-3900-H-01348 

94X-3900-H-01304 

94X-3900-H-01349 

94X-3900-H-01347 

94X-3900-H-01423 

94X-3900-H-01350 

HOOOl 

H0002 

H0003 

H0004 

H0005 

H0006 

H0007 

H0008 

Process Control Pian for the Silo 3 Project 




Systems and Equipment Designators 

Legend, Symbols 81 Abbreviations 


Process Areas 





Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Control Diagrams: 

94X-3900-H-01722 

94X-3900-H-0 1 7 1 8 

94X-3900-H-0 1 7 1 9 

94X-3900-H-01720 

94X-3900-H-0 1 72 1 

94X-3900-H-01723 

94X-3900-H-01724 

94X-3900-H-01725 

-- 94x13900-H-01726 

1 - - 

Miscellaneous: 

H0020 

H0021 

H0022 

H0023 

H0024 

H0025 

H0026 

H0027 

H0028 

I 

5069 



Process Building - Corridors/Airlocks 

Process Building - Excavator Room 

Process .Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 




-Control!? S_e_SU_e?C_e -of .Oeeration-s - - - - -* - - - - - - - 

94X-3900-N-02489 NO206 Control System Block Diagram 

vii

I . 

i.. 

ANSI 

A&RS 

AWWT 

CCTV 

CEM 

CSI 

FEMP 

HEPA 

HMI 

HVAC 

I/O 

I SA 

MRS 

P&l D 

PC 

PCP 

PD 

PFD 

PID 

PLC 

PRS 

PVS 

RF 

UNlD 

W E 

ACRONYMS' 

American National Standards Institute 


Advanced Wastewater Treatment 

closed-circuit television 


Construction Specifications Institute 



human-machine interface 


inputloutput 

Instrument Society of America 


piping and instrument diagram 

personal computer 

Process Control Plan 

Process Description 

process flow diagram 

proportional-integral-derivative 

programmable logic controller 



Radio frequency 

unique identifier 


'Additional acronyms are provided in Tables 1-2 through Table 1-6. 

viii 





000089 

e - 5069 ' 9





This Process Control Plan (PCP) addresses the instrumentation and control logic for 

equipment used in the Silo 3 Project at the U.S. Department of Energy Fernald 

Environmental Management Project (FEMP) site. As part of the remediation of Operable 

Unit 4 at the FEMP, approximately 5,100 yd3 of byproduct metal oxide materials stored in 

Silo 3 will be removed, conditioned, packaged, and transported to an off-site facility for I 

treatment and/or disposal. 

Two other documents are frequently referenced in the PCP. These are Process Descrr;Otion 

fur the Silo 3 Project (PD) (FEMP 2003a), which discusses the Silo 3 process systems and I 

equipment, and Access and Retrieval Strategy for the Silo 3 Project (A&RS) 

(FEMP 2002a), which describes the strategies used to remove material from Silo 3. The I 

A&RS also describes the history of generation of Silo 3 material and its quantity and 

characteristics (A&RS, Section 1.4). 

This PCP provides, on a system-by-system basis, descriptions of the following: 

0 Control philosophy 

Interlocks 

0 Setpoints and responses 

0 Data archiving 

1 .I 

SYSTEM NAMES AND NUMBERS 

The systems addressed in this PCP and the relevant section numbers are shown in 

Table 1-1: The same system names and numbers are also used in the Design Basis and 

Requirements Document (FEMP 2002b). 

1.2 NON-SYSTEM NAMES AND NUMBERS 

Numbering systems for equipment, lines, valves, and instruments are defined in Project 

Procedure FF-103-01 (Jacobs Engineering 2002). These systems are described in the 

following sections: 

1.2. I Equipment Numbering 

The equipment numbering system is as follows: 

XXXJJ-UZZ 

Where: 

0 XXX represents the Equipment Designator (see Table 1-2). 

0 JJ represents the System Number (see Table 1-1). 

0 ZZZZ represents the Equipment Sequence Number. For Silo 3, this is in the range 

5000-6999. 

All Silo 3 equipment numbers are provided in Silo 3 Project Equipment List (FEMP 2003b). 

1-1

: I. .. 

I . 





Table 1-1 Silo 3 System Numbers, Names, and Related Sectiow - 5 0 6 9 

70 Supply Air System 

71 . Exhaust Air System 10.0 

77 Miscellaneous HVAC2 Systems 

a4 

90 

95 

Samdina Svstem 

I Control System 

I CCTV System 

I 

5.0 

11.0 

12.0 

Air Compressor 

Air Conditioning Unit 

Air Dryer 

Air Handling Unit 

Air Flow Measuring Station 

Air Receiver Tank 

Back Draft Damper 

Blower 

Breathing Air Station 

Bridge Crane 

Cable Or Hose Reel 

Closed-Circuit Television 


' 

Table 1-2 Silo 3 Equipment Designators 

~ 

ACP 

ACU 

ADR 

AHU 

AMS 

ART 

BKD 

BLR 

SAS 

BRC 

CBR 

CCT 

CEM 

Controller I CNT 

Control Power Panel CPP 

centil Processing Unit 

CPU 

Crane/Hoist 

CRH 

Damper (Non-Butterfly) 

DPR 

Door 

DOR 

Double Check Valve 

Double Dump Valve I 

DCV 

DDV I 

'HVAC = heating, ventilation, and air conditioning 

1-2 

00009~ 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

1 

I 

I 

I

e 

0 

0 

.-. 

,? . :' 

.. 

_, 

Drag Flight Conveyor 

Duct Heater 

Dust Collector 

Enclosure 

Table 1-2 Silo 3 Equipment Designators 

Process Controt Plan for the Silo 3 Project 




DFC 

DHT 

DCL 

ENC 

Excavator I EXC 

Exhaust Air Reaister EAR 

Expansion Joint 

~~~~ 

EXP 

Fan 

FAN 

Fire Alarm Panel 

FAP 

Feeder 

FDR 

Filter 

FLT 

Flexible Connection 

FLX 

Fork Lift 

FKL 

Heat Trace Power Panel 

HTP 

Heater 

HTR 

Hopper/Bin 

HBN 

Lighting Panel 

LIP 

Motor Control Center 

MCC 

MixerIAgitator 

MXA 

Motor 

MTR 

Nozzle Assembly 

NOZ 

Package Unit 

PKU 

Panel (Control) 

PNL 

Personnel Contamination Monitor 

PCM 

Programmable Logic Controller 

PLC 

Pump 

PMP 

Power Panel 

PPN 

- 

Printer 

Roller Conveyor 

~~~ ~ 

PRN 

RCV 

Roll Up Door RDR 

Rotary Feeder ROF 

Safety Shower And Eyewash SSE 

Sampling System (Solids) SSS 

Skid SKD 

5068 

~~~~~~ 

Sump SMP 

Tank TNK 

Trap 

I Uninterruptible Power Supply I 

TRP 

UPS I 

1-3 

I 

I 

I 

I 

1 

I 

I' 

I 

1 

I I





-- 

The' Equipment Sequence Number (ZZZZ) is a four-character sequence number. If the 

system identifier changes, the sequence number can be used again. For example, the 

equipment identifier TNK-51-5001 is a valid number even if the sequence number is the 

same as TNK-13-5001. The different system number provides the necessary uniqueness. 

1.2.2 Line Numbering 

The line numbering system is as follows: 

Il-J JZZZZ-M-NNN-00-TT 

Where : 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

e 

II represents the Line Service Code (see Table 1-3). 

JJ represents the System Number (see Table 1-1). 

ZZZZ represents the Line Sequence Number (starting at 5000). 

M represents the nominal line size in inches. 

NNN represents the Material Specification, which consists of the last three digits of the 

Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) specification for the material (e.g., 105 for 

1 5 105) (see Table 1-41. 

00 represents the Insulation Type Code (if any) (see Table 1-5). insulation thickness, 

etc., shall be called out in the specifications. 

TT represents the Heat Trace Type Code (if any); for Silo 3, the only heat trace type is 

electric traced, or "ET." 

Thus an appropriate line number for a 1 %"; 15105 instrument line, with no insulation or 

heat tracing would be: 

IA-405001-1 %"-lo5 

An appropriate line number for a domestic water line, system 51, 1 %", specification 

1 5 103, insulated, and electric heat traced would be: 

DW-515011-1 H "-1 03-HC-ET 

Table 1-3 Line Service Codes for Silo 3 

Compressed Air CA 

Chemical Solution cs 

Domestic Water DW 

Instrument Air IA 

Liquid Process Waste LPW 

Mechanical Retrieval System MRS 

Plant Air PA 

Pneumatic Retrieval System PRS 

Process Vent System PVS 

Breathing Air SA 

Process Water 

14 

000093

1/ . .I 

1 , ir. A . 

r. /.Sa L 

Table 1-4 Material Specifications for Silo 3 





5u 69 

I 151 01 I 101 I cs I 

I 1 151 03 

15106 

151 25 

I 103 

106 

125 

I DW 

Tw, LPW 

PRS 

II 1- 

I 

I 

151 26 

151 27 

126 

127 

PRS, PVS, MRS 

PVS 

I 

-1 

151 28 

128 LPW I 

151 35 

135 'IA, PA I 

Anti-Sweat 

Cold Service Insulation 

Heat Conservation Insulation 

Personnel Protection Insulation PP 

AS I 

* cc I 

HC . I 

I I 

All Silo 3 line numbers are listed in Pbing Line List for the Silo 3 Project (FEMP 2003c) 

1.2.3 Valve Numbering 

The valve numbering system is as follows: 

AAA-JJ-KKKK 

Where: 

0 AAA designates the Valve Code (see Table 1-6). 

0 JJ designates the System Number (see Table 1-1 1. 

0 KKKK designates the Valve Sequence Number starting at 5000. 

Valves with different valve codes can duplicate the' Valve Sequence Numbers. 

example, HOV-13-5003 & AOV-13-5003. 

All Silo 3 valves are listed in Piping Valve fist for the Si/o 3 Project (FEMP 2003d). 

1-5 

I 

For

Backflow Preventer 

Check Valve 

Double Check Valve 

Damper (Butterfly) 

s - 


. Document No. 40430-PL-0003. Rev. 1 



-~ 

, . Table 1-6 Valve Codes for Silo 3 50 69 

I Air Operated Valve I AOV I 

~~ 

I Hand Operated Valve I HOV 

-1 

Motor Operated Valve 

Pressure Reducing Valve 

PRV 

I Solenoid Operated Valve I sov 1 

1.2.4 Instrument Numbering 

BFP 

CKV 

DCV 

DMP 

MOV 

Instrument identification and symbology shall be per the following standards: 

0 American National Standards Institute (ANSl)/lnstrument Society of America ([SA)- 

S5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification; and 

0 

ISA-5.3-1983 - Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display 

Instrumentation, Logic, and Computer Systems. 

As shown on Piping and Instrument Diagram (P&ID) N0002, instrument tags consist of the 

ISA instrument identification letters followed by the number of the valve or piece of 

equipment with which the instrument is associated. 

All Silo 3 instrumentation is listed in lnstrument List for the Silo 3 Project (FEMP 2003e). 

I .3 

OVERVIEW OF CONTROL SYSTEM 

The control equipment and instrumentation used for the Silo 3 Project is suitable for use in 

a conventional industrial environment. All devices are typical, readily available, "off-the- 

shelf" items with a proven history of performance. 

The control system hardware and the control approach are typical of those used in 

conventional industrial material handling and packaging operations. The control philosophy 

is based on a combination of automated functions (where applicable) and actions by local 

operators. Many of the operations, particularly in the Packaging Area, require continuous 

operator actions and control input on a local basis. 

The Control Room is the central point for the control system. Redundant personal 

computers (PCs) are installed to provide an HMI station and an HMllEngineering station to 

support facility monitoring and control, as well as system configuration, testing, and 

startup. Communication and CCTV equipment are also provided, enabling Operations 

Support personnel to monitor and assist overall process control and facility activities from 

this location. 

1-6 

080095 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

1 

I 

I 

I 

I 

a 

a

I!HJACOBS September 




5,2003 

? 

@ AnrAll&-Bradley programmable logic controller (PLC)-based control system is configured 

to 'monitor and control the facility material handling operations, packaging lines, and 

utilities. The main process PLC processor is located in the Electrical Building. Each of the 

two packaging lines has a dedicated control PLC. All three PLCs, the two HMI stations, 

and the Packaging Area local stations communicate via Ethernet local area network. 

For an overview of the control system's architecture, see the Control System Block 

Diagram (94X-3900-N-02489). 

. . . 

' ' I , 

1-7

- - 

3 . 

2.0 PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 10) 

The following process 

illustrate the Pneumatic 

94X-3900-F-01429 

94X-3900-N-02369 

94X-3900-N-01434 

94X-3900-N-0 1 435 

94X-3900-N-02993 ' 

Process Controt Plan for the Silo 3 Project 




- 

-50.69 I 

flow diagram (PFD) and piping and instrument diagrams (P&IDs) 

Retrieval System (PRS): 

F0002 

NO099 

NO101 

Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

Silo 3 Access 


I 

NO1 02 Feed System 

NO1 15 Vacuum Wand Enclosure I 

Pneumatic retrieval involves vacuuming material through the existing top manways on 

Silo 3 and transferring the material to the Process Building. 

Although the Excavator Building has been constructed adjacent to the silo, the silo wall 

has not yet been breached, and therefore, the two areas are isolated from each other. 

This is called "Phase 1". Both the Process Vent System (PVS) (see Section 4.0) and the 

Supply/Exhaust Air Systems (see Section 10.0) are in operation to provide ventilation and 

containment for the Process Building and Excavator Building. Air for PRS operation is 

drawn through a HEPA filter and through the silo riser manway into Silo 3. 

The PRS is used to remove material from behind the section of the silo sidewall where 

entrance will be made (see A&RS, Section 5.2). This will minimize the likelihood of an 

uncontrolled release of material into the Excavator Room during intrusive actions. The 

PRS operates from a number of silo riser manways until it is no longer effective for 

material recover. Phase 1 flow information is provided in the Material Balance Table (94X- 

3900-F-01428, Sheet No. FOOO1). 

When the silo wall is first breached, PRS operation may continue3. During this I 

intermediate stage, airflow patterns will change due to the establishment of a new air 

pathway into the silo. Supply air provided to the Excavator Room by the HVAC system 

will be exhausted by both the PVS and the PRS. When the PRS is no longer effective in 

retrieviog material, it will be discontinued. 

At this point, the Mechanical Retrieval System (MRS) (see Section 3.0) will begin to 

recover material from the silo. Mechanical retrieval will be performed using a remotely 

controlled excavator deployed from the Excavator Room. This recovery phase is identified 

as "Phase 2". During Phase 2, the PRS is not operating. Supply-air provided into the 

Excavator Room by the HVAC system will be exhausted only by the PVS. Flows 

associated with Phase 2 are described in the Material Balance Table. 

During- startup, balancing -acthities will be- performed to establikh appropriate damper 

positions for all phases of operation. 

' Material recovery by the PRS will be performed either from the silo dome using vacuum wands or 

from within the silo using the Excavator equipped witb an end effector for pneumatic retrieval. 

2-1 (BOQO97 

I 

I 

e

~ ~~~ 





In gdd,iiion to its primary function of removing and transferring Silo 3 material, the PRS is 

also used as a vacuum utility system for removal of material from Fines Collection Bins A 

and B (see Section 4.0) and utility service at the Container Management System (see 

Section 5.0). Hose connections are provided for potential area cleanup and removal of 

material from the inlet chutes to the packaging stations. 

2.1 PRS EQUIPMENT 

Major equipment in the PRS is as follows: 

DCL-10-5002: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

FLT-10-5005: Cartridge Filter 

FLT-10-5004: HEPA FilteP 

BLR-10-5006: Pneumatic Retrieval Blower 

BLR-10-5008: Auxiliary Vacuum Bbwer 

ENC-10-5020 A through F: Vacuum Wand Enclosures A-F 

FLT-10-5070: Supply HEPA Fitter 

FDR-10-5102: Feed Conveyor 

FDR-10-5104: Pneumatic Retrieval Collector Discharge Feeder 

ROF-10-5 108: Primary Rotary Feeder 

ROF-10-5110: Secondary Rotary Feeder 

For detailed descriptions of all equipment associated with 

Section 2.1. 

2.2 PRS INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 2-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in 1 le PRS. 

2.3 PRS CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

- ~ ~ 6 9 

- 

the PRS, see the PD, 

The PRS is the first system used to remove material from Silo 3. PRS operations consist of 

the following: 

Manipulation and control of Vacuum Wand Enclosures (VWEs) A-F (ENC-10-5020 A-F) I 

through manways on the silo dome; 

0- -0p.eration .of the remaining -F!RS-equipment (Le., .collectors, feeders,- blowers, -and 

filters); and 

Support of operation of the two Package Loading Stands (see Section 5.3). 

Operators at the Packaging Loading Stands have overall control responsibility for regulation 

of PRS operations. The rate at which material is conveyed to the Package Loading Stands 

is controlled by the packaging operators and is based on their capability to fill and process 

OHEPA = high-efficiency particulate air 

2-2 

I 

I 

I 

I 

- -





50 69 

____~ 

material (i.e., seal, close, and remove filled container from station and prepare next 

container for filling). 

Building. The CCTV system allows the PRS operator to view the silo material and the 

wand movement and to control material retrieval. 

2-3 

000099 

~ 

I

- 

e 

e 

e 

- 

0 

al 

al 

E 

.- a . 

LO 

._ .





- 5-0-6-9 -~ 

Suction for the W E is provided by the Pneumatic Retrieval Blower (BLR-10-5006). This 

positive-displacement blower is purchased as a package unit with appropriate monitoring 

devices. The W E suction and transport airflow rate are established through proper 

selection of the blower. The blower is started by the PRS operators and runs continuously 

while the PRS is in operation. 

Flowable material6 retrieved by the W E continues through the transport pip'ing and is I 

drawn into the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector (DCL-10-5002). Once in the collector, 

material is separated from the transport air stream and discharged to the Pneumatic 

Retrieval Collector Discharge .Feeder (FDR-10-5104) and then ,through the Primary and 

Secondary Rotary Feeders (ROF-10-5108 and ROF-10-5110). The material feeds by 

gravity onto the Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-5102). This conveyor has two outlet valves on 

the underside. One valve (AOV-25-5260A) allows material to flow to Packaging Loading 

Stand A, and the other valve (AOV-25-5260B) allows material to flow to Packaging 

Loading Stand B. These valves are opened and closed as required by the packaging 

operators. Only one packaging line will be filling a container at any given time. 

The following parameters associated with the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector (DCL-10- 

5002) are monitored by the indicated instruments: 

material level: Level Switch High (LSH-DCL-10-5002) and High-High (LSHH-10-5002) 

0 pressure drop: Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter (PDIT-DCL-10-5002) 

0 particulate discharge rate: Particulate Rate Indicating Transmitter (YENIT-DCL-10- 

5002) 

Pneumatic conveying air leaving the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector (DCL-10-5002) passes 

through the Cartridge Filter (FLT-10-5005) and then to the HEPA Filter (FLT-10-5004) for 

removal of suspended fine material. The following parameters associated with the . 

Cartridge Filter and the HEPA Filter are monitored by the indicated instruments: 

Cartridge Filter material level: Level Switch High (LSH-FLT-10-5005) and High-High 

(LSHH-FLT-10-5005) 

Cartridge Filter pressure drop: Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter (PDIT-FLT- 

10-5005) 

HEPA Filter: Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter (PDIT-FLT-10-5004) 

From the HEPA Filter, exhaust air continues on to the Exhaust Stack (STK-19-5209) for 

release to the atmosphere. Section 4.0 (PVS) provides additional information on the 

E-xh.austStack-and-Rs felafe~d~m~o~"it~o~~.n~~~fu~ncti-ons, - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- 

e Non-flowable Silo 3 material (i.e., material that cannot be retrieved by the PRS) is mechanically 

retrieved (see Section 3.0). 

2-5 

I 

I 

I 

I 

- - - - -

__ __ __ 





- 5069 

In addition to its primary function of removing and transferring Silo 3 material, the PRS is 

also used as a vacuum utility system for removal of material from Fines Collection Bins A 

and B (see Section 4.0) and utility service at the Container Management System (see 

Section 5.0). Hose connections are provided for potential area cleanup and removal of 

material from the inlet chutes to the packaging stations. 

2.4 PRS INTERLOCKS 

A detailed listing of interlocks for the PRS is provided in both the referenced P&IDs and 

Table 2-2. 

Table 2-2 PRS Interlocks 

I 3 JAllow feeder to run only if one of the two1 FDR-10-5102 I ZS-AOV-25-5260A 

- 

4 

14 

15 

discharge valves is open. ZS-AOV-25-5260B 

Shut down Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

Discharge Feeder if Feed Conveyor is not 

running. 

FDR-10-5104 YS-FDR-10-5102 

SSL-FDR-10-5102 

Shut down Blower on Low-Low Flow. BLR-10-5006 FI-BLR-10-5006 

BLR-10-5008 FI-BLR-10-5008 

Shut down Blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 TI-BLR-10-5006 

- - 

Temperature. BLR-10-5008 TI-BLR-10-5008 

16 Shut down Blower on High-High Current, BLR-10-5006 IT-BLR-10-5006 

BLR-10-5008 IT-BLR-10-5008 

17 Shut down Blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 PI-BLR-10-5006 

Pressure. BLR-10-5008 PI-BLR-10-5008 . 

18 Shut down Blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 YI-DCL-10-5002 

Particulate Levels from Dust Collector. BLR-10-5008 

20 Automatically pulse bags on High 

Differential Pressure on Dust Collector. 

DCL-10-5002 PDI-DCL-10-5002 

21 Shut down Blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 PDI-DCL-10-5002 

Differential Pressure on Dust Collector. BLR-10-5008 

22 Shut down Blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 PDI-FLT-10-5004 

Differential Pressure on HEPA Filter. BLR-10-5008 

34 Automatically pulse cartridges on High 

Differential Pressure on Cartridge Filter. 

FLT-10-5005 PDI-FLT-10-5005 

35 Shut down Pneumatic Retrieval Collector FDR-10-5 104 YS-ROF-10-5 1088 

Discharge Feeder if either the Primary or , YS-ROF-10-5110B 

- ____ - - - - - - - . - - - __ - - I - 

37 Shut down blower on High-High BLR-10-5006 PDI-FLT-10-5005 

Differential Pressure on Cartridge Filter. BLR-10-5008 

38 Shut down blower on High-High . BLR-10-5006 YI-CEM-19-5208 

Particulate Levels in Exhaust Stack. BLR-10-5008 

40 Shut down Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

Discharge Feeder on High-High Current. 

FDR-10-5 104 11-FDR-10-5104 

- __ - - tha-S.ec.ondatyRotary_ Eeeder st~ps.- 

2-6 

I

2.5 PRS SETPOINTS 

5069' 

A detailed listing of setpoints for the PRS is provided in Table 2-3. 

2.6 PRS DATA ARCHIVING 

The following PRS parameters are archived: 

run time for all motorized equipment, 

alarm events, and 

interlock events. 

DCL-10-5002 

DCL-10-5002 

FLT-10-5004 

FLT-10-5005 

BLR-10-5006 

BLR-10-5006 

BLR-10-5006 

- - - - - ._ - I 

BLR-10-5006 

BLR-10-5008 

' 

LSH-DCL-10-5002 

1 in. wg I 7 in. wg 

I 8 in. wg 

I 36 in. 

LSHH-DCL-10-5002 48 in. 

YI-DCL-10-5002 

I 

PDI-FLT-10-5004 

2 grldscf 

I 5 gr/dscf 

I 

1 in. wg I 7 in. wg 

Table 2-3 PRS Setpoints 

1 in. wg 

7 in. wg 

8 in. wg 

LSH-FLT-10-5005 36 in. 

LSHH-FLT-10-5005 48 in. 

It-BLR-10-5006 118 amps 

124 amps 

FI-BLR-10-5006 1000 acfm 

1100 acfm 

TI-BLR-10-5006 200°F 

__ - - - - - - - - - - ---250~~ 

PI-BLR-10-5006 

0.5 in. wg 

3 in. wg 

I 5 in. wg 

11-BLR-10-5008 I 22amps 

I 27amps 

'All setpoints will be reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

2-7 





- ~ _ _ _ ~ _ _ - - _ 

Pressure Differential: 

Low Operator Action 

High (20) 

High-High (21) 

High Level Operator Action 

High-High Level Operator Action 

High Particulate Count Operator Action 

High-High Particulate Count 


(1 81 


High Operator Action 

High-High I (22) 

High Level in Condensate Leg I Operator Action 



High (34) 

High-High (37) 

High Level Operator Action 

High-High Level 

. High Motor Current 

Operator Action 


High-High Motor Current (1 6) 

LOW-LOW Flow (1 4) 

Low Flow Operator Action 

High Temperature Operator Action 

-High-High Temperature- - - - - - - .--(I 5)- - - - 

Pressure: 



High-High (1 7) 

High Current Operator Action 

High-High Current (1 6) 

OU0103 

I.

e 

a 

., 

i . 5U69 

' . 

Table 2-3 PRS Setpoints 

BLR-10-5008 TI-BLR-10-5008 

250 acfrn 

200°F 

250PF 

BLR-10-5008 PI-BLR-10-5008 

0.5 in. wg 

I 

FDR-10-5102 I II-FDR-10-5102 

3 in. wg 

I 5 in. wg 

I 

3.0 amp 

7.0 amp 

7.6 amp 

FDR-10-5104 II-FDR-10-5104 7.0 amp 

7.6 amp 

SILO-1 0-5070 PI-SILO-1 0-5070 

-2.0 in. wg 

-1 .O in. wg 

FLT-10-5070 

I PDI-FLT-10-5070 

-0;4 in. wg 

I -0.1 in. wg 

I 

0.2 in. wg 

I 

FDR-10-5 1 02 I SSL-FDR-10-5102 

1.0 in. wg 

2.0 in. wa 

I Orprn 

2-8 





LOW-LOW Flow I 

Low Flow Operator Action 

High Temperature Operator Action 

High-High Temperature (1 5) 

Pressure : 



Hig h-Hig h (1 7) 

Current: 


High . Operator Action 

High-High ' Operator Action 

High Current Operator Action 

High-High Current (401 

Silo Pressure: 

Low-Low Operator Action 



High-High Operator Action 




High-High Operator Action 

Low speed (4) 

I 

I

- ~ 

3.0 

MECHANICAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (SYSTEM 1 1) 

~~ 





- - 

5-0-6-9 ~~ 

~~ 

The following PFD and P&ID illustrate the Mechanical Retrieval System (MRS): 

94X-3900-F-01429 FOOO2 Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

94X-3900-F-02369 NO099 Silo 3 Access 

94X-3900-N-01433 NO1 00 Mechanical Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01435 NO1 02 Feed System 

The MRS is used to access and remove the compacted material from Silo 3. A mechanical I 

excavator transfers Silo 3 .material to a bin located in the Excavator Room. A screw 

conveyor (integral to the bin) feeds the material to the Inclined Conveyor, which transports 

material to an elevation above the packaging systems and into the Transfer Conveyor. 

This in turn conveys material to the Feed Conveyor, which feeds both of the packaging 

stations. 

On an as-needed basis, the mechanical excavator will also be used to manipulate a 

vacuum hose end effector to retrieve material in a similar fashion to pneumatic retrieval 

(A&RS, Section 1.1.2). 

3.1 MRS EQUIPMENT 

I 

-Major equipment in the MRS is as follows:- - 


0 

0 

EAR-1 1-5052: Retrieval Bin Register 

0 HBN-11-5054: Retrieval Bin 

0 

EAR-1 1-5053: Excavator Room Register 

FDR-11-5106: Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

0 DFC-11-5056: Inclined conveyor 

0 FDR-11-5 1 00: Transfe.r Conveyor 

For detailed descriptions of all equipment associated with the MRS, see the PD, 

Section 2.2. 

3.2 MRS INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 3-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in the MRS. 

3.3 MRS CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

Silo material that is not removed by pneumatic operations is excavated from the silo using 

the Excavator (EXC-11-5050), which enters the silo through an opening cut in the side 

(A&RS, Section 5.2). 

3-1

__ --- B-S- 




September 5, 2003 _. 

5069' _- 

The Excavator is an electrically powered machine. Operator control and machine status ' 0 

monitoring are by radio-frequency (RF)-based remote control. An umbilical system is 

provided in case of failure of the RF system. Since umbilical controls are local to the 

Excavator, operators must enter either the Excavator Room or the silo to use this system. 

A remote control operator box allows the Excavator to be controlled from an observation 

room adjacent to the Excavator Room. This operator station is capable of initiating and 

performing all machine surface travel and silo material removal functions. An excavator 

emergency stop is also provided. 

The silo material is raked, carried, or pushed out of the silo to the Retrieval Bin (HBN-11- 

5054). The Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder (FDR-11-5106) is speed-controlled to feed the 

material onto the Inclined Conveyor (DFC-11-5056). Material loading of the Inclined 

Conveyor is monitored through the Motor Current Transmitter (IT-DFC-11-5056). Material 

in the Inclined Conveyor is transported to the Transfer Cgnveyor (FDR-11-5100), which 

then deposits the material onto the Feed Conveyor (FDR-10-5102). This conveyor (FDR- 

10-5102) has two outlets, one leading to Package Loading Stand A and the other leading 

to Package Loading Stand B. These conveyors are started at the main operator panel by I 

the packaging operators. Each conveyor is interlocked with the upstream conveyor(s). 

CCTV cameras are provided in the silo interior, on the Excavator, and near the Retrieval I 

- - - - - - - 

- --Birr to atlow the Excavator aperator to view the silomaterial and-the ExzwaTo-r ape-ration: - - - - - - 

3.4 MRS INTERLOCKS 

A detailed listing of interlocks for the MRS is provided in the P&IDs and Table 3-2. 

3.5 MRS SETPOINTS 

A detailed listing of setpoints for the MRS is provided in Table 3-3. 

3.6 MRS DATA ARCHIVING 

The following MRS parameters are archived: 


alarm events, and 

0 interlock events. 

3-3

e 

e. 

~ 

Table 3-2 MRS Interlocks 

2 Shut down Inclined Conveyor and 

Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder if 

Transfer Conveyor is not running. 

3 

4 

13 

19 

~~ ~ ~~~ 

IShut down Transfer Conveyor if Feed 

'Conveyor is not running. 

i shut down Inclined Conveyor (both 

motors) on High-High Current or Low 

Speed. 

33 Shut down Retrieval Bin Discharge 

Feeder if Inclined Conveyor shuts 

- - - - __ - - __ - - - do!?!, . - - - -- - - - - -. - - - - - -- - 

39 

Allow feeder to run only if one of the 

two discharge valves is open. 

Allow Retrieval Bin Discharge Feeder 

to run only if discharge valve is open. 

Shut down Retrieval Bin Discharge 

Feeder on High-High Current or Low 

Speed. 

. Table 3-3 MRS Setpoints 





5069 

~ FDR-11-5100 ZS-AOV-25-5260A 

, ZS-AOV-2 5-5 260B 

FDR-11-5100 YS-FDR-10-5 102 

DFC-11-5056 II-DFC-11-5056 

SSL-DFC-11-5056 

FDR-11-5106 YS-AOV-11-5009 

FDR-11-5106 1 II-DFC-11-5056 

14 amps High-High Current (1 3) 

DFC-11-5056 SSL-DFC-11-5056 0 rprn Low speed (1 3) 

FDR-11-5 100 II-FDR-11-5 1 00 Current: 

2.5 amps Low Operator Action 

4.5 amps High Operator Action 

4.8 amps High-High Operator Action 

FDR-11-5100 SSL-FDR-11-5100 0 rpm Low speed (2) 

FDR-11-5 106 II-FDR-11-5 106 Current:. 

6amps Low Operator Action 

12 amps High Operator Action 

14 amps High-High (39) 

FDR-11-5106 SSL-FDR-11-5106 0 RPM Low Speed (39) 

All setpoints will be reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

3-4 

I 

I

- m.’!aBsL- 

__ 

- 5-0-69 - ~ 




September 6, 2003. 

___ 

‘e 

4.0 PROCESS VENT SYSTEM (SYSTEM 19) 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Process Vent System (PVS): 


94X-3900-N-01439 NO106 Process Vent System, Sheet 1 of 2 

94X-3900-N-01440 NO107 Process Vent System, Sheet 2 of 2 

The PVS is a collection and filtration system for process vent streams from the Silo 3 

Project. These streams are associated with retrieval and packaging of Silo 3 material and 

are potentially contaminated with radon and particulates. The major process areas being 

vented are located on Silo 3 (via the VWEs), the Excavator Room, and the Packaging Area. 

Streams collected by the PVS pass through baghouse dust collectors and HEPA/ULPA filter 

housings, and are then routed to the Exhaust Stack, where they are sampled and 

discharged to the atmosphere. 

FQr a description of how the PVS interacts with the PRS, MRS, and HVAC systems, see 

Section 2.0. 

4.1 PVS EQUIPMENT 

Major equipment in the W S 

0 

is as follows: 

------------------ 

DCL-19-5202A&B: Process Vent Dust Collectors A&B 

HBN-19-5205A&B: Fines Collection Bins A&B 

FLT-19-5204A&B: Process HEPA Filters A&B 

FAN-1 9-5206A&B: Process Exhaust Fans A&B 

STK-19-5209: Exhaust Stack 

0 CEM-19-5208: Continuous Emissions Monitor (CEM) (Radon, Particulate, and Flow 

Monitoring) 

For ’detailed descriptions of all equipment associated with the PVS, see the PD, 

Section 4.4. 

4.2 PVS INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 4-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in the PVS. 

4.3 PVS CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

The PVS is designed to: 

Remove radon and particulate-laden air from the various system components and filter 

the particulate decay products prior to discharge. 

Reduce radon and particulate concentrations in processing areas. 

Detect and measure radon and particulate releases to the atmosphere. 

Contaminated gases and dust are drawn through the PVS by redundant centrifugal fans 

(FAN-1 9-5206A&B). The fans and associated ductwork are designed to maintain 

appropriatevacuum levels in Silo 3, the Excavator Room, the Excavator Service Room, and 

4-1 

000189 

I





selected process equipment. Automatic dampers allow changeover of PVS process trains; 

manual dampers provide system isolation and balancing. 

4.3.1 Collection Header 

The PVS Collection Header consists of piping and manual dampers for the collection and 

removal of Silo 3 material. Pickup points are the WEs, the Retrieval Bin area, the Inclined 

Conveyor, and Package Loading Stands A and B. 

The operators are required to manually set the PVS flow rates from the various pickup 

points using a series of manually operated dampers and by observing local duct airflow 

rate indicators. 

4.3.2 

Dust Collectors, Filters, and Blowers 

Redundant trains of dust collectors, HEPA filters, and exhaust fans are provided. Duct 

crossover capability is also provided to allow operation with any combination of 

components active in either path. The inlet valve to each of the redundant Process Vent 

Dust Collectors and the valves at the outlet of each Process Exhaust Fan are automated 

valves, selected and opened or closed as needed by the operator. All other dampers are 

manually operated. 

Operators align 4heuaCvesand--darnper~ and- staFt-one -of-the fansat the-beginning-of-the 

work shift. The fan runs continuously during either material handling or packaging 

operations. The control system has the capability to automatically realign the motorized 

valves and switch over to the off-line dust collector or fan in the event of abnormal 

operating conditions. 

4.4 PVS INTERLOCKS 

A detailed listing of interlocks for the PVS is provided in the P&IDs and Table 4-2. 

4.6 PVS SETPOINTS 

A detailed listing of setpoints for the PVS is provided in Table 4-3. 

4.6 PVS DATA ARCHIVING 

The following PVS parameters are archived: 

0 run time for all motorized equipment, 

0 alarm events, and 


4-2

5069 

y. 

0 

al 

0 

.- 

a 

a 

a 

5 

.- C 

0, 

w 

0 

a 

C 

0 

c 

0

0 

3 

9 

n 

I 

5 

3 

> 

i 

. 

=-- 5069 

a 

e 

Q) 

Y 

Q1 

+ 

000112 

-? 

t

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

38 

41 

42 

Table 4-2 PVS Interlocks 

Open AOV-19-5200 and close AOV- 

19-521 1 on High or Low Differential 

Pressure in Dust Collector 8. 


19-5200 on High or Low Differential 

Pressure in Dust Collector A. 

On Low Flow to stack (Fan A 

operating): 

Dust Collector 8. 


19-5200 on High-High Particulates on 

Dust Collector A. 

On High-High current on Fan A: 

Open AOV-19-5232. 

Close AOV-19-5230. 

0 Shut down FAN-1 9-5206A. 

Start FAN-1 9-52068. 

On High-High current on Fan 8: 

Open AOV-19-5230. 

Close AOV-19-5232. 

Shut down FAN-1 9-52068. 

Start FAN-1 9-5206A. 

On High-High particulates in Exhaust 

Stack, shut down FAN-19-5206 A or 

B. 

On High-High level in Dust Collector A 

or B, switch to the alternate dust 

collector. 

Shut down Fan A or B on open signal 

from Emergency Egress Door 0086". 





0 6 9 

AOV-19-5200 

AOV-19-5211 

AOV-19-5200 

AOV-19-5211 

0 Shut down FAN-1 9-5206A. FAN-1 9-5206A 

Start FAN-1 9-52068. FAN-1 9-52068 

Open AOV-19-5232. AOV-19-5232 

Close AOV-19-5230. AOV-19-5230 

On Low flow to stack (Fan B 

operating): 

Shut down FAN-1 9-52068. FAN-1 9-52068 

Start FAN-1 9-5206A. FAN-1 9-5206A 

0 Close AOV-19-5232. . AOV-19-5232 

ODen AOV-19-5230. AOV-19-5230 

4-5 

AOV-19-5200 

AOV-19-5211 

AOV-19-5232 

AOV-19-5230 

FAN-1 9-5206A 

FAN-1 9-52068 

AOV-19-5230 

AOV-19-5232 

FAN-19-5206B 

FAN-1 9-5206A 

' FAN-1 9-5206A 

FAN-1 9-5206B 

DCL-19-5202A 

DCL-19-52028 

FAN-19-5206A 

FAN-1 9-5206B 

00013.3 

'DI-DCL-19-57 

'DI-DCL-19-5202A 

FI-FAN-19-5206 

FI-FAN- 19-5206 

VI-DCL-19-5202 

YI-DCL-19-5202 

1II-FAN-19-5206A 

II-FAN-19-5206B 

YI-CEM-19-5208 

1.SHH-DCL-l9-5202B 

i

a 

e 

a 

~ 

DCL-19-5202A 

DCL-19-5202B 

DCL-19-5202A 

PDI-DCL-19- 

5202A 

PDI-DCL-19- 

52028 

LSH-DCL-19- 

5202A 

LSHH-DCL-19- 

5202A 

LSH-DCL-19- 

52028 

LSHH-DCL-19- 

52028 

YI-DCL-19-5202 

LSH-HBN-19- 

5205A 

LSH-HBN-19- 

52058 

LSH-FLT-19- 

5204 

PDI-FLT-19- 

5204A 

Table 4-3 PVS Setpoints 

I 



Jacobs Proiect Number 35H 19605 


5069 I 

Differential Pressure: 

1 in wg Low (24) 

7 in wg High (24) 

8 in wg High-High Operator Action 


1 in wg Low (23) 

7 in wg High (23) 

8 in wg High-High Operator Action 

24 in High Level Operator Action 

36 in High-High Level (41 1 


36 in High-High Level (41 1 

0.005 gr/scf High Particulate 

Count 


0.01 0 gr/scf High-High Particulate 

Count 

(27, 28) 


24 in High Level Operator Action I 

12 in High Level in Operator Action 

Condensate Leg13 

Differentia I Pressure : 

1 in wg Low Operator Action 

7 in wg High Operator Action 

8 in wg High-High . Operator Action 

l1 The PVS fans are shut down when the panic bar on emergency egress door 008B is activated. 

This relieves negative pressure in the Excavator Service Room, allowing the door to be opened, thus 

complying with Life Safety Code Requirements. The control system and HMI settings limit the 

number of fan restarts per hour. 

'* All setpoints will be reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

l3 The inlet duct to FLT-19-5204A&B exits the Process Building to the outdoors and drops 

approximately 20 ft to the filters. Since the duct carries high-dewpoint, conditioned air, condensate 

is likely to form inside the duct during cold weather. For this reason, a condensate leg (with high- 

level alarm and drain valve) is provided just upstream of the filters. This enables the operator to 

drain excess condensate out of the PVS before the duct fills with water, causing entrainment of 

moisture into the HEPA/ULPA filter elements. 

.JL 008114 

4-6

FLT-19-52048 

FAN-1 9-520644 

FAN-1 9-5206B 

FAN-1 9-5206A&B 

FAN-1 9-5206A&B 

CEM-19-5208 

CEM-19-5208 

STK-19-5209 

BS 5-0-6-9 ~- 

Table 4-3 PVS Setpoints 

PDI-FLT-19- 

5204B 1 in wg 

7 in wg 

8 in wg 

11-FAN-19-5206A 

11-FAN-19-52068 

PI-FAN-1 9-5206 

FI-FAN-19-5206 I 

5,000 acfm 

5,250 acfm 

5,750 acfm 

6,000 acfm 

YI-CEM-19-5208 35,000 cpm 

110,000 cpm 

AQIT-CEM-19- 500 pCi/L 

5208 5,000 pCi/L 

FI-CEM-19- By Vendor 

152088 (scfm) 

LAH-STK-19- 

5209 I 

25 amps 

47 amps 

52 amDs 

25 amps 

47 amps 

52 amps 

0.5 in wg 

0.75 in wg 

3 in wg 

I 5 in wg 

By Vendor 

(scfm) 

6 in. 



Jacobs Project Number 35H 19605 

September 5, 2003 -~ 




High-High ODerator Action 

Current: 

Low 

High 

Hiah-Hinh 

High-High 

Air Flow: 

Low-Low 

Low 

High 

High-High 

High Particulate 

Count 

High-High Particulate 

Count 

High Radon 

High-High Radon 

Low Sample Flow to 

Stack 



(291 



(25, 26) 




(38) 8t 

Operator 

Actiont4 




l4Once the PVS fans have been shut down, operations personnel will observe the particulate level in 

the stack. 'If it is still too high, they will also shut down the Pneumatic Retrieval Blower (if 

operating). 

4-7 

a




5049 September 5, 2003 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Container Management and Sampling Systems: 



94X-3900-N-01437 NO104 Bulk Bag Packaging Line B 

511 

Two parallel packaging lines are provided. Major equipment in the Container Management 

System is listed in the following sections. For detailed descriptions of all equipment 

associated with the Container Management and Sampling Systems, see PD, Section 3.1 . 

5.1 .I 

These vendor-supplied systems contain the following equipment: 

0 

CONTAINER MANAGEMENT AND SAMPLING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

Container Management and Packaging Systems A&B (SKD-25-5250A&B) 

PKU-25-5270A&B: Package Loading Stands A&B 

RCV-25-5278A&B: Package Staging Conveyors A&B 

RCV-25-5282A&B: Airlock Conveyors A&B 

0 RCV-25-5288A&B: Off-Loading Conveyors A&B 

5.1.2 Transport Equipment 

0 BRC-25-5280: Bridge Crane 

Cargo containers, forklift, loading crane, and rail cars and/or trucks 

5.1.3 Miscellaneous Equipment 

0 

0 

0 

SSS-84-5252A&B: Packaging Samplers A&B 

NOZ-25-5260A&B: Discharge Chute Assembly A&B 

EAR-25-5290A&B: Packaging Station Exhaust Registers A&B 

ENC-25-529 1 A&B: Packaging Frames A&B 

RDR-05-5918: Roll-up Door 007D (Line A) 

RDR-05-5912: Roll-up Door 007G (Line A) 

RDR-05-5920: Roll-up Door 007C (Line B) 

RDR-05-5914: Roll-up Door 007F (Line B) 

RDR-05-5916: Roll-up Door 007E (Process Building) 

5.2 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 5-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in the Container 

Management and Packaging System. 

,. , 

5-1 

I 

I 

I 

I

50 69 

000117

OBS 





50 69 . I 

0 5.3 CONTAINER MANAGEMENT AND SAMPLING SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

The Container Management and Packaging System is a vendor-supplied package. After 

final design, the vendor will provide a final detailed control system configuration and a 

detailed sequence of operation. 

@ 

e 

The system is a continuously manned operation. The operators perform several manual 

steps to prepare the bags for filling. These steps include placing the Packaging Frame onto 

the Package Loading Stand, placing the container in the frame, positioning the loading 

spout, and coupling the container to the spout. The operator then activates the aeration 

blower, pre-inflating the container to conform to the frame. 

Operator interface is based primarily on local operation with input via local push buttons 

and hand switches. A primary hand control station is provided at the Package Loading 

Stand, and other control stations are provided as required for operation for the 

downstream conveyors. These control stations are suitably configured for manipulation by 

the operators, who are in standing positions alongside the conveyors. 

Control of the actual filling of the bags is a combination of manual, semi-automatic, and 

fully automated operations. Coupling the bag to the filling port, inflating the inner liner, and 

confirming an adequate closure are semi-automatic operations. Dispensing the material 

into the bag and operating the vibrating densification device are automated to reduce the 

possibility of overfilling. The operator initiates a filling sequence after having positioned the 

bag and having confirmed proper seal to the spout. The material discharge valve opens, 

and material begins to fill the container'', The vent valve opens to allow the deaeration 

blower to remove air from the bag as it is being filled. The densification'vibrator is 

activated when a fill weight of approximately 20 percent of anticipated final weight has 

been reached. Operators are required to visually monitor the filling level and be prepared 

to halt the filling process .as required; bullet cameras are provided in both fill heads to 

facilitate this. If overfilling occurs, a manually operated vacuum line is provided to allow 

operators to remove material from the bag and transfer it to the PRS. 

After the container is filled, the operator raises the loading spout, adjusts the inner-liner 

seal, and heat-seals the liner using the RF sealerle. The inner liner is then detached from 

the loading spout, and the gross weight of the entire assembly is measured and recorded. 

Using local hand controls, the operator moves the Packaging Frame from the Package 

Loading Stand to the Packaging Staging Conveyor, where swipe sampling is performed. 

The frame is then transferred to the Airlock Conveyor, and finally to the Off-Loading 

Conveyor. Position switches and interlocks on the conveyors and doors ensure that: 

'' Mixed additive solution is sprayed into the Discharge Chute Assemblies during the entire filling 

cycle. Once the container is full, the chute assembly's nozzles are flushed with process water, 

which also enters the container. See Section 8.0 for further .details on the Additive System. 

''The RF sealer provides a double seat at the top of the inner liner, with in-between perforation that 

enables the operator to tear. away the inner liner rather than cut it. 

5-3 

I 

I

0 Packaging Frames do not come into contact with each other; 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Packaging Frames do not come into contact with the roll-up doors; 

Receiving conveyors are in motion before frames are placed on them; 





5.(-6-9-.- 

Frames come to a stop once they are fully on the Off-Loading Conveyors; and 

Roll-up doors and pass doors are operated to maintain the airlock. 

Bags are lifted from the Off-Loading Conveyors by the Bridge Crane (BRC-25-5280) and 

17. The need for sampling is pending confirmation of both regulatory and disposal-facility 

requirements. 

la These interlocks apply only to Packaging Line A. Equipment and instrumentation designators for 

Line B are similar. * 

5-4 

008119 

___ ~ 

e 

e

I.L 

Table 5-2 Container Management System Interlocks 





-- 5069 

7 To INDEX a bulk bag from the Package Staging Conveyor to the Airlock 

Conveyor, the following happens: 

All steel roll-up doors (RDR-05-5912, RDR-05-5912 YS-RDR-05-59128 

-591 4, and -591 6) must be closed. RDR-05-5914 YS-RDR-05-5914B 

RDR-05-5916 YS-RDR-05-5916B I 

The Fabric roll-up door (RDR-05- RDR-05-5918 YS-RDR-05-5918B I 

1591 8) ooens. 1 I 

The Airlock Conveyor starts. 

The Package Staging Conveyor 

starts. 

RCV-25-5282A YS-RCV-25-5282AB 

RCV-25-5278A YS-RCV-25-5278AB 

I ' 

I 

When Limit Switch ZS-RCV-25-5282AB is activated: 

0 Stop Package Staging Conveyor. RCV-25-5278A ZS-RCV-25-5278AB 

0 Stop Airlock Conveyor. RCV-25-5282A ZS-RCV-25-5282.AB 

0 Close Fabric Door (RDR-05- 

5918). 

RDR-05-5918 ZS-RDR-05-5918 

8 To INDEX a bulk bag from the Airlock Conveyor to the Off-Loading Conveyor, the 

following happens: 

36 

58 

Fabric roll-up doors RDR-05-59 18 I RDR-05-5918 IYS-RDR-05-5918B 

and -5920 must be closed. I RDR-05-5920 (YS-RDR-05-5920B 

The Steel roll-up door (RDR-05-5912) I RDR-05-5912 (YS-RDR-05-59128 

opens and inhibits opening of either DOR-05-007A 

of the two airlock pass doors. DOR-05-007H 

The Off-Loading Conveyor starts. RCV-25-5288A YS-RCV-25-5288AB 

The Airlock Conveyor starts. RCV-25-5282A YS-RCV-25-5282AB 

When Limit Switch ZS-RCV-25-5288AB is activated: 

1 0 Stop Airlock Conveyor. RCV-25-5282A ZS-RCV-25-5282AB 

~0 Stop Off-Loading Conveyor. RCV-25-5288A ZS-RCV-25-5288AB 

Close Steel Door (RDR-05-5912). RDR-05-5912 ZS-RDR-05-5912 

Permissive to open AOV-25-5260 A AOV-25-5260A ZS-AOV-25-5260AB 

or B when bag is connected to AOV-25-5260B ZS-AOV-25-526OBB 

loading spout on Packaging Line A or 

B, respectively. 

Shut down Additive Charge Pumps A 

or B (PMP-44-5000 A or B) when: PM P-44-5 OOOB 

The Feed Conveyor shuts down, 

or 

The Package Loading Stand fails 

to show a weight gain of at least 

100 Ib./min. for 30 sec. 

5-5 

HS-FDR-10-5 102B 

WQI-PKU-25- 

5 2 70Af 0 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I

l9 All setpoints will be reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

. I 

5-6 





- 

5-(-6-9!!--- ~ 

000121 

-- - 

I 

a 

e

a 6.0 

* . 

O%S 

+ -. 

i- 





5069 

PLANT AND INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 40) 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Plant and Instrument Air System: 

94X-3900-F-01432 F0005 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems . 

94X-3900-N-01441 NO108 Plant Air System 

94X-3900-N-01442 NO1 09 Instrument Air System 

94X-3900-N-01444 NO1 1 1 Plant Air.System Connections 

.94X-3900-N-01446 NO1 13 Instrument Air System Connections 

The Plant and Instrument Air Compressors, Air Dryers, and associated equipment are 

vendor-supplied packages with controls provided by the vendors in accordance with 

purchase specifications. The vendors are required to provide control systems typical of 

equipment used in industrial environments. Operating parameters, such as compressor 

motor running, air pressure, and system alarms, are available to the main PLC system for 

monitoring and alarming. 

6.1 PLANT/INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR SKID (SKD-40-5300) 

The Plant/lnstrument Air Compressor Skid is a' fully self-contained, structural steel skid unit. 

All components are purchased piped and wired, and ready for installation upon receipt. The 

skid includes, but is not limited to, the following equipment: 

ACP-40-5320A&B: Air Compressors A&B 

a ART-40-5310: Instrument Air Receiver Tank 

ADR-40-5312A&B: Desiccant Vessels A&B 

Miscellaneous filters, aftercoolers, traps, etc. 

6.2 PLANT/INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM OPERATION 

Ambient air is drawn through an inlet filter by Air Compressors A&B, and sent to the 

instrument Air Receiver Tank. The tank feeds air through the Desiccant Vessels and then 

to various plant and instrument air users. 

6.3 

PLANT/INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

The specification calls for the following controls: 

An enclosed, local control and instrument panel shall be furnished for the plant and 

Instrument Air Skid. The panel shall contain starthtop switches, pilot lights, emergency 

stop button, and hour meters in the panel. All instruments and gauges other than direct- 

r e a o l n g h - e r m m r s a nd pressure gauges snail be housea in or on the panel. 

. 

The compressor instrument and control panel shall include but not be limited to the I 

following: 

on/off switch to actuate panel power; 

selector for auto or manual, unload/modulate, and pressure control; 

controller and readout for discharge pressure; 

0 start and stop push buttons; 

@ 008122 

6- 1 

_

__ 

. 

m:JjA!!oBs- 

0 run time hour meter; 

0 oil pressure; 

oil temperature; 

air temperature; and 

0 discharge air pressure. 




- - September-5, 2003-- 

Alarm and shutdown functions with annunciation shall be provided to cause the air 

compressor to shut down 0.n selected alarm condition. These alarms will be connected to 

the facility PLC. The alarm and shutdown functions with annunciation include: 

0 high discharge pressure shutdown, 

0 high discharge temperature shutdown, 

low oil IeveVpressure, 

motor overload, and 

emergency stop button. 

6.4 PLANTIINSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM DATA ARCHIVING . 

0 

The following Plant and Instrument Air System parameters are archived: 

run time for all motorized equipment, and a 

0 alarm events. 

6-2 

000123

I 

BHJACOBS 

** e- 5368 

7.0 BREATHING AIR SYSTEM (SYSTEM 41) -’ 

The following PFD and P&IDs illustrate the Breathing Air System: 






94X-3900-N-01443 NO1 10 Breathing Air System 

94X-3900-N-0 1445 NO1 12 Breathing Air System Connections 

7.1 BREATHING AIR COMPRESSOR SKID (SKD-41-5350) 

The Breathing Air System Compressor Skid is a fully self-contained, structural steel skid unit 

requiring only one electrical power connection and one air piping connection. All components 

are purchased piped and wired, and ready for installation upon receipt. The skid includes, but 

is not limited to, the following equipment: 

0 

0 

ACP-41-5360A&B: Breathing Air Compressors A&B 

ART-41 -5352: Breathing Air Receiver Tank 

SKD-41-5354: Refrigeration Dryer Skid (SKD-41-5354) 

Afterfilter 

0 CO monitor 

7.2 

Miscellaneous filters and coolers 

BREATHING AIR SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

The specification calls for the following controls: 

An enclosed, local control and instrument panel shall be furnished for the Breathing Air 

Skid. The panel shall contain start/stop switches, pilot lights, emergency stop button, and 

hour meters in the panel. All instruments and gauges other than direct-reading 

thermometers and pressure gauges shall be housed in or on the panel. 

The compressor instrument and control panel shall include but not be limited to the 

following: 

on/off switch to actuate panel power; . 

selector for auto or manual, unload/modulate, and pressure control; 

controller and readout for discharge pressure; 

start and stop push buttons; 

0 run time hour meter; 

0 air temperature; and 

0 discharge air pressure. 

___I -- 

7-1 

I

__ -- BS-- 

0 motor overload, and 

0 emergency stop button. 

7.3 BREATHING AIR SYSTEM DATA ARCHIVING 

The following Breathing Air System parameters are archived: 

0 

run time for all motorized equipment, and 

0 alarm events. 


5.0-6-9- 



- -_S_eptember 5,2003- 

7-2 

- -

8.0 ADDITIVE SYSTEM (SYSTEM 44) 

The following PFDs and P&IDs illustrate the Additive System: 





50 69 




94X-3900-N-0 1437 NO1 04 Bulk Bag Packaging Line B 


94X-3900-N-05147 NO1 16 Additive Charging System 

94X-3900-N-05139 NO1 17 Additive Feed System 

8.1 ADDITIVE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

Major equipment in the Additive System is listed in the following sections. For detailed 

descriptions of all equipment associated with the Additive System, see PD, Section 5.0. 

Pumps 

PMP-44-5000A: Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump 

PMP-44-5000B: Ferrous Sulfate Pump 

PMP-44-5002: Additive Pump 

0 PMP-44-5004A&B: Additive Charge Pumps A&B 

Tanks 

TNK-44-5000: Ferrous Sulfate Tank 

TNK-44-5002: Additive Mix Tank 

TNK-44-5004A&B: Additive Charge Tanks A&B 

Agitators 

MXA-44-5000: Ferrous Sulfate Tank Agitator 

MXA44-5002:. Additive Mix Tank Agitator 

Containment Dikes 

ENC-44-5000: Portable Containment Dike 

ENC-44-5000A: Sodium Lignosulfonate Portable Containment Dike 

8.2 ADDITIVE SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 8-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in the Additive System. 

8.3 ADDITIVE SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

Silo 3 material is conditioned with an aqueous mixture of two additives: ferrous sulfate, to 

reduce certain metals (e.g., chromium) to less-toxic valence states (FEMP 2003f); and 

sodium lignosulfonate, to reduce the dispersability of the material (Jenike and Johanson, 

2002). 

8-1 

000226

0 

8.3.1 

Receipt, Storage, and Transfer 'of Raw Materials 





~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~~~ 

Sodium lignosulfonate is received as a 47% solution in portable tote containers, One 

container is placed in the concrete containment area, while a spare is placed in the Sodium 

Lignosulfonate Portable Containment Dike. On an as-needed basis, the Sodium 

Lignosulfonate Pump transfers full-strength solution to the Additive Mix Tank. Both flow 

rate and flow total are monitored by Flow Control Loop FQIT-PMP-44-5000A. The pump is 

shut off on High level in the mix tank, or when a predetermined quantity of solution has 

been transferred (whichever happens first). 

Ferrous sulfate is received as a 15% solution in tanker trucks. Tankers are unloaded by on- 

board pumps into the Ferrous Sulfate Tank; a control valve on the pump discharge line 

closes on High-High level in the tank. The tank is continuously agitated unless the level 

drops to Low-Low, at which the point the agitator is shut off. On an as-needed basis, the 

Ferrous Sulfate Pump transfers full-strength solution to the Additive Mix Tank. Both flow 

rate and flow total are monitored by Flow Control Loop FQIT-PMP-44-5000B. The pump is 

shut off on High level in the mix tank, or when a predetermined quantity of solution has 

been transferred (whichever happens first). 

Process water is supplied to the suctions of both pumps for flushing the pumps, discharge 

lines, and/or the tank or tote. Manual valves are used to start and stop the flow of process 

water. 

8.3.2 

Preparation and Transfer of Mixed Additive 

On an as-needed basis, batches of mixed additive are prepared as follows: 

1. Open AOV-50-5002A and charge a predetermined quantity of domestic water to the 

Additive Mix Tank. The valve will automatically close on High level in the mix tank, or 

when the predetermined quantity has been added (whichever happens first). 

2. Both the Additive Mix Tank Agitator and the Additive Pump will start up once the mix 

tank's Low-Low level setpoint has been exceeded. Manual valves are aligned to allow 

recirculation back to the tank when additive is not being transferred to the Additive 

Charge Tanks. 

3. After a predetermined time period, start the Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump and transfer 

the appropriate quantity of solution to the mix tank. The pump will shut off on High 

level in the mix tank, or when a predetermined quantity of solution has been 

transferred (whichever happens first). 

4. After a predetermined time period, start the Ferrous Sulfate Pump and transfer the 

appropriate quantity of solution to the mix tank. The pump will shut off on High level in 

the mix tank, or when a predetermined quantity of solution has been transferred 

(whichever happens first). 

The Additive Pump transfers its contents to Additive charge Tanks A and B through AOV- 

44-5210 and -5197, respectively. These valves open only when the applicable charge 

tank is below the High-level setpoint, and additive is not being charged to the applicable 

Discharge Chute Assembly. If a higher transfer rate is desired, HOV-44-5244 in the 

Additive Mix Tank's recirculation line can be throttled back. 

OWM.28

-~ -5-0-6-9 ___ - 





Through manual valve alignment, the Additive Mix Tank can also be set up to receive 

liquids from the Wastewater Tank Area Sump (i.e., discharge of Wastewater Tank Area 

Sump Pump). Ordinarily, such liquids are transferred to the Wastewater Tank (see Section 

9.0); however, if a spill or leak originates in the Additive Mix Tank and/or its downstream 

lines, and the sump is relatively free of other contaminants, Operations may choose the 

mix-tank route. Both routes are set up by manual-valve alignment. 

8.3.3 Charging of Mixed Additive 

Each of the Additive Charge Tanks feeds solution to one of the two Discharge Chute 

Assemblies (FEMP, 2003~): As stated in Section 5.0, additive solution is sprayed into the 

bags during the entire fill cycle, The feed rate to Discharge Chute Assemblies A&B is 

maintained at approximately 6 gpm by throttling HOV-44-5269 and -5208, respectively. 

The total flows are monitored by Flow Control Loops FQIT-PMP-44-5004A&B, 

respectively. 

Process water is supplied to the suctions of both pumps for flushing the pumps, discharge 

lines, and/or the tank or tote. Manual valves are used to start and stop the flow of process 

water. 

8.4 ADDITIVE SYSTEM INTERLOCKS 

A detailed listing of interlocks for the Additive System is provided in the P&IDs and 

Table 8-2. 

8.5 ADDITIVE SYSTEM SETPOINTS 

A detailed listing of setpoints for the Additive System is provided in Table 8-3. 

8.6 ADDITIVE SYSTEM DATA ARCHIVING 

The following Additive System parameters are archived: 

0 


0 alarm events, and . 


-~

50 69 





a 

.. 

I 

I 

Table 8-2 Additive System Interlocks I 

a 

1 Additive Mix Tank. 

I I 

l Shut down Additive Mix Tank Agitator 

Low-Low level in Additive Mix Tank. 

MXA-44-5002 klC-TN K-44-5002 

Close AOV-44-5197 on High level in AOV-44-5 197 LIC-TNK-44-.5004B 

Additive Charge Tank B. 

Open AOV-44-5210 when Additive Charge AOV-44-5210 

Tank A is not in charge cycle. I 

Open AOV-44-5197 when Additive Charge 1 AOV-44-5197 

Tank B is not in charge cycle. 

3 Sequence 

I Sequence 

Lignosulfonate Pumps, and close AOV-50: 

5002A, on High level in Additive Mix Tank. ' 

I 

Shut down Ferrous Sulfate and Sodium I BMP-44-500OA LIC-TNK-44-5002 

PMP-44-5000B 

AOV-50-5002A 

* 

Close AOV-50-5002A when predetermined 

quantity has been added to Additive Mix 

AOV-50-5002A FQI-AOV-50-5002A 

Tank. 

Shut down Sodium Lignosulfonate Pump 

when predetermined quantity has been I 

added to Additive Mix Tank. 

Shut down Ferrous Sulfate Pump when 

predetermined quantity has been added to 

Additive Mix Tank. 

PMP-44-5000A FQIT-PMP-44-5000A 

I I 

FQIT-PMP-44-50006 I 

II 

e 

o 

The Feed Conveyor shuts down, or 

The Package Loading Stand fails to show a 

weight gain of at least 100 Ib./min. for 30 

8-5 

0 YS-FDR-10-51028 

0 WQI-PKU-25- ' 

5 2 70AlB 

I 

I 

I 

I

69 

o 




Table 8-2 Additive System Interlocks 1 

when E-stop on AOV-25-5260A is 

open SOV-50-5004A. 

When Charge System B is in charge 

cycle, close SOV-50-5004B. 

System A or B, and if flow is detected in 

8-6 

PM P-44-5004A I Z I-AOV-2 5-5 2 60A 

FI-PWIP-44-5004B 

I

0 

TNK-44-5002 

BN K-44-5004A 

TNK-44-5004B 

BMP-44-5000A 

BMP-44-5000B 

PM P445O04A 

PMP-44-5004B 

AOV- 5 0-5 002A 

Tabie 8-3 Additive System Setpoints 

LlC-TMK-44-5002 

LlC-TNK-44-5004A 



Jacobs Project Number 351-119605 

- - 5069 sap:s;r.ta: E, 2 0s 

5% 

10% 

90% 

100% 

6 in. 

20 in. 

I 80in. 

85 in. 

I 1 0% 

80% 

LOW-LOW 

Low 

High 

Hig h-High 



Level: 

Low-Low b44) (45) 


High (43) (50) 

High-High Operation Action 

Bevel: 

Low (57) 

High (46) 

90% High-High Operator Action 

LIC-TNK-44-5004B 

10% 

I 80% 

90% 

Level: 

Low 

High 

High-High 

(57) 

(47) 


FQI -PM P-44-5000A 4.3 gal Bow Quantity Operation Action 

5.4 gal Normal Quantity 

(52) 

6.5 gal High Quantity Operation Action 

FQI-PMP-44-5000B 304 gal Low Quantity Operation Action 

380 gal Normal Quantity 

(53) 

460 gal High Quantity Operation Action 

FI-PMP-44-5004A 4.5 gprn Low Flow 

Operation Action 

6.7 gpm High Flow 


FI-PMP-44-5004B 4.5 gpm Low Flow 


6.7 gprn High Flow Operation Action 

FQI-AOV-50-5002A 813 gal Low Quantity Operation Action 

9,016 gal Normal Quantity (51 1 

1,219 gal High Quantity Operation Action 


8-7





+- 5069 

0 9.0 PROCESS AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS (SYSTEMS 50 AND 62) ', 

0 

The following PFD and P&ID illustrate the Process and Wastewater Systems: 



94X-3900-N-01447 NO1 14 Domestic and Process Water Systems 

9.1 WASTEWATER SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

Major equipment in the Wastewater System is as follows: 

PMP-62-5404: Excavator Service Room Sump Pump 

0 TNK-62-5600: Wastewater Tank 


PMP-62-5604: Wastewater Tank Area Sump Pump 

PMP-62-5606: Wastewater Pump 

0 PMP-62-5642: Excavator Room Sump Pump 

9.2 WASTEWATER SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION 

Table 9-1 summarizes, by function, all of the instrumentation in the Wastewater System. 

9.3 WASTEWATER SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 

Wastewater is generated from various washdown activities. Sump pumps in the Excavator 

Room, the Excavator Service Room, and the Wastewater Tank Area start automatically 

when their level switches are actuated by high water levels in the sumps. Manual valves in 

the piping are aligned to direct the water from the sump pumps to the Wastewater Tank. 

When the tank reaches high level and is being either analyzed or emptied, flow from the 

sump pumps is shut off by closing manual valves. 

TheeWastewater Tank Agitator is activated by the operators on an as-needed basis, via a 

manual switch located near the tank. The agitator is automatically deactivated on low tank 

level. 

, Whenever a high level is reached in the Wastewater Tank and an appropriate mixing time 

has elapsed, the contents of the tank are analyzed. This is to ensure that the contents are 

suitable for on-site processing at the Advanced Wastewater Treatment ( A M ) facility. If 

contents are cleared for treatment at the AWWT, the entire contents of the tank are 

transferred by tanker to the A M . 

Process-water makeup (System 50) to the tank is manually initiated by the operator. Input 

process-water valve AOV-62-5600 automatically ctoses on high tank level. 

9.4 WASTEWATER SYSTEM INTERLOCKS 

A detailed listing of interlocks for the Wastewater System is provided in the P&IDs and 

Table 9-2. 

e . 

9-1 

I

.- 

c 

0 

CI 

Q 

c, 

5 

E 

- 

E =I 

c, 

tn 

e 

E 

a 

c, 

tn 

r 

v) 

r-- 5069 

. . 

.. 

-. . c 

000134

o 

. ._ \I. 

Table 9-2 Wastewater System interlocks 

0 Low level in sump 

Sump pump to start up on High Level in 




50 69 Ssperbe: E, 2OE 

High-High level in Wastewater Tank, or Q klC-TNK-62-5600 

shut down on: 

0 BSL-PMPi62-5642 

LSH-PMP'62-5642 

9 High-High level in Wastewater Tank, or c UC-TNK-62-5600 

o Low level in sump 0 LSL-PMP-62-5404 

Sump pump to start up on High Level in 4 LSH-PMP-62-5404 

8 High-High level in Wastewater Tank, or Q LIC-TNK-62-5600 

0 Low level in sump 0 LSL-BMP-6245604 

Sump pump to start up on High Level in 0 LSH-PMP-62-5604 

12 Wastewater Pump to shut down on Low- PMP-62-5606 LIC-TNK-62-5600 

Low level in Wastewater Tank 

9.5 WASTEWATER SYSTEM SETPOINTS 

A detailed listing of setpoints for the Wastewater System is provided in Table 9-3. 

Table 9-3 Wastewater System Setpoints 

;, . .:-.- ' 

5% 

70% 

Low -Low 

Low 

(10, 12) 


90% High (61 

100% High-High (4, 5, 9) 

Excavator Room Sump LSL/H-PMP-62-5642 4 in. Low level (1 1 

.30 in. High level (1 1 

Excavator Service Area LSLIH-PMP-62-5404 4 in. Low level (5) 

Sump 30 in. High level (5) 

Wastewater Tank Area LSL/H-PMP-62-5604 4 in. Low level (1 1) 

Sump 24 in. High Devei (1 1) 

21 All setpoints will be.reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

9-3 

000135 

I 

I

9.6 WASTEWATER SYSTEM DATA ARCHIVING 

The following Wastewater System parameters are archived: 

0 

0 alarm events, 

0 interlock events, and 

0 


wastewater flow to AWWT (Le., flow totals per transfer). 

9-4 




September - ____ 5, 2003 

-5-&6-9------ 

. . ' . .. . .. .: 

* . 

. . 

.... 

. . 

. . .. 

- :. . 

. . 

. . 

-

e 

10.0 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING 





5069 

This section addresses both the Supply Air System (System 70) and the Exhaust Air 

System (System 71 I. It also discusses HVAC systems included in the Miscellaneous HVAC 

System (System 771, the trailer, and the CEM Building. 

For a description of how the HVAC systems interact with the PVS, PRS, and MRS, see 

Section 2.0. 

10.1 HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

Major equipment in the HVAC 'systems is as follows: 

10.1.1 Supply Air System (System 70) 

0 

0 

0 

ACU-70-5700, -571 0, and -5720: Packaged Air Conditioning Units 

HTR-70-5730 A-D: Electric Heaters A-D, Packaging Area 004 

HTR-70-5732: Electric Heater Entry Corridor 001 

HTR-70-5734A&B: Electric Heaters A&B - Airlock 007 

HTR-70-5735: Electric Heater Airlock/Doff 003 

HTR-70-5736: Electric Heater Corridor 002 

10.1.2 Exhaust Air System (System 7 1 ) 

0 

FAN-7 1 -5760A&B: Building Filtration Exhaust Fans A&B 

FLT-71-5770A&B: Building ULPA/HEPA Exhaust Modules A&B 

10.1.3 Miscellaneous HVAC System (System 77) 

AHU-77-5737: Air Handling Unit, Cargo Container Bay 

HTR-77-5740 A-C: Electric Heaters A-C, Cargo Container Bay 

ACU-77-5750: Continuous Emissions Monitoring Building A/C Unit 

0 FAN-77-5780: Silo Enclosure Exhaust Fan 

FAN-77-5790 A-C: Cargo Container Bay Exhaust Fans A-C 

FAN-77-5792: Storage and Wastewater Tank Area Exhaust Fan 

FAN-77-5795: Electrical Building Exhaust Fan 

. . 

. . - . - I 

.e.-. , 

0 HTR-77-5796A&B: Electrical Building Electrical Unit Heaters A&B (including FAN-77- 

5796A&B) 

0 HTR-77-5797 A-C: Storage and Wastewater Tank Area Electric Unit Heaters A-C 

10.2 HVAC SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION 

0 

Tables lO-lA, 10-18, and 10-1C summarize, by function, all of the instrumentation in the 

Supply Air System, the Exhaust Air System, and the Miscellaneous HVAC Systems, 

respectively. 

10-1 

. . 

I

000138 

5 

- 0 

- 9

0 

. * . 

I - 

- 

L 

- 

al 

e c. 

C 

0 

m 

c 

al 

f 

P 

000139 

3 

0 

F

-- 5069 

000140 

e

10.3 HVAC SYSTEM CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 


I 

Document No. 40430-PL-OOO3, Rev. 1 



50 69 I 

The Supply and Exhaust Air Systems utilize controls typical of industrial installations. Each 

of the three air-handling units (consisting of intake filters, fans, electric heaters, and 

refrigeration-based air conditioning components) has local controls provided by the 

manufacturer. The exhaust filtration system consists of two filter units and two exhaust 

fans, with a crossover to allow either filter to be used with either fan. The major HVAC 

system components are interfaced with the main PLC control system, allowing monitoring 

and control of HVAC functions via the main HMI in the Operations SupportKhange Room 

Trailer. The HMI display configuration includes a suitable display area for HVAC control 

requirements. 

The system is operated from the HMI by aligning the dampers and then selecting and 

starting one of the two exhaust fans and two of the three air-handling units. One of the 

three air-handling units serves as a backup. The pressure differential between the 

Packaging Area and outside ambient is maintained using a variable-flow vacuum- relief 

damper. A PLC-based proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control loop modulates this 

damper. The PID loop uses input from a differential pressure transmitter, which senses 

both the Packaging-Area pressure and ambient pressure. The PID loop is enabled and 

provided with operating and alarm setpoints from the HMI. Additional inputs are provided 

from door position sensors to tailor the response of the PID algorithm during off-normal 

operating conditions. 

The interior temperature is controlled by a PLC-based PID control loop utilizing input from a 

temperature sensor in the Packaging Area and setpoints from the HMI. 

The following upset conditions are alarmed at the HMI: 

0 

0 

Failure of an air-conditioning unit 

Failure of a fan 

Failure to maintain either temperature or differential pressure 

0 Detection of a fire 

The HVAC system control logic is interlocked with the fire detection and air quality 

monitoring systems to force the system to the most suitable operating mode during upset 

conditions. Operators are able to control or reset the HVAC system from the operations 

support trailer without entering the Process Building. 

10.4' HVAC SYSTEM INTERLOCKS 

------- ---- ---- 

Detailed listings of interlocks for the Supply Air System, the Exhaust Air System, and the 

Miscellaneous HVAC Systems are provided in Tables lo-=, 

respectively. 

10-2B, and 10-2C, 

10.5 HVAC SYSTEM SETPOINTS 

Detailed listings of setpoints for the Supply Air System and the Exhaust Air System are 

provided in Tables 10-3A and 10-3B, respectively. There are no setpoints in the 

Miscellaneous HVAC Systems. 

10-5 

808141 

I 

I

I woo20-a 

H0020-2 

H0020-3 

H0022-'8 

fable 10-2A Supply Air System Interlocks 

Permissives to manually start up 

ACU-70-5700, -57 IO, or -5720 

D Shut down operating ACU and start 

up standby ACU oh3 how discharge air 

flow. 

9 

Bf operating ACU shuts down, start 

up standby ACU. 




Se;3remkr E, 2532 - 

50 69 

ACU-70-5700 

ACU-70-5710 

ACU-70-5720 

ACU-70-5700 

ACU-70-57 10 

ACU-70-57'20 

ACU-70-5700 

ACU-70-5710 

ACU-70-5720 

Shut down operating ACU and start up 1 ACU-70-5700 

standby ACU on signal from smoke ACU-70-5710 

jetector. ACU-70-5720 

Shut down operating ACU on signal from ACU-70-5700 

lire-alarm system. ACU-70-57 'PO 

ACU-70-5720 

Modulate DPR-70-6020 on increase in DPR-70-6020 

xessure in Airlock 007. 

Iressure in Entry Corddor 001 

:lose FDP-70-6023 on signal from fire- 

jlarm system. 

I FDp-70-6023 

DPR-70-6016 open- 

DPR-70-609 8 open 

DPR-70-6020 open 

BPR-70-6022 open 

FDP-70-6023 open 

FB-BRAS-70-5700 

XA-ACU-70-5700 

XA-ACU-7015710 

XA-AC U-70- 5 7 20 

XE-ACU-70-5700 

XE-ACU-70-5710 

XE-AW-70-5720 

FAP-92-5860 

PDlC-DPR-70-6020 

PDIC-DPR-70-6022 

FAP-92-5868 

25 Unlike the P&DDs, The HVAC Control Diagrams do not assign a unique number to each interlock. I a 

Accordingly, this table uses both the interlock number and the sheet number for uniqueness. 

a 0-6

0 

'.c ' ...I . 

fire-alarm system. 

I 

0 

0 

0 

On signal from fire-alarm system; 

On signal from Radiation Monitoring 

Of pressure in Excavator Service 

Room 008 exceeds that of 

Packaaina Area 004 

FDP-7 1-6029 

:lose: DMP-71- 

SO38 and -6039 

FAN-7 1 -5760B 




0 FAP-92-5860 

0 Continuous Air 

Monitors (various) 

0 PDI-DMP-71-6033A; 

-6037; Closed: DMP-7 7 - 

6038 and -6039 

Closed: DMP-$1-6836 

and -6037; Open: BMP- 

71 -6038 and -6039 .- 

: DMP-7 1-602-4 

and -6035; Open: FDP- 

70-6023, -71 -6027, -7 1 - 

6029, -71-6031, and 

BDI-FLT-74 -57'908 

26 Unlike the P&IDs, The HVAC Control Diagrams do not assign a unique number to each interlock. 


ii 000143 

. , 

9 0-7 

I

H0026-2 

ACU-70-5702 

DPW-70-6016 

DBR-70-6020 

DPR-70-6022 

Table 10-2C Miscellaneous HVAC Svsterns Interlocks 

is opened; start up exhaust fan when 

Door 0058 is closed. 

temperature rises above 6OoF. 

Table 10-3A Supply Air System Setpoints 





FAP-92-5860 

I ACU-70-5701 I TI-ACU-70-5701 I 8 5 O F I High Temperature I Operator Action I I 

TI-ACU-70-5702 6OoF High Temperature (H0027-3) 


-0.4 in. wg 

-o.25 in. wg 

Low Diff Pressure 

High Diff, Pressure 




-0.3 in. wg 

-o.2 in. wg 


High Diff. Pressure 

(H0022-1) 

(H0022-1) 


-0.3 in. wg 

-o.2 in. wa 


Hioh Diif. Pressure 

(H0022-2) 

27 Unlike the P&IDs, The HVAC Control Diagrams do not assign a unique number to each interlock. 


28 All setpoints will be reviewed and modified as necessary during startup. 

10-8 

000144 

I 

a

a 29 

. *. .. 

. . 

. . . ’ 

Table 18-36 Exhaust Air Svstem Setooints 

. Jacobs Project 

DMP-77-6035 BDIC-DMP-71-6035 -3 in. wg Low Diff. Pressure Operator Action 

The following HVAC parameters are archived: 

Q run time for all motorized equipment, 

e alarm events, and 

Q interlock events. 


I 

I





-~ -50-6-9-- -- -~ 

1 1 .O CONTROL SYSTEM (SYSTEM'SO) 

11.1 CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

0 PLC-90-5870: Main Control PLC 

PNL-90-5871: Main PLC Control Enclosure 

PNL-90-5872: Auxiliary PLC Control Enclosure 

0' CPU-90-5874: Primary Control Operator Station 

CPU-90-5875: Engineering/Programming and Backup Operator Station 

PRN-90-5880: Report Printer 

PNL-90-5890: Packaging Area Operator Display 

Local PLC Racks (one In Electrical Building plus additional PLC Racks as needed) 

11.2 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONS 

Two redundant personal computer (PC)-based -human-machine interface (HMI) stations are 

installed in the Control Room. These HMI stations serve as central points for monitoring 

and control of the process and supporting utilities. The first PC is provided with HMI 

operating system software only, whereas the second PC is provided with both HMI 

operating system and engineering support/programming software. This configuration offers 

redundancy and adequately addresses any programming, startup, and troubleshooting 

requirements. 

Monitoring and -alarming capabilities are configured for all systems. The necessary control 

functions to support unattended systems3' are incorporated in the HMI stations. 

A series of display screens is configured to show a graphic of each major system. This 

includes, as a minimum, the PRS, the MRS, the PVS, the HVAC Systems, and the 

Wastewater System. Extensive monitoring capability is incorporated, and process control 

is provided where applicable. Alarm status and history information are also provided. The 

HMI software has typical batch reporting functions, which are used to archive a 

software/electronic copy of each container's UNlD and time/date information. 

The Control Room is equipped with sufficient CCTV monitors linked with the cameras 

associated with the PRS, the silo interior, the MRS, and the Packaging Area. These enable 

Operations personnel to monitor and assist in coordinating facility activities. 

A programmable logic controller (PLC)-based control system is provided to monitor and 

control the facility material handling and packaging equipment, and utility systems. The 

main process PLC processor is installed in electrical panel PNL-90-587 1, which is located 

in the Electrical Building. This PLC performs all ov.erall process control logic, sequencing, 

alarm monitoring, and interlocking required to promctte an integrated, plant-wide control 

approach. Each of the two packaging lines has a dedicated control PLC. All control logic, 

so 'Unattended" systems are: Process Vent System, Plant and instrument Air System, Breathing Air I 

. 

System, and all HVAC systems. 

11-1

0 



Jacobs Proiect Number 35H19605 


- 

5- 5069 I 

sequencing, alarm monitoring, and interlocking is performed in the PLCs. Use of relay 

logic, individual timers, and interlocks external to the PLCs is avoided. An exception to 

this is the emergency stop circuits, which are hard-wired and also have PLC inputs to reset 

process PLC control functions as required. 

Operator push buttons, hand switches, conveyor controls, motion detectors, solenoid 

valves, etc., are configured as inputs and outputs WO) to the PLC control system. Discreet 

input circuits are 120 VAC; discrete output circuits are either contact-closure or 24 VDC; 

and analog l/O circuits are 4-20 mA. Detailed I/O information is provided .in Attachment 

A. 

Packaging area control stations are suitably configured for manipulation by operators who 

are in a standing position alongside the associated equipment. A primary Allen-Bradley 

touch screen control station is provided at each of the two Package Loading Stands. Other 

small local control stations are provided as required for peripheral devices such as loading 

area conveyors and building airlock doors. An additional Allen-Bradley touch screen is 

installed at a convenient location for Packaging Area operators to monitor and control 

related overall facility functions, (such as the PRS or MRS operations) and facility utility 

functions. 

A local area network is installed to link all the PLC processors, the HMI PCs, and the 

Packaging Area touch screen displays. The communication format is Ethernet 1 OBase-T in 

accord with the communication facilities built into the .Allen-Bradley SLC5/05 processors 

and other field display stations. A configurable Ethernet switcher is provided with a 

0 sufficient number of ports for future expansion. .- 

All of the Control Room PCs, the main process PLC and packaging line PLCs, and the 

touch screen displays are powered from the Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS). This 

eliminates control system disruptions and processors reboot delays. Actual process 

equipment, including all conveyors, fans, etc., do not have backup power. The PLCs are 

programmed to turn all output circuits off and to reset all process functions on utility 

power loss. 

11-2 

I 

I

12.0 . CCTV SYSTEM (SYSTEM 95) 

12.1 CCTV SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 

CCT-95-525lA-G: Color Cameras A-G 

0 CCT-95-5252A-E: 20” Color Monitors A-E 

CCT-95-5253A-D: Dome Controllers A-D 

CCT-95-5254: UTP Transceiver Hub 

CCT-95-5255: Digital Video Recorder Multiplexer 

CCT-95-5256A&B: Data Mergers A&B 

CCT-95-5257A&B: 2.4 GHz Transmitters/Receivers A&B 

0 CCT-95-5258: Switcher 

12.2 CCTV SYSTEM OPERATION 





r- 5.0 6-9 _____ -~ 

- I . 

A 20-in. color monitor is located on top of Silo 3. This monitor is used by the VWMS 

operators. A dome controller is also located on top of Silo 3. This controller is used by 

the W E operators to control panltilt and zoom of the Silo 3 North wall and inside silo I 

dome cameras. 

A 20-in. color monitor is located in the Excavator Room. This monitor is used by the 

Excavator operator. A dome controller is located in the Excavator Room, and is used to 

control pan/tilt and zoom of the Excavator camera and Retrieval Feed Bin camera. 

The Operations Support Trailer has two 20411. color monitors that can view any of the 

above-mentioned five cameras. Also, a dome controller in the Operations Support Trailer 

can control any of the five cameras. 

12-1





WJACOBS . . t- 5069 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

FEMP, 2003a. Process Description for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 40430-RP- 

0003, Revision 1, July 2003a. 

FEMP, 2002a. Access and Retrieval Strategy for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 

40430-PL-0002, Revision 0, July 1 1, 2002a. 

FEMP, 2002b. Design Basis and Requirements Document, Document No. 40430-DC- 

0001, Revision 0, February 2002b. 

Jacobs Engineering, 2002. "Fernald Silos 1 and 2 Project Equipment, Pipe, Valve, 

and Instrument Numbering," Procedure No. FF-103-01, Revision 2, May 10, 2002. 

FEMP, 2003b, Silo 3 Project Equipment fist, Document No. 40430-LST-0001, 

Revision 3, June 2003b. 

FEMP, 2003c, Piping fine List for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 40430-LST-003, 

Revision 3, June 2003c. 

FEMP, 2003d, Piping Valve List for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 40430-LST- 

006, Revision 3, June 2003d. 

FEMP, 2003e, lnstrument List for the Silo 3 Project, Document No. 40430-LST- 

0002, Revision 2, April 2003e. 

FEMP, 2003f. Silo 3 Conditlbning Repor?, Document No. 40430-RP-0025, February 

2003f. 

Jenike & Johanson Inc., 2002. Pretreatment of Silo 3 Material with Lignosulfonate 

Solution, 4584-1, August 2002. 

13-1

Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan 

40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



Fernald 

Silo 3 Project 

Environmental Control Plan 



Revision C 


ii 

5U69

@ 

5069 

r : Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan 

40430.PL.0005. Rev . C 




1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................... 1 

2.0 AIR EMISSIONS CONTROL PLAN ................................................................... 2 

2.1 AIR EMISSIONS CONTROLS ................................................................. 3 

2.1.1 Emission Control During Initial Silo Access ................................... 3 

2.1.2 Emission Control During Retrieval. Transfer. and Packaging ............ 4 

2.1.3 Ambient Monitoring .................................................................. 4 

2.2 ESTIMATED POINT SOURCE AIR EMISSION DATA .................................. 4 

3.0 EROSION AND STORMWATER CONTROL PLAN .............................................. 7 

3.1 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT OF THE PLAN ........................................... 7 

3.2 RUN-ON/RUNOFF CONTROL STRUCTURAL PRACTICES ........................... 8 

3.2.1 Temporary Drainage Channels and Swales ................................... 9 

3.2.2 Check Dams ............................................................................ 9 

3.2.3 Riprap .................................................................................... 10 

3.2.4 Silt Fences ............................................................................. 10 

3.2.5 Temporary Diversions .............................................................. 11 

4.0 FUGITIVE DUST CONTROL PLAN .................................................................. 12 

4.1 SITE-SPECIFIC LIMITS ........................................................................ 12 

4.2 SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 12 

4.3 METHODS AND MATERIALS ............................................................... 13 

4.4 WORK PRACTICES ............................................................................. 13 

4.5 MONITORING .................................................................................... 14 

4.6 RECORD KEEPING .............................................................................. 15 

4.7 OFF-HOURS FUGITIVE DUST ALERT NOTIFICATION ............................... 15 

4.7.1 Notification Procedure .............................................................. 15 . 

4.7.2 The Contractor Site Response ................................................... 16 

4.7.3 Schedule and Contacts ............................................................. 16 

5.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................................... 17 

5.1 WASTE TYPES .................................................................................. 17 

5.2 WASTE MINIMIZATION ....................................................................... 18 

5.3 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS MANAGEMENT .............................................. 18 

5.5 UNKNOWN DEBRIS MANAGEMENT ...................................................... 19 

5.6 WASTE CONTAINER MANAGEMENT .................................................... 20 

5.7 WASTEWATER CONTROL ................................................................... 21 

6.0 REFERENCES ............................................................................................. 22 

APPENDICES 

Appendix A 

Appendix B 

Appendix C 

Appendix D 

Appendix E 

Details of Erosion and Stormwater Control Features 

Daily Records of Fugitive Emission Control 

Off-Hours Dust Control Procedure 

Material Segregation and Containerization Criteria 

Estimated Amounts of Waste Streams 

iii 

801915.1

ALARA 

BAT 

CFR 

DOE 

DPC 

EDE 

FEMP 

FTL 

HEPA 

NESHAP 

OAC 

OEPA 

ODNR 

OSDF 

ou 

PPE 

PVS 

RI 

UCL 

WAC 

WAO 

ULPA 

REFERENCE DRAWINGS 

ACRONYMS 

~~ 40430-PL-0005, 

5 O 6 9 Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan 

Rev.-C----- ~ 


September 23, 2003 0 

As Low As Reasonably Achievable 

Best Available Technology 

Code of Federal Regulations 


Designated Primary Contact 

estimated dose equivalent 


Field Tracking Log 


National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants 

Ohio Administrative Code 

Ohio Environmental Protection Agency 

Ohio Department of Natural Resources 

On-Site Disposal Facility 

operable unit 



remedial investigation 

Upper Confidence Limit 

Waste Acceptance Criteria 

Waste Acceptance Organization 

Ultra Low Penetration Air 

G3104 94X-3900-G-01297, Site Plan 

G3105 94X-3900-G-01298, Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan 

F0002 94X-3900-X-01429, Process Flow Diagram, Material Retrieval and 

Feed Systems 

F0003 94X-3900-F-01431, Process Flow Diagram, Process Vent and 

Packaging Systems 

H0004 94X-3900-H-13 1 49, Air Flow Diagram, Exhaust Filtration Units 

iv

@ 

1.0 PURPOSE 

=- 5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



This Environmental Control Plan provides details of the methods and materials to be used 

during implementation of the Silo 3 project to control erosion, air emissions, stormwater, 

fugitive dust, contaminated soil, and construction and operations waste and minimize the 

impact of these activities on the environment. This plan covers the construction of the 

Silo 3 Process Building, Silo 3 ancillary facilities and the silo enclosure at the U.S. 

Department of Energy (DOE-FEMP) site. These areas are shown on drawing 94X-3900-G- 

01 297, Site Plan. The Silo 3 Environmental Control Plan contains the following plans: 

0 Air Emissions Control: The Stack Release Considerations for the Silo 3 document (Doc. 

No. 40430-CA-0003) calculates the potential emissions of air contaminants during the 

operation of the Silo 3 Project. 

Erosion and Stormwater Control: The methods and materials that will be used to 

prevent erosion of soil, either by wind or surface water, in the process or project work 

area and to reduce sediment loading in the stormwater are described. Also described 

are the methods, materials, and existing site features that will be used to capture and 

control stormwater. 

Fugitive Dust Control: The methods and materials that will be used to suppress and 

minimize the creation and dispersion of dust are described. 

Waste Management: The methods that will be used to manage waste and debris 

generated during site preparation and construction and operations are described. 

. .. 

1 

000153

- __ 

- 5069 

Silo 3-Environmental-C-ontrol-Plan- ~ 

40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

---mJACOBS Jacobs Project Number 35H19605 @ 


2.0 AIR EMISSIONS CONTROL PLAN 

The Stack Release Considerations for the Silo 3 Project document (Doc. No. 40430-CA- 

0003) calculates the potential emissions of air contaminants during the operation of the 

Silo 3 Project. Primary sources of air contaminants are expected to be Silo 3, the process 

equipment and the process building. The locations of the sources of potential air emissions 

are illustrated on the Civil Site Plan, (Drawing 94X-3900-6-01297) and the Process Flow 

Diagram (Drawing 94X-3900-F-01431). 

Because of the physical nature of Silo 3 Material and its high thorium-230 content, control 

of airborne particulate emissions is a key criterion in designing the emission control and 

monitoring systems. The air emission control systems for the Silo 3 Project have been 

designed to Best Available Technology (BAT) in accordance with Ohio Administrative Code 

(OAC), Section 3745-31 -05(a)(3), and to meet Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate 

Requirements, the As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) requirement, and other 

applicable requirements. 

For radionuclide particulate emission sources at the FEMP, the Ohio Environmental 

Protection Agency (OEPA) has specified that BAT is the use of high-efficiency particulate 

air (HEPA) filters. The use of HEPA filters is also required for compliance with 40 Code of 

Federal Regulations (CFR) 61, Subpart H. HEPA filters, pre-filters, and housing assemblies 

will be obtained in accordance with Silo 3 Project Technical Specifications and Project 

Quality Procedure 7.1, "Control of Purchased Items and Services." The air from the stack 

will also be filtered using ULPA filters as an additional measure of particulate emission 

control. 

Emission of radionuclide particulate materials will meet the requirements of 40 CFR Part 

61, Subpart H, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). 40 

CFR Part 61.92, states that emissions of radionuclides to the ambient air from DOE 

facilities shall not exceed those amounts that would cause any member of the public to 

receive in any year an effective dose equivalent (EDE) of 10 millirem (mrem)/year or 

greater. NESHAP Subpart H also specifies continuous monitoring for certain point sources 

(stacks or vents). 

Radon emissions will be monitored during the Silo 3 Project to verify that the site fence 

line's radon concentration will not exceed an annual average of 0.5 picocuries per liter 

(pCi/L) above background. 

The Silo 3 air emission control systems are depicted by drawings 94X-3900-F-01429, 

94X-3900-F-01431, and 94X-3900-H-01349. The major components of the emission 

control systems are detailed below in the following sections. 

2

2.1 AIR EMISSIONS CONTROLS 

5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



The primary components of the air emission control strategy for the Silo 3 Project are as 

follows: 

Ventilation of radon emissions during initial silo access, 

Mitigation of particulate and radon emissions during retrieval of Silo 3 material by 

vacuum and mechanical means, 

Mitigation of emissions during transfer of Silo 3 material to the Process Building, 

Minimizing dust generation in processing and transportation by adding a dispersant and 

a stabilizing agent, 

Collection and filtration of emissions from the packaging equipment and facility, and 

0 Monitored discharge of emissions after filtration. 

The Silo 3 air emission control systems consist of filter modules, ductwork, fans, and air 

0 

distribution and control devices. The process flow of the air emission control equipment is 

depicted on drawings 94X-3900-F-01429 and 94X-3900-F-01431. Refer to Sections 4 

and 6.1 of the Process Description (Doc. No. 40430-RP-0003) for additional detail. 

2.1 .l Emission Control During Initial Silo Access 

The headspace above the waste material in Silo 3 is known to contain elevated radon 

concentrations. The Operable Unit (OU) 4 Remedial Investigation (RI) reports the Silo 3 

headspace radon concentration at the 95 percent upper confidence limit (UCL) at 239,000 

pCi/L. The OU4 RI reports the Silo 3 headspace volume at between 17,100 ft3 and 

17,754 ft3. 

Before the silo is accessed initially air flow from the Silo 3 headspace to the Process 

Vessel Vent System (PVS) will be established to produce a slightly negative pressure in the 

silo, thereby assuring that any emissions are routed through PVS. This air stream is 

HEPA-filtered to control particulate emissions and is monitored for both particulate 

radionuclides and radon. Airflow will be controlled during the initial establishment of 

airflow from the Silo 3 headspace to the PVS so that exhaust stack emissions and 

resultant fence line air quality impacts are within the steady-state emission estimates 

reported in the Stack Release document (Doc. No. 40430-CA-0003). Weather conditions 

will be evaluated before the start of the radon release to assure that atmospheric stability 

and inversion conditions are consistent with the ALARA principle. 

. . ._ * ; 7 

..... . . . 

'? 

3 

000655

2.1.2 Emission Control During Retrieval, Transfer, and Packaging 

~~ 40430-Pt-0005,Rev; 


-e-- 

0 

- 



Particulate and radon emissions from retrieval, transfer, and packaging operations are 

collected by the PVS, pneumatic retrieval system, and HVAC systems, which are 

described in the Process Description (Doc. No. 40430-RP-0003). The expected emissions 

from these operations and the resulting off-site impact are summarized in Section 2.2 of 

this document. 

The total design airflow for the PVS is approximately 5,500 standard cubic ft per minute 

(scfm). Gases from the following sources are transferred to the PVS: 

Silo 3, 

0 Vacuum Wand Enclosures (ENC-10-5020 A-F), 

0 Retrieval Bin Register (EAR-1 1-50521, 

0 Excavator Room Register (EAR-1 1-50531, 

Inclined Conveyor (DFC-11-50561, and 

Packaging Stations A & B Exhaust Registers A & B (EAR-25-5290A&B). 

Each of these sources are described in Section 4.2 of the Process Description (Doc. No. 

40430-RP-0003). 

2.1.3 Ambient Monitoring 

As detailed in Section 3.1 of the Fluor Fernald's Silos Project Environmental Monitoring 

Plan, monitoring and reporting of emissions from the Silo 3 Project will be accomplished 

through a combination ambient radon and particulate monitoring and project-specific stack 

monitoring. 

2.2 ESTIMATED POINT SOURCE AIR EMISSION DATA 

The Stack Release Considerations for the Silo 3 Project calculation (Doc. No. 40430-CA- 

0003) provides estimates of the anticipated air emissions from operation of the Silo 3 

Project. As described in the preceding sections, the emissions from various sources within 

the Silo 3 facilities are collected and discharged through the monitored exhaust stack after 

filtration. Table 2-1 summarizes expected emissions from the Silo 3 Exhaust Stack (STK- 

19-5209) for both Phase I Pneumatic Extraction and Phase II, Mechanical Extraction. The 

Silo 3 exhaust stack is equipped with an air particulate monitor and a continuous radon 

monitor. 

4

.. 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



Table 2-1 : Estimate of Release from the Silo 3 Exhaust Stack 

Phase I Phase II 

Pneumatic Excavation Mechanical Extraction 

Exhaust stack flow (ft3/min) 13,900 1 2,700 

Offgas temperature (OF) 100 100 

Stack exit velocity (ft/min) 3,500 3,200 

Stack diameter (in) 27 27 

Stack height (ft) 125 125 

Max. Particulate emission uncontrolled 11.4 

(I b/hr) 

Max. Particulate emission controlled 

(Ib/hr) 

3.4 x 3.1 x 10-5 

0 Radionuclide emission - radon not 

included (pCi/L) 

6.8 X lo-' 6.8 X 

Radon emission (pCi/L) 169 185 

Dispersion modeling (Stack Release Considerations for the Silo 3 Project, Doc. No. 40430- 

CA-0003) was performed to quantify the impact of estimated emissions from the Silo 3 

exhaust stack. The dispersion modeling for the Silo 3 exhaust stack emissions used the 

FEMP site-specific meteorological data and the CAP88-PC computer software package to 

be consistent with the requirements of 40 CFR 61, Subpart H. The results of the 

dispersion modeling for the Silo 3 exhaust stack emissions are summarized in Table 2-2. 

Table 2-2: Results of Dispersion Modeling for Releases from 

the Silo 3 Treatment Facility Exhaust Stack 

Phase I 

Phase II 

Pneumatic Extraction Mechanical Extraction 

Maximum EDE to off-site receptor 21.3 1430 

(excluding radon) uncontrolled 

(mrem/yr) 

Maximum EDE to off-site receptor 

(excluding radon) controlled (mrem/yr) 

6.4 X lo6 4.3 x lo4 

Maximum annual average FEMP fence 0.00 1 5 0.001 5 

@ 

line radon concentration (pCi/L) 

Maximum hourly average FEMP fence 3.3 3.3 

5 

103 

5069

I----- 

. - 

line radon concentration (pCi/L) 

- 

- 9069 

Silo 3 Environmental ontrol Plan 

40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

JSEbT Pioject Number 35H19605 

September 23, 2003 I 

Modeling of radionuclide emissions, not including radon, without credit for control 

equipment, predicted a maximum EDE off the site of 1,430 mrem/year; therefore, as 

required by 40 CFR 61.93, the exhaust stack has a Continuous Emissions Monitor. 

Modeling of radon emissions predicts a fence line impact significantly below the 0.5 pCi/L 

annual average criterion. The exhaust stack will, however, include a continuous radon 

monitor. See drawing 94X-3900-G-01298 (G3105). 

6 

-__ -____

- - * 

3.0 EROSION AND STORMWATER CONTROL PLAN 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



This section describes the Erosion and Stormwater Control Plan that will be used during 

the construction phase of the Silo 3 Project, including erosion control practices and 

surface water management. This Plan addresses surface water management and erosion 

control practices throughout the construction of the Silo 3 process facilities and the Silo 3 

enclosure and is consistent with the construction drawing and Silo 3 specifications. See 

drawing 94X-3900-G-01298 (G3105). 

3.1 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT OF THE PLAN 

The functional requirements of this Erosion and Stormwater Control Plan will satisfy the 

criteria outlined below: 

Route surface water to designated locations where it can be appropriately managed; 

Protect the Infrastructure Road, 2”d Street, Silo 3 and construction areas from damage 

caused by precipitation and stormwater run-on and runoff; 

0 Discharge surface water into existing watercourses in accordance with applicable Ohio 

Department of Natural Resources (ODNR), OEPA and DOE directives and requirements; 

and 

Segregate clean area runoff from potentially contaminated area runoff. Contaminated 

stormwater will not be discharged with “clean“ stormwater. 

Functional requirements will be met by constructing the run-onhunoff control features 

outlined below. Erosion control features will be installed prior to any disturbance of soil in 

work areas. The Civil Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plan, drawing 94X-3900-G- 

01 298(G3105), illustrates the location and limits of the control features. These include, 

but are not limited to, the following six control features: 

0 Installation of silt fences on the downslope sides of the construction areas; 

Installation of silt fences below sump discharges where applicable; 

Installation of check dams in drainage channels and swales as required; 

0 Maintenance, repair, or replacement of existing surface water and erosion control 

features as required; 

5069 

Excavations that are expected to be inactive for 45 days or more will be stabilized 

within 7 days of their final use; and 

a Dewatering. 

000159 

7


40430-PL-0005, ___ Rev. C 

-JacobTPSject-NGKberL35H 1 9605 


The type and location of erosion control features will be subject to adjustment depending 

on field conditions. The Contractor will routinely inspect and evaluate (in accordance with 

Section 3.2) the effectiveness of, and need for maintenance of, the control measures that 

are in place. 

3.2 RUN-ON/RUNOFF CONTROL STRUCTURAL PRACTICES 

Process design and operation will minimize the potential for generation of contaminated 

stormwater, including any run-on and runoff. A description of the construction, 

inspection, and maintenance of the run-onhunoff control features is presented in this 

section. These features may include, but will not be limited to: 

0 Drainage channels and swales, 

0 Riprap check dams, 

Culverts, 

Silt fences, and 

0 Diversions. 

Details of silt fences, check dams, and diversions can be seen in Appendix A. Any repairs 

to the erosion and stormwater control measures will be performed within 24 hours of a 

problem being discovered. Areas of excavation and all erosion control measures will be 

inspected to verify that they are installed in accordance with the Silo 3 specifications and 

are still functioning properly. An inspection checklist will be developed in support of the 

inspection schedule. Disturbed areas will also be inspected for evidence of excessive 

erosion or siltation. These inspections will occur, at a minimum, at the following 

frequency: 

0 Weekly for general inspections; 

Daily after each rain event exceeding 0.5 inches; and 

At least once per day during prolonged rainfall events. 

Inspections will be documented in the daily reports at the Silo 3 Project site. These 

records will be made available for review upon request. This inspection frequency is in 

addition to any specific requirements identified in the Inspection and Maintenance 

requirements for each control measure below. 

8 

000160

a 5JACOBS 

0 . 

3.2.1 Temporary Drainage Channels and Swales 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



If necessary, temporary drainage channel and swales will be constructed between control 

points on predefined lines and grades. Temporary drainage channels and swales will be 

stabilized in accordance with the Silo 3 specifications. 

Inspection and Maintenance 

Drainage channels and swales will be inspected in accordance with the following, as a 

minimum: 

The criteria stipulated in Section 3.2. Any necessary repairs to drainage channels will 

begin within 24 hours of the discovery of a problem. 

Drainage channels and swales shall be kept clear of debris at all times. The protective 

lining, vegetation or erosion-resistant materials will be maintained as built to prevent 

undermining, scour, or deterioration 

0 Silt fence placement requirements as stated in the Silo 3 specifications. 

Inspection and repair activities will be documented in the daily reports and available for 

review upon request. 

3.2.2 Check Dams 

Check dams will be used in channels that have a design flow equal to or greater than 3 ft 

per second or as needed. Check dams will be incorporated to enhance water quality 

benefits by maximizing the detention time within the swale and to increase channel 

stability by decreasing flow velocities. 

Check dams will be installed in accordance with the requirements of ODNR, "Rainwater 

and Land Development" manual, at the necessary spacing. 

Check dams will be constructed of 4-8-in. -diameter stone to a height of 2 ft over the 

entire channel width. The top of the check dam will be constructed so that the center is 

approximately 6 in. lower than the outer edges, so that water will flow across the center 

and not around the ends of the dam. The maximum height of the check dam at the center 

of the weir will not exceed 3 ft. A detail of the check dam is provided in Appendix A. 


Check Dams will be inspected in accordance with the following, as a minimum: 

The criteria stipulated in Section 3.2, 

Maintained as constructed, and 

. , 

... .. . . '. 

9 

800161

- 

5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

roject Number 35H19605 


Frequently inspected to ensure that the structures have not been damaged by high- 

energy flows. 



3.2.3 Riprap 

Where required, properly sized riprap will be placed in the designated work area. Ohio 

Department of Transportation Type "D" riprap will be installed in the temporary drainage 

channel as check dams at appropriate locations. 


Riprap will be inspected and maintained according to the following, as a minimum: 

0 The criteria stipulated in Section 3.2 

0 To determine whether high flows have caused scour beneath the riprap or dislodged 

any of the stone. If repairs are needed, ensure that those repairs are accomplished 

within the same workday of their discovery. 



3.2.4 Silt Fences 

Silt fences will be installed in accordance with ODNR requirements, the construction 

drawings, and the Silo 3 specifications. Silt fences will be constructed before upslope 

land disturbance begins. Silt fences will be.installed as close to the contours as possible 

so that water will not concentrate at low points in the fence. Silt fences will be installed 

on the downslope side of disturbed areas, perpendicular to where run-off occurs as sheet 

flow or where flow through small rill can be converted to sheet flow. Appropriate 

equipment and personnel will be used to install the silt fence at locations shown on the 

construction drawings. The silt fence will be placed in a trench cut to a minimum of 9 in. 

deep, staked, and backfilled accordingly. The height of the silt fence will be a minimum of 

16 in. above the original ground surface. To prevent water from flowing around the ends 

of the silt fence, each end will be constructed upslope so that the ends are 'at a higher 

elevation. Seams between sections of silt fencing will be overlapped with the end stakes 

of each section wrapped together before driven into the ground. Breaks and overlaps will 

be installed as necessary to allow equipment access to the construction area. Silt fences 

will remain in place until the disturbed area has been stabilized. Appropriate equipment 

will be available to maintain silt fencing. 

10

@ ;”) 

. ,, . . 50 69 

5@JACOSS 


- 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



Proper application of silt fencing will allow the intercepted runoff to pass as diffused flow 

through the geotextile. If diffused flow does not occur, the layout of the silt fence will be 

changed, accumulated sediment will be removed, and other practices will be implemented. 

Silt fences will be inspected and maintained according to the following, as a minimum: 

The criteria stipulated in Section 3.2 

0 Any sediment and debris that have been deposited and trapped will be removed from 

the silt fence will be relocated and stockpiled as directed by the Construction Manager. 



3.2.5 Temporary Diversions 

If required by changing site conditions, the Contractor will construct temporary diversions. 

Earthen material cut out for the channel will be used to build the berm on the opposite 

side. The temporary diversion will be similar to the one shown in Appendix A. Check 

dams will be installed to slow the flow velocity. 


Temporary diversions will be regularly inspected and maintained as follows, as a minimum: , 

The criteria stipulated in Section 3.2. 

Repair damage and removed deposits or sediment from the diversion. 

Restabilize as needed 

Check for points of scour, bank failure, rubbish, channel construction, rodent holes, 

breaching or settling of the berm, excessive wear for pedestrian traffic and 

construction traffic on a regular schedule. 

Inspection and repair activities will be documented in the daily reports and be available for 


11 

000163

4.0 FUGITIVE DUST CONTROL PLAN 

- 5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

Jacobs-Project Number 35H19605 

September 23, 2003 e 

The section describes the method that will be used for controlling fugitive dust emissions 

and ensuring compliance with the required standards and site-specific limits for the Silo 3 

Project. Dust releases from field activities will be proactively suppressed by applying BAT 

dust control materials andlor implementing BAT work practices at the beginning and during 

field activities. RM-0047, Fugitive Dust Control Requirements, will be used as the 

appropriate site-specific definition of BAT for fugitive dust control together with OAC 

3745-17-07 and OAC 3745-17-08, to minimize the creation and dispersion of fugitive 

dust. 

4.1 SITE-SPECIFIC LIMITS 

The following site-specific limits will be applied: 

Visible particulate emission from any paved roadway or paved parking area should not 

exceed 1 minute during any 60-minute observation period. 

0 Visible particulate emissions from any unpaved roadway, unpaved parking area, project 

field activities, or wind erosion from storage piles should not exceed 3 minutes during 

any 60-minute observation period. 

Personnel using 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 22 "Visual Determination of Fugitive 

Emission from Material Sources and Smoke Emissions for Flares," will verify compliance 

with these limits. Fluor Fernald will provide.Method 22 training to qualify Contractor 

personnel. 

4.2 SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT 

Due to the radiological issues associated with working on the Silo 3 Project, dedicated 

equipment will be used for radiological work zones to avoid having to decontaminate 

equipment. If required by site conditions, the Contractor may, switch equipment and 

systems between areas after decontamination and radiological sampling verifies no and 

radiological scanning, switch equipment and systems between areas after decontamination 

and radiological scanning verifies no contamination. The proposed equipment list to 

suppress dust releases includes, but is not limited to, the following: 

0 Motor grader, 

Backhoe, 

0 Miscellaneous hand tools (shovels, brooms), 

Miscellaneous pumps and hoses, 

12

a WJACOBS 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



0 Skid steer loader with broom attachment (for road crossing only if water flushing and 

wet brooming is ineffective). 

0 Water wagon, and 

Smooth drum roller. 

4.3 METHODS AND MATERIALS 

At the beginning of each day and periodically throughout that day, project personnel will 

tour the Silo 3 Project site, applying BAT fugitive dust controls and/or other work practices 

to identify and thereby minimize dust generation. If the visible limit is exceeded, (i.e., 

visible particulate missions from any paved roadway or paved parking area exceed 1 

'minute during any 60-minute observation period or visible particulate emissions from any 

unpaved roadway, unpaved parking area, project field activities, or wind erosion from 

storage piles exceeding three minutes duration during any 60-minute period), mechanical 

dust-generating activities must cease immediately. BAT dust controls and/or work 

practices will be instigated or increased to bring the fugitive emission, as a minimum, 

below the visible limit during the dust-generating activities. Additionally, BAT dust 

controls and/or work practices will be implemented at the end of each day to minimize 

dust alerts off-hours. Specific materials and methods may include the following: 

Water, 

0 Crusting agents such as Pine Sap Emulsion@ or equivalent (as approved by Fluor 

Fernald) , 

Plastic sheeting or tarps, and/or 

0 Revegetation materials. 

4.4 WORK PRACTICES 

Project field activities will be monitored for visible emissions. The contractor shall 

implement, direct and coordinate BAT work practices to monitor project field activities for 

visible emissions. Specific work practices may include the following: 

0 Effective "wheel washing" before vehicles and/or equipment are brought onto the 

paved area and/or as required by contamination control. 

0 Applying dust suppression materials (mainly water) to active work areas or other areas 

where dust is likely to be generated 

Before the end of shift, sealing off (by rolling, grading or compacting) work area 

stockpiles, working piles, etc. where fugitive emissions are likely to occur if not sealed 

13 

5069 

00016S

e 

e 

e 

7- 5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

1 9605 


-JACOBS---- Jacobs-P~jecfNTmb35H 

During dry conditions or as needed, initiating dust control prior to start of shift and 

continuing throughout the day, as needed, to minimize fugitive dust emission. 

Wet sweep, blade or otherwise remove any clods, clumps, tracks, or other deposits of 

soil or mud from paved roadways and parking area; applying appropriate dust control 

measures to suppress the generation of visible dust that may result from the removal 

process. 

Using alternative routing for hauling of materials. 

Changing method of excavation when feasible including reducing the rate of 

excavation. 

Maintaining roadway shoulders. 

Minimizing unnecessary traffic. 

Adhering to site-specific speed limits of 15 mph on paved surfaces and 10 mph on 

unpaved and, if necessary, further reduce the speed of equipment and haul/other site 

vehicles. 

Applying water or other appropriate dust suppression agents to material being 

transported and covering truck beds when material is still likely to become airborne. 

Covering loads during equipment movement, regardless of whether truck is empty or 

full. 

Minimizing configuration of material being hauled (i.e., place less material in haul 

vehicle). 

Minimizing drop height during loading and unloading. 

If practical, cover small storage piles with tarps or plastic sheeting. 

For extended periods of planned inactivity, vegetating as a last resort, if protective 

cover or periodic application of surfactants or crusting agents prove ineffective. 

Repair or resurfacing roadwaydparking areas as needed or using an alternative road 

surface as a last resort. 

4.5 MONITORING 

All personnel who have been briefed on this plan will report suspected fugitive dust 

emissions to the appropriate personnel, who will then direct the implementation of BAT 

work practices and fugitive dust control. As outlined earlier, field conditions will be 

14 

000166 

-~

0 JACOBS 

@ 

a 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



monitored for visible dust emission. When required, BAT material will be applied and BAT 

work practices will be implemented to limit fugitive dust emissions. 

4.6 RECORD KEEPING 

The record keeping process will begin with field supervisors and managers, who will brief 

those workers applying BAT materials pursuant to the required record keeping. The form 

to be filled out can be found in Appendix B. Appropriate personnel will complete these 

forms. Completed forms will be part of the Silo 3 Project daily reports and will be filed in 

the permanent project files and transmitted to Fluor Fernald when requested. Additional 

blank copies of the forms will be kept in the field trailer. Completed forms wil! be turned 

over to the Silo 3 Project Field Supervisors on a daily basis. Forms will be reviewed for 

completeness, and incomplete forms will be returned to the appropriate individual for 

corrections. 

4.7 OFF-HOURS FUGITIVE DUST ALERT NOTIFICATION 

A "Dust Alert" is defined as excessive or visible dust emanating from anywhere within the 

Work Area during non-working periods. "Non-Work" periods are defined as hours when 

neither the Contractor nor any subcontractor is performing Silo 3 construction activities on 

site. However, the FEMP remains staffed by Fluor Fernald Security personnel 24 hours per 

day. Silo 3 Project trained personnel will be on-call during non-work periods, 7 days per 

week (including holidays), to respond to any off-hours fugitive dust alert. Therefore, if 

visible dust is observed within the Work Area during project non-work periods, Fluor 

Fernald will notify the Contractor. Dust suppression will begin within 2 hours of 

notification by Fluor Fernald. 

4.7.1 Notification Procedure 

During a Dust Alert, Fluor Fernald will refer to the "Off-Hours Dust Alert Schedule" that 

will be provided by the Contractor prior to initiation of construction activities. If Fluor 

Fernald cannot contact the Designated Primary Contact (DPC) within a reasonable time 

frame, Fluor Fernald will attempt to reach the designated alternative contact. Similarly, if 

the alternative cannot be expeditiously contacted, the second alternative will be 

contacted. In the unlikely event that all three of these individuals cannot be reached, Fluor 

Fernald will attempt to contact any other person identified on the Contractor-approved 

contact list. 

Upon receiving notification from Fluor Fernald, the Contractor DPC will then contact 

qualified personnel, as appropriate, to respond to the Dust Alert. The Contractor DPC 

must verify that those responding to the "Off-Hours Dust Alert" are able to gain access to 

a controlled area if required. Only those personnel who meet the appropriate training and 

medical requirements for this work should be contacted. The Contractor DPC, as well as 

those personnel contacted, will go to the site to direct the work and implement the 

necessary corrective actions. Because dust suppression is defined as a Limited Scope 

- - .. 

.. . 

e ,,. * ’ +- 5069 




40430-PL-OO~,ReV.C-~ -~ 

Work, the Contractor is not required to have the Site Health and Safety Officer respond to 

these Dust Alerts. Fluor Fernald will provide any necessary safety coverage. 

4.7.2 The Contractor Site Response 

Contractor personnel will use adequate BAT dust control methods to bring any fugitive 

dust emissions to below the site-specific limit during dust-generating activities. 

Designated Contractor personnel will not leave the Silo 3 Project site without concurrence 

from Fluor Fernald that sufficient controls are in place or until Fluor Fernald has signed the 

Dust Alert Work Order included in Appendix C. 

4.7.3 Schedule and Contacts 

The Off-Hours Dust Alert Schedule and Contact List will be provided to Fluor Fernald prior 

to the start of the Contractor’s Silo 3 Project construction activities. 

16 

088168

a 

. %. 

. 5069 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



5.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 

The purpose of this section is to describe the materials and methodology for removal and 

disposition of relevant waste materials. Management of secondary wastes generated as a 

result of the Silo 3 Project construction and operational activities will be consistent with 

site procedures and applicable regulatory drivers. 

5.1 WASTE TYPES 

It is expected that construction activities will generate three main groups of secondary 

waste materials, (i.e., clean construction debris, radilogically contaminated construction 

debris, including soil and clean excavated soil). Smaller quantities of additional solid waste 

[e.g., personnel protection equipment (PPE), wood, and potentially some drums] are 

anticipated. Clean construction debris is material that as a result of construction has been 

brought onto the Silo 3 Project site or is created by construction activities, and has been 

surveyed or characterized and released as non-radioactive and non-hazardous waste. 

Radiologically contaminated construction debris is material that has been contaminated 

during construction inside the Controlled Area. Excess excavated soil will be generated as 

a consequence of earthwork. 

The following waste types are estimated to be generated during waste transfer and 

containerizing operations. A more detailed description with estimated quantities is 

included in the Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste document. 

Spent HEPA filters 

0 Spent roughing filters 

0 Spent Ultra Low Penetration Air (ULCA) filters 

0 Used PPE 

0 Damaged waste containers 

0 Damaged baghouse filter bags 

0 Containerizing and labeling waste 

0 Container cleaning waste. 

There is also the potential that some unknown debris will be encountered during soil 

excavation. This material may be manufactured objects or natural solid waste. These 

items will be dealt with on an item-by-item basis at the time of discovery. Fluor Fernald 

will be responsible for characterizing and approving the ultimate disposition of this 

material. 

.. :. 

' 

, . '. 

17 

0 d 0;i.G 9

, . 

c .a F- 5069 

- 

Silo 3 Environmental Cintrol Plan 

4043O-PL-O005,-Rev~C - - 



Waste oils, engine coolants, hydraulic fluids, and other lubricants from the servicing of 

equipment have not been identified as a "waste stream" as these items will not be stored 

on the site. Vehicle and construction equipment maintenance will be performed off the 

site. On-site failure of equipment or vehicles will be managed on an item-by-item basis 

following approval by Fluor Fernald and in accordance with Fluor Fernald ACR-007, Waste 

Material Handling Criteria for Construction Projects. Any accidental spill of these materials 

will be subject to Fluor Fernald spill notification requirements. The Contractor will conduct 

weekly inspections of fuel storage tanks and equipment. An estimate of the amount of 

each type of waste stream is given in Appendix E. 

5.2 WASTE MINIMIZATION 

Every effort will be made to minimize waste generation by limiting the amount of material 

that enters the Controlled Area. Material wrapping and packaging will be minimized on- 

site by requesting that suppliers provide material with as little packaging as possible. 

Where feasible, assembly of equipment modules will be done off the site. Pre-job planning 

will be used to ensure that the number of tools identified and the equipment needed to 

complete the job are minimized. No hazardous materials will be brought into the 

Controlled Area unless absolutely necessary and only with the prior approval of Fluor 

Fernald. 

It is expected that only small quantities of "hazardous" materials (e.g., pipe sealants, 

concrete sealants, marking paints, caulking materials) will be required for the Silo 3 Project 

construction activities. To minimize the amount of this type of waste, only that quantity 

that is required to complete the job will be brought on the site. 

5.3 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS MANAGEMENT 

Construction debris will be staged at predetermined locations that include controlled 

boundaries to define each area as well as limit access to them. The debris will be 

surveyed to verify that it meets the free-release criteria specified by Fluor Fernald Site 

Procedure RP-0009, Radiological Requirements for the Release of Materials at the FEMP. 

The waste will be segregated as either radiologically contaminated, hazardous or clean 

construction waste. 

Construction wastes such as fencing that are awaiting radiological survey will be cleaned 

of soils to ensure that they meet the free-release criteria. 

Construction debris that does not meet the free-release criteria for the site will be 

segregated and containerized into waste streams. Project personnel will be briefed on the 

waste segregation and size-reduction criteria for the Silo 3 Project prior to mobilization. 

The estimated volume of secondary waste from construction activities, underground 

material, soft waste, concrete rubble and rebar from the Silo 3 opening, and 

caulking/sealants is estimated to be no greater than 87 yd3. The estimated amount of 

each waste type is given in the table in Appendix E. 

18 000170 

e

1 

a JACOBS 

a 

e 

5.4 SOIL MANAGEMENT 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



During site preparation it is estimated that the Contractor will generate approximately 100 

yd3 of "cut" volume and 100 yd3 of "raw fill" soil. The "cut" volume will be monitored 

and dispositioned as directed by the Fluor Fernald Waste Acceptance Organization (WAO). 

Earthwork and related activities will not be performed during unfavorable weather 

conditions, e.g., rain, snow or high winds. Soil management will comply with the Erosion 

and Stormwater Control Plan and the Fugitive Dust Control Plan. Excess soil will be 

dispositioned as soon as practical after excavation. The schedule for soil transportation 

will depend on the OSDF availability and the OSDF subcontractor's transportation 

schedules. It is expected that transportation of excess soil to the OSDF will be completed 

within 45 days of completing excavation. 

Excavations will be monitored by a WAO representative to ensure that OSDF WAC are met 

as described in the DOE'S WAC Attainment Plan for the OSDF. Excess "cut" will be 

characterized as either Category 1 (soil and soil-like material), Category 2 (debris), or 

Category 4 (organic or highly compressible). Materials will be segregated by OSDF 

category within the work area before being transported Separate stockpiles of each 

category will be maintained as directed by the Construction Manager. The final volume of 

excess material generated will be reported to Fluor Fernald at the end of each normal 

working day. These excess materials will be tracked by WAO through the use of the Field 

Tracking Log (FTL). Additionally, the WAO will track with the FTL any interim material 

movements (whether soil or debris) between Material Tracking Locations established by 

the WAO. 

During construction and excavation, materials may be encountered that may not meet the 

OSDF WAC. Upon discovery of these materials, the Fluor Fernald Construction Manager 

shall be notified and will require further evaluation through the use of the Fluor Fernald's 

real-time monitoring and OSDF WAC Attainment Plan. 

5.5 UNKNOWN DEBRIS MANAGEMENT 

During excavation, the Contractor may encounter debris e.g., conduit, piping, concrete. 

Before beginning earthwork, the contractor will determine the location of all existing 

underground utilities in the work area. In the event that unknown debris is unearthed the 

contractor will stop work and notify Fluor Fernald immediately of any non-soil debris 

requiring special handling or disposition. Unexpected debris will be managed in 

accordance with Fluor Fernald Safe Work Plan requirements (ACR-002). The Contractor 

will develop a Safe Work Plan for handling unknown debris that will include the criteria 

that must be met prior to resumption of excavation. Fluor Fernald will arrange for container 

delivery, debris characterization, any sampling tasks that may be required, and ultimate 

transportation of the container to the appropriate facility. Fluor Fernald will track the 

volume of such debris. 

19 

50 69

. .. )r 50 

-~ ~ 

5.6 WASTE CONTAINER MANAGEMENT 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 

Jacobs Projet-Num5eT35Hl-9-605 


Fluor Fernald will provide the appropriate waste containers for the various waste 

categories identified in the Waste Management Plan. The Contractor will use the Material 

Segregation and Containerization Criteria form, Attachment D, to identify categories of 

waste. These containers may include, but are not limited to, the following: 

Large metal boxes 

0 International Standards Organization containers 

0 Small metal boxes 

55-gallon drums with lids 

Roll-off boxes 

Dumpsters. 

Waste containers staged inside the Controlled Area will be lockable and will be kept locked 

unless authorized loading is taking place. Fluor Fernald Radiological Control will be present 

to survey waste before authorized loading operations. Unfilled waste containers will be 

secured when no loading is in progress to prevent the addition of unknown materials. Fluor 

Fernald will provide and maintain the locks and keys to clean waste containers. 

Designated personnel will be responsible for supervising container operations, including 

inspection of empty containers on receipt and waste loading activities. They will be 

responsible for ensuring that containers, boxes, and drums are filled so that the interior 

volume is as efficiently and compactly loaded as practical, either up to the maximum gross 

weight limit of that container or until full by volume. 

Containers will be checked for free liquid before being loaded. Containers with free liquids 

will not be transported until it is proven that the container no longer contains free liquid. 

Ice is considered a free liquid. Containers will be protected from the weather, particularly 

when the lid is not secured, to prevent entry of snow and rain. 

Clean construction waste will be surveyed and loaded into dumpsters provided by the 

Contractor or its subcontractors on a daily basis to prevent an excessive amount of 

material from piling up near the container staging area. These dumpsters will remain 

locked when they are not being loaded. 

Fluor Fernald will visibly inspect full containers prior to final securing of their lids and 

container disposition. 

20 

69

e JACOBS 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



The Contractor will follow the requirements of Fluor Fernald ACR-007, Waste Material 

Handling Criteria for Construction Projects (June 1 998). 

5.7 WASTEWATER CONTROL 

Wastewater generated during construction will be collected in sumps or by other means 

and pumped through silt fence or check dams prior to discharge to the existing drainage 

features near the site. Any contaminated wastewater encountered will be collected and 

disposed of at the direction of the Construction Manager and this plan. Wastewater 

generated during operation will be collected and treated according to the Process 

Description for the Silo 3 Project (Section 6.5). 

21 

5069

-' . . . .J ' . 

6 .O 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

REFERENCES 


40430-PL;-0005r-Rev-~-C-~~ - ~ 



Fluor Fernald, PL-3088 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, Rev. 0, October 

1999. 

OEPA, Chapter 3745-1 7-08 of the OAC, Restriction of Emission of Fugitive Dust, 

July 1997. 

Fluor Fernald, ACR-007, Waste Material Handling Criteria for Construction Projects, 

Rev. 2, June 1998. 

Fluor Fernald, Fugitive Dust Control Requirements, Rev. 0, August 1997. 

40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 22, Visual Determination of Fugitive Emission 

for Material Sources and Smoke Emissions for Flares 

Fluor Fernald Administrative Contractor Requirements, ACR-002, Contract Safe 

Work Plan Format Requirements, Rev. 2, November 1994. 

Fluor Fernald, RP-0009, Radiological Requirements for the Release of Materials at 

the FEMP. 

Stack Release Considerations for the Silo 3 Project document (Doc. No. 40430-CA- 

0003, Rev. 2). 

Process Description for the Silo 3 Project (Doc. No. 40430-RP-0003, Rev. 2) 

Silo 3 Project Technical Specifications and Project Quality Procedures 7.1, "Control 

of Purchased Items and Services 

Operable Unit (OU) 4 Remedial Investigation (RI) document 

Fluor Fernald's Silos Project Environmental Monitoring Plan 

ODNR, "Rainwater and Land Development" manual 

Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste document (Doc. No. 40430-RP-0012, Rev.0) 

Fluor Fernald's OSDF WAC Attainment Plan. 

22

.?: %t, !.) 1' 

e JACOBS 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



APPENDIX A 

DETAILS OF EROSION AND STORMWATER CONTROL FEATURES 

A- 1 

5069

. . 

SECTION 

Fence 

Silt Fence 

10' 

p-, Maximum -q 

n n 

Level Contour, No Slope 

+ naz Sbpc in Front d Barrier 

-.I: - 

-. -\ 

A-2 

-+I 


~ ____ 4043O-PL-O005,-Rev. C------ -~ 



FLOW / - 

\\ :I;=;'.= 

\ - - 

- - - 

- 

= l l i =ill =1!1 

=ill 

= I f 1 

80 03-76 

Trench to 

be 

Backfilled 

and 

Compacted

a ~JACQBS 

Temporary Diversion 

Diversion Slopes 

Shall Not be 

Matting, Seed 

and Mulch 

Steeper than 1: 1 Diversion 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



18” for Drainage Area 5 Acres 

1. Diversion shall be compacted by traversing with tracked earth-moving equipment. 

2. Diversions shall not be breached or lowered to allow construction traffic to cross; instead, the 

top width may be made wider and side slopes made flatter than specified above. 

3. Diversions shall be stabilized with check dams. 

A-3 

50 69

Dam Height (feet) 

1 

2 

3 

Specifications for Check Dam 

Channel Slope 


40430-PL-0005,Rev. C 


September 23, 2003 @ 

1. The check dam shall be constructed of 4-8 inch diameter stone, placed so that it completely 

covers the width of the channel. 

2. The top of the check dam shall be constructed so that the center is approximately 6 inches 

lower than the outer edges, so water will flow across the center and not around the ends. 

3. The maximum height of the check dam at the center of the weir shall not exceed three feet. 

4. Spacing between dams shall be as shown in the plans or by the following table: 

a JACOBS 


40430-PL-0005. Rev. C 



APPENDIX B 

DAILY RECORDS OF FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL 

B- 1 

5069

. . 

50 69

en 

-, 

*' .i lyl 


JACOBS 

40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



APPENDIX C 

OFF-HOURS DUST CONTROL PROCEDURE 

c-1

, i. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

OFF-HOUR DUST CONTROL PROCEDURE 

SILO 3 CONSTRUCTION 

F- 5069 

-- 


40430-PL-O0~0-5,-Rev. C - ~ ~ 



Contractor personnel or their subcontractors with responsibilities for the Off-Hour Dust 

Control Coverage will retain a copy of the Off-Hour Dust Alert Schedule and a 

Employee Contact Sheet, both at the Fluor Fernald Site Office and in their vehicle or 

home, i.e., the schedule and contact sheet should be readily available at all reasonable 

times. 

CONTRACTOR personnel or their subcontractors working on Silo 3 Project ccnstruction 

activities are responsible for being aware of their duties and responsibilities regarding 

Off-Hour Dust Control. 

If a scheduling conflict arises, personal or otherwise, the affected person is responsible 

for making the required revisions to the Off-Hour Dust Alert Schedule to ensure 

adequate personnel coverage is maintained at all times. The responsible person within 

Contractor or his designee must approve all revisions to this schedule. A copy of the 

modified schedule must be distributed to all affected Contractor and Fluor Fernald 

personnel no later than the Thursday before the affected week in the schedule. 

Each week, the Contractor will designate one person as the qualified water wagon 

operator and one person as the sprinkler system operator. The Contractor Designated 

Primary Contact (DPC) ant the designated operators must be fully trained and medically 

cleared to operate in a Controlled Area. 

When the Contractor is notified by Fluor Fernald that Off-Hour Dust Control is required, 

the Contractor DPC or his equivalent will contact the designated operators and 

coordinate the implementation of this dust control procedure, as detailed in approved 

Fugitive Dust Control Plan. 

If either of the designated operators have not responded within 15 minutes of initial 

attempts to contact them, alternative operators will be contacted until available 

operators can be found. These operators must also be fully trained and medically 

cleared to operate in a Controlled Area. 

It is the responsibility of the Contractor DPC to keep the designated Fluor Fernald 

Management Contact informed of all efforts to contact operators and to give details 

concerning their estimated arrival times at the Silo 3 Project site. 

Once on-site, the Contractor DPC and operators, together with the designated Fluor 

Fernald contact will implement the Emergency Oust Control measures including, but 

not necessarily limited to, the Fugitive Dust Control Plan and the preparation of a Safe 

Work Plan. 

c-2 

008182

BNJACOBS 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



9. The Contractor DPC is responsible for documenting Contractor's efforts, including 

contacts and response times and communication the same to Fluor Fernald and the' 

Silo 3 Project Management. The Off-Hour Dust Alert Work Order must be filled out by 

the Contractor and countersigned by the designated Fluor Fernald representative prior 

to the Contractor leaving the Silo 3 Project site. Note: Off-Hours Dust Control is an 

additive unit pay item to the Silo 3 Project contract and must be properly documented 

for payment. 

. . 

., . . 

c-3 

50 69 

.\-_I.-

_. 

t . 

Date of Response: 

Time of First Contact by Fluor Fernald: 

Management Person Responding: 

OperatorslLaborers Contacted 

OperatorslLaborers Responding 

Time Manager on Site: 

Time OperatorlLaborer on Site: 

Time Suppression Activities End: 

Total Elapsed Site Time: 

Description of Situation Causing Alert: 

OFF-HOURS DUST ALERT 

WORK ORDER 

Suppression Material and Equipment Utilized (including quantities): 

~ ~ ~~~ ~~ ~~ ~ 

Describe Area Treated (attach sketch if necessary): 


- -40430-PL-0005rRev; C - ~ ~- 



By: Contractor's Representative Concurrence of Response Completion by Fluor Fernald 

c-4

e ~'~ACOBS 

APPENDIX D 

MATERIAL SEGREGATION AND 

CO NTAl N ERlZ AT1 0 N CRITERIA 

D-1 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



000185

.- tu 

ti 

c, 

g* 

m 

T 

5- 5069

a EHJACOBS 

APPENDIX E 

ESTIMATED AMOUNTS OF WASTE STREAM 

E- 1 


40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



5069

.. , 

ESTIMATE OF WASTE DURING CONSTRUCTION 

Waste Type Estimated Volume 

(vd3) 

Soft Waste 

Construction Debris 

Soil 

Caulking, sealers 

Concrete Rubble & Rebar (Silo 3 Opening) 

Underground Debris 

ESTIMATE OF WASTE DURING CONSTRUCTION 

Waste Type 

Spent HEPA Filters 

Spent roughing filters 

SDent ULPA filters 

I PPE 

Sampling waste 

Containerizing and labeling waste 

Container cleaning waste 

'Denotes potential radiological contamination 

E-2 

+. 5069 

Silo 3 Environmental Control ___~_ Plan 

40430-PL-0005, Rev. C 



13 

16 

1 OOR 

3 

2!jR 

30R 

Estimated Volume 

(yd3) 

1 3R 

5R 

4R 

lR 

p'. , ('> ;:; 

*' r; .; .

0 

0 

a 

*. ' i' 

.. . 5069 

B

* 

c 

E 

.- p! 

a 

0 

I2 

0 

E 

d 

a 

L 

0 

a c1 

2 

- 

L 

0 m

- 5069 

m

9 

Z 

50 69 

(v 

e 

w 

?? 

b 

0 

In 

193

L 

a 

r 

I-. 

a . 

z 

'0 

c 

m 

- 

v) 

a) 

0 

I 

c 

v) 

8 

u- 

0 

a 

E 

0 

U 

c 9 

zg 

5069

I- 

o 

U 

I- 

o 

w 

2 

n 

e3 

0 

=! 

ua 

000196 

0 

K 

([I ._ . 

my 

mm 

- 5069

000197

000198 

N

- 5069 

000199

*- 5069

' ' .,j ! 

500 0 0 

- 5069

v) 

I- 

z 

W 

E 

W 

U 

5 

U 

W 

U 

0 

m 

I- 

0 

d 

v) 

Id. , 

. .. 

*- . 5049

c) 

C 

a 

dB00205

Q 

j: 

7- 5069

2 

a 

QI 

CI 

n 

U 

5069

v) 

I- 

z 

W 

I 

W 

p! 

5 

U 

w 

o 

m 

I-

I 

3 

2 

5069

J 

-. . - - ~~ - -- -- - - -- 

.

c 

Calculation 

Nuclear Engineering 

.. . 

:alculation Title: Radioactive Parliculate and Radon-222 Stack Release Consideratlons for the Silo 3 

bmedial Action Project. 

?urpose: 

5b69 

The purpose of this calculation is to assess the radlolo@xl dose 10 the maximum exposed public receplor 

lue to the release 01 redlologicel particlrleles and redon-219/220/222 from a stack associated with the Sllo 

3 remedial action projjed. The released ecllvity is based on measured concenlratlons of relevant 

*adionuclldes in Silo 3 Waste and the currently planned remediel adion wade processing scheme. 

MA - Conforms to the Subcontract Requirements 

I 1 B - Minor Comment - lncoraolatoand Resubmi

Revislon History: 

. 

E N 0 I N E E R I N G@ 

I 

Revision 1 - All I RevisedAdded 

Revision 2 - All Revised/Added 

+- 5069 

Calculation Number: 40430-CA-0003 

PageNod o f2 

000211 

Description of Revlslon 

Revised discharge rates for both 

particulates and radon. Revised stack 

height and flow rates. Calculate doses 

at particular receptor locations 

corresponding to monitoring stations, as 

well as the calculation of the maximum 

doseflocation of occurrence 

Change particulate source term from 1 

mg/cubic meter to one based on dust 

concentrations constrained to 10% of 

the DAC for Th-230. Other changes 

include the consideration of the initial 

headspace venting of Silo 3 as a 

separate event, including Rn-219 and 

Rn-220, as well as Rn-222 in the radon 

calculations, and assuming the 

maximum exposed member of the 

public receives 100% of the exposure 

while outdoors. 

Changed density of waste from 42.2 

Ibs/ft3-to 50 ibs/ft3, and radon emanation 

factor from 0.18 to 0.35. Process 

removal rate changed from 10 cyhr to 6 

cyhr. 

:-

, "I 

4 ; . 

c: ," ir f 5069 

Description of Calculation: 

E N 0 I N E E R I N GQ 


Page Nod of _18 

This calculation determines the location and magnitude of dose consequences to a maximally exposed public 

receptor from Silo 3 Exhaust Stack emissions, which consist of radioactive particulates and radon associated 

with the Silo 3 remedial action operations. Dose rate data are also determined at specific air monitoring 

locations. Silo 3, the process equipment, and the process building associated with the remedial action project 

will be ventilated and the radon and uncaptured particulates will be discharged to the atmosphere through an 

elevated stack system. 

The Silo 3 material is retrieved by using two systems: pneumatic (Phase 1) and mechanical (Phase 2). The 

Process Vent System (PVS) collects and treats the air streams from both retrieval systems. The pneumatic 

retrieval system is operated first and continues to operate until it is no longer effective and until the silo wall 

can be safely breached to enable mechanical retrieval. During the first phase, the Silo 3 waste is 

pneumatically retrieved-by vacuuming the powdered .material and removing the air-entrained. waste .in a 

collector, feed conveyor, and bags. The air discharged from the pneumatic retrieval collector is filtered and 

discharged to the elevated stack. This post process filtration removes most of the particulate activity prior to 

venting the process air through the Exhaust Stack. The concentrations of the residual radioactive particulates 

and radon released to the environment are reduced by atmospheric dispersion occurring between the stack 

release location and the exposure location. 

After Phase 1 is complete, Phase 2 commences by cutling an access hole in the silo wall and the remaining 

material is removed by a mechanical excavator. The material is transferred to a retrieval bin, conveyors, and 

packaging system. In this phase, the suspended solids are filtered by the PVS and discharged to the Silo 3 

Exhaust Stack. 

In addition to the PVS air streams, the building Exhaust Air System draws from building "clean" rooms and 

areas with a potential for contamination. The exhaust air is also directed to HEPA filters and discharged to 

the Exhaust Stack. 

The computer calculation of the dose rate (mrembear) from particulates and radon Is based on the activity 

emitted by the pneumatic retrieval system, mechanical excavator area, and building ventilation. The 

radioactive material released from the stack and the dose to potential human receptors depends on: 

0 

The radioactive particulate and radon-219/220/222 concentrations in the stack discharge, 

The stack height and diameter, 

0 The rate of exhaust air discharge (momentum release model) and its temperature (buoyant release 

model), 

0 Meteorological parameters, and 

0 Potential receptor locations and exposure scenarios. 

An EPA atmospheric dispersion code, CAP88-PC, was used to estlmate atmospheric dispersion of 

radioactive particulates and to determine the dose at the location of maximum exposure. This computer code 

is based on Gaussian dispersion of gases and airborne particulates from area or stack sources, and uses 

site-specific meteorological data and source design considerations. 

. . 

000212

. , -. 

' i , '1, . : - 

Assumptions: 

E N 0 I N E E R I N ai. 

PageNoA o f 3 

35H19605 

The joint-frequency distribution of wind speed and atmospheric stability as a function of 16 directions 

contained in Feasibility Study Report for Operable Unit 2, Vo1.4, Appendix D, Femald Environmental 

Management Project, March 1995, (Ref. 1) is indicative of average climatic conditions in the vicinity of 

Silos 1 and 2 (Attachment A). 

Stack height and outlet diameter of 125 ft and 27 in., respectively (Ref. 2). 

Stack discharge rate of 13,900 ft3/min at 100°F during pneumatic waste removal in Phase 1. Stack 

discharge rate of 12,700 ft3/min at 100 O F during mechanical waste removal in Phase 2 (Ref. 3). The 

exhaust temperature ranges from 86°F in the winter to 106°F in the summer. The increase in exhaust 

temperature relative to ambient temperature is due to heating from the fans (Ref. 4). Since a momentum 

release is assumed in the calculations, the temperature-of theexhausted air is not an input parameter. 

1000 m atmospheric mixing heighfflid 

Estimates of air flow rates and radioactive particulate and radon concentrations in the stack discharge 

provided by Hazard Category Calculations for Silo 3, 40430-RP-0006 (Ref. 5) and Process Flow 

Diagram, Material Balance Table, Drawing 94X-3900-F-01428, Sheet F-0001, Rev. 0. (Ref. 3) 

Standard exposure, radon equilibrium fractions, and default 'assumptions and dose conversion factors of 

CAP88-PC for the evaluation of dose to a public receptor. Dose to workers is not evaluated in these 

calculations. 

Receptor assumed to spend 100% outdoors at the exposure location, 0% indoor at the exposure location 

and 0% away from the exposure location. (Note: The maximum dose consequence to workers from 

Silo 3 stack emissions would be lower than that to a member of the public since the maximum 

atmospheric concentrations occur off-site. In addition, the worker occupancy will be lower.) 

Conservative doses Lorn the exposure to radon progeny are calculated using an outdoor dose 

conversion factor for Rn progeny of 570 mremhrorking level month, where a working level month is 

defined as the product of the working level and the exposure duration (hrs) divided by 170 hrs (Ref 6). 

This dose factor was obtained from ResRad (Ref .6) 

Approximately 35 percent of the radon generated in the solid matrix material is free to emanate from the 

solid into the waste pore space based on measured values (Ref.7). 

The density of the Silo 3 waste is 50 lW3.

GaDeuPation Inputs:. 

Polorhm-218 

Radium-223 

Radium-224 

Radium-226 

Calculation Nu 

Page N o2 of 2 

o Major radionuclide concentrations in the Silo 3 Material are delineated in Table 4. 

Actinium-227 I 925 

Actinium-228 406 

Lead-21 2 

Polonium-210 

Polonium-211 

I 

I 

367 

3,480 

925 

1 

Polonium-212 

Polonium-215 I 

367 

925 

Polonium-216 367 

3.480 

925 

367 

3,870 

Radium-228 

Radon-219 

Radon-220 

I 

I 

406 

925 

367 

1 

Radon222 3.870 

The radon isotopes are assumed to be in secular equilibrium with their respective parents and the short 

lived radon daughters are included in the calculations 

e Filtration efficiency of cascade filtration syste.m for particulate removal from Pneumatic Retrieval 

System air stream: 99.9%, 99.99%. 99.97% 

000214 

5069

- ___ -- 

EN 0 I N E E R I N G@ 

-Cai.cwlation- ~ __ 

Project: 35H19605 


Page No3 of _18 

0 Filtration efficiency of cascade filtration system for particulate removal from Mechanical Retrieval 

System air stream: 99.9%, 99.97%. 

0 Filtration efficiency of cascade filtration system for particulate removal from Building Ventilation 

System air stream: 99.97% 

The PVS filter housings contain provisions for ultra low penetratiomair (ULPA) units. This calculation 

does not take credit for ULPA filters. 

0 A momentum discharge velocity of 3,495 ft/min corresponds to a discharge rate of 13,900 ft3/min 

during Phase 1. A momentum discharge velocity of 3,195 Wmin corresponds to a discharge rate of 

12,700 fts/min during Phase 2. 

Rural exposure condition. 

Radiological properties and annual radioactive particulate and radon activity discharge per year 

calculated from initial waste concentrations. 

Software: 

Title 

Clean Air Act 

Assessment Package 

88 

I I 

Developer I ' Versions 

Barry Parks, Health Physicist, U.S. 

Department of Energy, Energy 

Research (ER-83), Laboratory 

Operations and ES&H, 9901 

Germantown Road, Germantown, 

Maryland, 20874-1290 

00021.5 

2.0, CAP88-PC 

Revision Level 

NIA 

. .- - -- 

4 

4 

4

0 

. Q 

Calculation Section: 

1. Particulate Release Rete 

JACOBS 

E N 0 I N E E R I N O@ 

Calculation 



Page Nod of 3 

The particulate release rate (grains/hr) is determined for the building ventilation system, the pneumatic 

retrieval system, and the mechanical retrieval system. Note that the unit of grains is used by Process 

Engineering in the Material Balance Table when concentrations are low. Grains are used in the 

calculations performed in this report for consistency with the material balance tables. 

A. Buildina Ventilation Svstem 

Assume the building atmosphere dust is on the order of lo3 g/m3, the dust release rate (D) for a building. 

ventilation rate of 7,200 cfm is 

D = lx lom3 g/m3 x m3/35.3 ft3 x 7200 ft3 /min x 60 min/hr x 0.0003 

D = 3.7 x lo5 ghr dust (equivalent) 

The radiological particulate release rate is based on maintaining air at less than the 1O%'of the DAC for 

Th-230: DAC = 6 x 1 0-l2 pCi/cm3 for Th-230. The air mass concentration C based on the Th-230 DAC is: 

C = 6 x 1013 pCVcm3 of air x &60,200 pCi x lo6 pCi/pCi = 9.97 x gW,~cm3air 

= 9.97 x 1 O~ gWa,dm3 air 

For a building ventilation rate of 7,200 cfm (12,233 m3/hr) and a HEPA filtration efficiency prior to stack 

release of 99.97%, the particulate release rate R is: 

R = 9.97 x gdm3 x 12,233 m3/hr x 0.0003 

= 3.66 x 1 Ob ghr x lb/454 g x 7000 gralnab 

= 5.64 x 1 O4 graindhr radiological particulate 

The radiological particulate release is, therefore, approximately 1 % of the total dust release. 

p. Pneumatic Retrieval Svstem 

The pneumatic retrieval system removes 8,100 lbhr of airborne silo material, which is based on 6 cyhr at 

50 Ib/cf. Therefore, the release rate of airborne particulates passing through the cascade filtration system, 

consisting of a dust collector, a cartridge filter , and a HEPA filter in series with respective efficiencies of 

99.9%, 99.99%, and 99.97% .The release rate is : 

R = 8,100 Ibhr x 7000 graindlb x 0.001 x 0.0001 x 0.0003 

R = 0.0017 grainshr

C. Mechanical Retrieval Svstem 

E N G I N E E I? I N GQ 

Project: 


Page Nod of _18 

The mechanical retrieval system exhaust processes 72.8 Ibshr Q 50 Ib/cf for a 6 cyhr production rate, 

through a dust collector and HEPA filter with respective efficiencies of 99.9% and 99.97%, as shown in air 

stream number 12 in Reference 3. The release rate is: 

R = 72.8 Ibhr x 7000 grainsnb x 0.001 x 0.0003 

R = 0.153 grainshr 

D. Particulate Activitv Released 

During Phase 1 ,,the, release,rate. ls the sum-of the building ventilation and pneumatic 

total of 0.00056 + 0.001 7 = 0.00226 grainshr. 

.... . retrieval 

~ 

system for a 

The total particulate activity per gram waste released as articulates is the total activity per gram given in 

Table 1 for the waste, 105,863 pCUg less the 35% of 218k@0Rn/%n that is free to emanate from the 

solid fraction of the waste: 105,863 - 1,807 pCVg = 104,056 pCi/g. Therefore, the activity released per 

year Q is 

Q = 0.00226 grainshr x lbt7000 grains x 454 gAb x 8760hr/yr 

= 1.28 glyr 

= 1.28 g/yr x 104,056 pC/g 

= 1.33 x IO-' ~Vyr 

Radionuclide specific release rates are determined using the radionuclide specific concentrations 

presented in Table 1 and the mass release rate for airborne particulates for Phase 1 (1.28 g/yr), based on 

6 cyhr continuously for 1 year. Radlonuclide-specific release rates are summarized in Table 3. 

During Phase 2, the release rate is the sum of the building ventilation and the. mechanical retrieval system 

for a total of 0.00056 + 0.153 = 0.154 grainshr. 

Q = 0.154 grains/hr x lb/7000 grains x 454 g/lb x 8760hr/yr 

= 87.5-r 

= 87.5 x 104,056 pciig 

= 9.1 x lod Ciryr 

Radionuclide specific release rates are determined using the radionuclide specific concentrations 

presented in Table 1 and the mass release rate for airborne particulates for Phase 2 (87.5 g/yr), based on 

6 cyhr continuously for 1 year. Radionuclide-specific release rates are summarized in Table 3. 

000217

2. Radon Release Rate 

35H19605 

The radon release rate (pCi/min) is determined for the pneumatic retrieval system, and the mechanical 

retrieval system. It is assumed that the building ventilation system discharges 7,200 cfm of air to the stack 

with negligible radon concentration. The pneumatic retrieval system discharges 1,200 cfm to the stack 

during Phase 1 only. 

The mechanical retrieval system exhaust path discharges 5,500 cfm to the stack during both project 

phases. This stream is made up of the silo vent exhaust (1,000 cfm), the retrieval bin hood (2,900 cfm), 

the conveyor bottom (300 cfm), the conveyor top (300 cfm), and the packaging system (1000 cfm). 

A. Silo Ventina Prior to Phase 1 

The silo vent removes radon from the silo headspace at the initiation of the Silo 3 Project prior to 

initiating the pneumatic retrieval of waste in Phase 1. The half-life of the radon isotopes *{'Rn and 

"'Rn generated by %a and in the waste are short lived (4s and 55s, respectively) relative to 

the diffusion rate through the waste to the headspace volume. Therefore, the concentrations of *"Rn 

and ='Rn in the headspace are negligible. The measured headspace =Rn concentration is 300,000 

pCi/L and the headspace volume is 5,600 ft3, yielding a headspace activity of 0.0475 Ci =Rn. If the 

entire headspace were vented in one day, the release would be 48 mCi =Rn. 

Assuming an equilibrium headspace activity (emanation from solids equals radon decay with no 

leakage), the emanation rate equals activity times the decay constant. It is also assumed the vent 

removes radon at the same rate it emanates from the stored solids. 

Emanation rate = release rate = 0.0475 Ci =Rn x 0.693/5500 min 

B. Pneumatic Retrieval - Phase 1 

= 6.0 x lo6 DCi/min =Rn 

1. The pneumatic retrieval system removes 8,100 Ibhr of silo material, which is based on 6 cyhr at 

50 Ib/cf. It is assumed that approximately 35 percent of the radon generated in the solid matrix 

material is free to diffuse from the solid into the waste pore space. Therefore, during retrieval 

operations, it is assumed that 35 percent of the radon in equilibrium with its radlum parent is residing 

in the solid matrix and is potentially released to the exhaust stream. Radon isotopic release rates for 

algRn, ='Rn, and =Fin, respectively, are: 

R (2'gRn) = 8,100 lbihr x 925 pCi/g x 454 gAb x hr/60 min x 0.35, 

- 5069 

R= 1; 

R (220Rn) = 8,100 Ibhr x 367 pCVg x 454 ghb x hr/60 min x 0.35, 

R = 7.87 x 10' DCilmin pORn = 4.1 CiEvr =Rq; 

R (=Rn) = 8,100 Ibhr x 3870 pCVg x 454 gAb x hr/60 min x 0.35, 

222 

R = 8.30 x lo' pCimin =Pn = 43.5 CW Rn 

The annual release assumes continuous operation for one year. 

' . 8 . - I . . 

(40821-8

! 

E N G I N E E R I N 0" 

35H19605 


PageNod o f 3 

2. Note that the exhaust flow from the inclined conveyor is maintained during Phase 1. Although no 

material is processed on the inclined conveyor during Phase 1, the Pneumatic Retrieval Collector 

discharges to a Feed Conveyor. The Feed Conveyor is exhausted via the inclined conveyor that is 

used only during the Mechanical Retrieval Phase 2 operations. Therefore, assuming 1,000 Ib 

material on the feed conveyor, the radon generation rate into the conveyor air flow stream during 

Phase 1 is: 

R = 925 pCi/g "%a x 454 S/lb x 0.693/0.067 min x 1000 Ib x 0.35 

R = 1.52 x 10 DCilmin 

R = 367 pCi/g 224Ra x 454 g/lb x 0.693/0.9237 min x 1000 Ib x 0.35 

. R = 4.38 x 10 ' DCi/min 220Rn 

R = 3870 pCi/g 

4 

R = 7.75 x 10 DCVmin =Rn 

x 454 gAb x 0.693/5500 rnin x 1000 Ib x 0.35 

3. The silo vent continues to remove radon from the silo headspace during Phase 1. The half-life of 

the radon isotopes 21eRn and ='Rn generated by =Ra and 224Ra in the waste are short lived (4s and 

559, respectively) relative to the gusion rate through the waste to the headspace volume. Therefore, 

the concentrations of 2'9Rn and Rn in the headspace are negligible. As shown in Part A above, the 

release rate is 6.0 x lo6 DCimin =Rn. 

C. Mechanical Retrieval - Phase 2 

This exhaust path is comprised of the silo vent, retrieval bin hood, conveyor top and bottom, and 

packaging system. The fraction of radon from the packaging system is negligible based on the 

containment methods used. 

1. Silo Vent 

The silo vent continues to remove radon from the silo headspace during Phase 2. As shown in Part A 

above, the release rate is 6.0 x 10' DCVmin =Rn. 

2. Retrieval Bin Hood 

The retrieval bin receives material at the rate of 6 cy/hr, which is the same rate at which the pneumatic 

retrieval system is operated. Therefore, the radon release rates are the same values as calculated for 

the pneumatic retrieval system: 

R = 1,99 x lo7 DCilmin 2'eRn = 10.4. Cii 2'9Rn 

R = 7.87 X 10 ~Cl/min 220Rn = 4.1 Ci/vr ='Rn 

R = 8.30 x 10' DCVmin =Rn = 43.5 CW =Rn 

000219 

. . 

5C69

3. Convevor Tor> and Bottom 

EN G I N E E R I N G@ 

Project: 


PageNoa o f d 

In addition to the radon released from the processed silo material in the retrieval bin, radon continues 

to be generated in the downstream conveyors. The radon generation rate is a function of the amount 

of solid material in each component. 

The conve or bottom measures approximately 12 in. x 12 in. x 20 ft. At a volume of 20 ft3 and density 

of 50 Ibht 3 , the material mass is approximately 1 .OOO Ib. 

The inclined conveyor measures approximately 12 in. wide, 3 in. deep, and 70 ft. long, for a volume of 

17.5 ft3 and material mass of approximately 875 Ib. 

Assuming an emanation rate of 0.35, the radon generation rates from the inclined conveyor during 

Phase 2 are: ._ 

R = 925 pCi/g 223Ra x 454 g/lb x 0.693/0.067 min x 875 Ib x 0.35 

R = 1.33 x 10' DCi/min 2''Rr\ 

R = 367 pCi/g "4Ra x 454 g/lb x 0.693/0.9237 rnin x 875 Ib x 0.35 

R=3.83 x 10 ' ~Ci/min "'Rn 

R = 3870 pCVg "%a x 454 gAb x 0.693/5500 rnin x 875 Ib x 0.35 

R = 6.78 x lo4 DCi/min =Rn 

The radon generation rate from the conveyor bottom during Phase 2 is: 

R = 925 pCVg 223Ra x 454 glib x 0.69W0.067 min x 1000 Ib x 0.35 

R = 1.5 x 10' r>Ci/min 2'sRn 

R = 367 pCig 224Ra x 454 gllb x 0.69W0.9237 rnin x 1 OW Ib x 0.35 

R = 4.38 x 10' DCi/min =Rn 

R = 3870 pCVg =Ra x 454 glib x 0.693/5500 min x 1 OOO Ib x 0.35 

R=7.75 ~ 1' DC'imin 0 =Rn 

a '.' . . . Q00220 

5069

__ ~~ 

JACOBS-- 

a . 

1 :- 

D. Radon Summary 

Q 

- 


Calculation 


-~alculation-Number:-40430-CA~003- ~ 

PageNoa o f a 

The radon release rate results for all radon sources are summarized in the following table. 

Pneumatic 

Retrieval 

-Suo 3 Vent 1,000 6.00 x lo6 6.00 x. 10". 

Retrieval Bin 2,900 

Hnnd 

0 0 0 1.99 x lo7 7.87 x 10' 8.30 x 10' 

Packaging 

System 

1,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Building 

Exhaust 

7,200 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Total Exhaust 

,Stack Stack 

13,900 13,900 1.5 x ios 5.2 x 107 io7 8.9 x io7 2.9 x 109 9.0 x 107 io7 8.9 xi07 X1o7 

The total exhaust flow during Phase 1 is 13,900 cfm. The exhaust flow during Phase 2 is 12,700 

cfm, since pneumatic retrieval exhaust stream is not in operation. 

000221 

5069 

- 

- - 

-

3. Total Release Rate 


Page N o s of 3 

To obtain the annual discharge activity for each of the individual radionuclides making up the mixture, Q,, 

the total annual particulate mass discharge rate for the mixture is multiplied by the radionuclide specific 

activities in Table 1. The total particulate mass release rate is 1.48 g/yr during Phase 1 and 87.5 g/yr 

during Phase 2. Source release rates are summarized as follows. 

Table 3 . Silo 3 Stack Source Release Rate 

The annual I release rates in Table 3 are conservatively based on continuous release for 876( 1 hours at a 

processing rate of 6 cyhr and 50 Ib/cf.

E N 0 I N E E R I N GQP 

Transport and Dose Calculation using CAPSI-PC 

- 5069 

- - - 

Calculation- -- -- - - 

Project: 

Calculation Number: 

PageNod of- 

35H19605 

40430-CA-0003 

The atmospheric releasddispersiodexposure calculations were performed usin the annual estimated 

release rates, Table 2, for the major radionuclides in the Silo 3 waste, includingg'QRn, 210Rn and =Rn. 

Radionuclide concentrations and doses were calculated as a function of 16 uniformly distributed directions 

and potential receptor/monitoring station locations of 332 m, 527 m, 582 m, 930 m, QQlm, 994 m, 1064 rn, 

1241 m, 1320 rn, 1356 m, 1390 rn, 1454 m, 1457 rn, 1497 m. and 1506 rn from the stack. In addition, the 

location of the maximum exposure and dose is determined. 

Five CAP88-PC input files and execution runs were performed: 1) particulate releases during Phase 1, 

and 2, and 2) specific radon isotope releases for each project phase. The calculated results are detailed 

in ATTACHMENT C. The dose is not calculated for the initial headspace venting since the source term 

released in negligible. T,h" initial 48 mCi release is less than the average released per - day -. during removai -- 

activities (e.g., 6.63 x 10 pCilmin or 95 mCilday) 

The maximum exposure/dose occurs at a distance of 994 m from the stack and in the north-easterly 

direction, for both the particulate and =Rn releases. Maximum exposure to *'Fin and =Rn occurs at 

332 m in the north-easterly direction, which is closer to the stack release location relative to the particulate 

and =Rn maximum exposure/dose location. This is due to the shorter half-life of 2'DRn (4s) and ='Rn 

(55s). 

Exposure of a hypothetical rural receptor, at 994 m northeast, to particulates resulting from the retrieval 

and packaging of Silo 3 waste would yield an estimated dose of 6.40 x lo4 mrew during Phase 1, and 

4.33 x lo4 mrem/yr during Phase 2. Dose rates due to isotopic radon that do not emanate from the solid 

particulate matrii and is atmospherically dispersed were not evaluated and are considered to insignificant. 

Thorium-230 is the largest contributor to risk. The 2?h concentration at the location of maximum dose is 

approximately 2.6 x 10'" pCVL and 1.7 x 10'" pCVL, during Phase 1 and 2, respectively. 

I 

Radoq 

The CAP-88 output for the release of various radon isotopes are shown in Attachment C3 - C8. The 

maximum concentration and dose due to =Rn and daughters occurs at 994 rn from Silo 3 in the north- 

easterly direction - The =Rn concentrations at this location are 1.5 x lo4 pCVL for both Phases 1 and 2. 

The dose-rates due to pure radon inhalation are 0.033 mremEyr for both Phases 1 and 2. 

The =Rn progeny dose is expressed in terms of working level, which is adjusted for a 31% equilibrium 

fraction at 994 m. The working level (WL) concentrations for Phase 1 and 2 are 4.76 x lob at the 

maximum exposure location. The dose for this working level can be correlated to dose assuming an 100% 

exposure time duration outdoors by using the outdoor conversion factor of 570 mremMILM, where a 

working level month, WLM, is 170 hours of exposure. Therefore, Phase 1 and 2 doserates are 

Dose-rate for Phase 1 and 2 = 4.76 x lo4 WL x (8760 hrs/yr / 170 hrs/mo) x 570 mremMlLM 

= 0.14 mremw. 

The total dose-rate from =Rn and progeny for a receptor located at 994 m from Silo 3 in NE direction are: 

Total dose-rate for Phase 1 and 2 = 0.033 + 0.14 = 0.17 mremlyr 

The corresponding =Rn dose conversion factor is approximately 0.01 1 pCVL per mrem/yr at 31 percent 

equilibrium, the assumed exposure durations, and at the stated dose conversion factor of 570 mrem 

008223

E N G I N E E R I N GQ 



Page N o d of 18 

MlLM outdoors. It is noted that a Fernald radon evaluation (Ref. 7) assumes a radon dose conversion 

factor of 27 pCi/L per mremhr based on 1.25 remMlLM and 50% equilibrium. As shown in the following 

equation, the CAP-88 results are comparable to the Fernald factor by a ratio of the variables, 

0.01 1 DCUL x 8760 hrs x 0.31 x 570 = 27.2 DCR 

mrem/yr yr 0.50 1.00~1250 mremhr 

The location of the maximum dose for the short hatf-life 2'9Rn and ='Rn radon isotopes is 332 m from the 

release stack, also in the north-easterly direction. As noted in Table 4, the maximum concentration of 

*'%n is 1.9 x lo' pCi/L for Phase 1 and 3.7 x lo" for Phase 2 The corrwponding dose to 2'eRn and 

progeny, assuming secular equilibrium, are negligible (dose-rates due to Rn alone on the order of lo-' 

mrem/yr), and there is no practical method for measuring 2'gRn or progeny at these concentrations. 

Therefore, since '"Rn does not significantly contribute to the dose rate estimates , it will be dropped from 

further consideration. 

- 

..-_- -__---- 

The maximum concentration of =Rn at 332 m is 1.6 x lo4 pCUL for Phase 1 and 2.8 x lo4 pCVL for 

Phase 2. The corresponding =Rn working level is calculated using the following equation discussed in 

the ResRad manual (Ref.8): 

W L = 9.48 X 1 Om'' (216Po) + 1.23 x 1 O4 (*"Pb) + 1 .17 x lo" (*I2Bi), 

where3(''6Po), (212Pb) , and r2Bi) are the respective concentrations of the mRn progeny measured in 

0 

Cum . In the nominally 150 second transit time it takes for the effluent to reach the location of nearest 

"Rn exposure (332 m divided b the average wind speed of 2.21 miles/sec) '16Po ingrows to secular 

equilibrium with its 220Rn parent, "Pb grows to 0.27 % of its equilibrium concentration, and the ingrowth 

of *12Bi is insignificant. Consequently, the estimated WL is: 

WL = 9.48 x 10" WUpCVm3 x 0.16 pCVm3 + 1.23 x lo4 WUpCi/m3 (0.16) x 0.00271 pCVm3 

= 5.3 x lo'* WL for Phase 1 

WL = 9.48 x 1 Q'O W UpCi/m3 x 028 pCim3 + 1.23 x 1 O4 W UpCi/m3 (0.28) x 0.00271 pCVm3 

= 9.4 x 10' WL for Phase 2: 

For a =Rn dose conversion factor of 250 mremMlLM (Ref.9), the estimated maximum dose-rates are 

Dose-rate = 5.3 x log WL x 8760 h m x monWl70 hrs x 250 mremMlLM 

Dose-rate= 6.8 x 1 O4 mremlyr for Phase 1. and 

Dose-rate =9.4 x lo4 WL x 8760 hrdyr x rnontWl70 hrs x 250 mremMlLM 

Dose-rate= 1.2 x lo9 mremlyr for Phase 1 

The maximum dose to the inhalation of pure q n at the 332 m location is 4.7 x 1 O4 mremlyr for Phase 1 

and 8.1 x lo4 mremiyr for Phase 2. The total maximum dose-rate from =Rn and progeny is 1.2 x lo9 

mremiyr, for Phase 1 and 2.0 x lo9 mremlyr for Phase 2. 

5069 

008224

Total Dose 

-- 

Piiiject: 


PageNoa o f 3 

The total project duration is 6 moths: 300 hours in Phase 1 and 700 hours in Phase 2. 

The maximum total dose rates during Phase 1 and 2 due to particulates and mRn/progeny occur at a 

location 994 m from Silo 3 in the north-easterly direction and are 0.16 mrem/yr. 

The maximum total dose rate during Phase 1 and Phase 2 due to mRn/progeny occur at a location 332 m 

from Silo3 in the north-easterly direction, and are 1.2 x lo4 mrem/yr and 2.0 x lo” mrem/yr, respectively. 

Although the maximum dose rates occur at different locations. a conservative estimate of the maximum 

dose rate for an offsite receptor due to Silo 3 stack emissions may be obtained by combining the dose 

rates to obtain 0.17 mremlyr for Phase 1 and 0.17 mrem/yr for Phase 2. It should be noted that these 

annual doses are based on 1 year (8760 hours) continuous release for each phase. 

Since phase 1 operations are conservatively estimated to last 300 hours, the Phase 1 dose is 0.0058 

mrem. 

Since phase 2 operations are conservatively estimated to last 700 hours, the Phase 2 dose is 0.0139 

mrem. 

The total calculated potential public receptor dose estimate for both phases of Silo 3 operations is 0.02 

mrem. 

F- 5049

* nACOBS 

E N 0 I N E E R I N G@ 

DosdConcentration Calculation at Site Air Monitorins Stations 

Calculation 

Project: 35H 1 9605 


PageNod o f 3 

The particulate dose rate and radon isotope concentrations due to Silo 3 emissions are also calculated at 

the location of 16 site air monitoring stations. The location of the monitoring stations and the respective 

doses and concentrations are identified in Table 4. It should be noted that the calculated radon 

concentrations are well below those that can be measured by practical techniques. The =Rn 

concentrations during Phase 1 are the same as those during Phase 2. The 218Rn and "'Fin 

concentrations during Phase 1 will be slightly less than the concentration during Phase 2. 

Table 4. Silo 3 Stack Emission Dose-Rate at Monitoring Stations 

- .Radon Isotope Concentration @CVL) 

Monitoring Distance Particulate Dose (mrem/yr) Phase 2 

Station Direction (m) Phase 1 Phase 2 218Rn 220Rn =Rn 

AMS 28 

AMS 7 

AMS 27 

AMS 6 

AMS 26 

AMS 5 

AMS 25 

AMS 4 

AMs 24 

AMS 29 

AMS 3 

AMS 9C 

AMS 8A 

AMS 22 

AMs 23 

AMs 2 

N 993.6 2.6 x lo6 1.8 x 10" 

NNW 

NW 

WSW 

ssw 

929.6 1.7 x lo* 

527.3 9.4 x lo4 

332.2 3.6 x lo* 

582.1 2.0~ lo* 

1.1 x lo" 

6.3 x 10'~ 

2.7 x 10' 

1.2x 10" 

S 990.6 2.1 x 10" 1.4~10" 

SSE 1389.8 2.5X lo* 1.4 X 10". 

SE 1319.7 2.6Xlo" 1.8.X 10" 

SE 

ESE 

1240.5 2.7 X lo* 

1469.1 3.3 X lO* 

1.8 X 10" 

2.1 x lo" 

E 

E 

ENE 

NE 

1453.8 4.0 X los 

1456.9 4.0 x lo8 

1505.6 4.0~ lo* 

332 ' 

2.7 X 10" 

2.7 x 10' 

2.1 x lo" 

NE 994* 6.4~ lo* 4.1 x lod 

NE 1063.7 6.3~ lo4 4.2 x 10" 

NE 1356.3 5.6~10~ 3.8 x 10" 

NE 1496.5 5.4~ lo4 3.6 x 10" 

9.9 x 1.7 x lo4 6.2 x 10" 

3.8x1tf5 

1.8 x 10"' 

1.1 x104 

1 .O x 

3.8~10' 

2.0 x 10" 

2.6~10' 

1.1 x lo-'' 

1.7~1019 

5.6 x lo* 

8.0~10' 

5.6 x 10" 

7.3 x loi6 

7.1 X 1U2' 

1.0 x la4 

5.7 X lo8 

5.0 x 10' 

4.9 x 10" 

6.9 X 10"' 8.3 X 10" 6.1 x 10" 

7.2XlU" l.0XlU5 6.3~10~ 

1.2 X lo'" 8.3 X lo* 7.5 x 10" 

2.5 X 10'" 1.0 x lo* 9.6 x 10" 

2.3 x lo2' 1.0 x 10" 9.6 x 10" 

5.8~10'~ 9.6~10~ 1.1 xlU3 

3.7 x 10" 2.8 x 10" 

1.5 x lo4 

3.2 x 1O-l' 3.7 x 10" 1.5 X lo3 

5.7~10'~ 1.7~10" 1.4~10'~ 

8.8 x lop 1.3 x lo6 1.3 x lo-' 

1.The concentrations at 332 m northeast is the calculated location for maximum ewoaure/dose for 

2'sRn and POAn. No monitoring station is located at this point. 

2.The doses and concentrations at 994 m northeast is the calculated location for medmum 

exposure/dose for paniculates and =Fin. No monitoring station is located at this point. 

%me 2?h concentration (pCi) at any station can be determined by multiplying the dose (mrenJvr) 

by 3.8 x lo4. The concentration of all single radionuclides is provided in the computer output files. 

:-. 

-- 

5069 

. . ,' . . .: 

000226

___ -~ 

7- . * * .- I 

E N 0 I N E E R I N QQ 

ConciusIondRecommendations: 

Calculation 

Project:- 


PageNoa o f 3 

The Silo 3 Stack, which is 125 ft. tall and 27 inches in diameter, discharges process air and building exhaust 

at a rate of 13,900 ft3/min during Phase 1 and 12,700 ft3/min during Phase 2. 

The maximum exposure/dose occurs at a distance of 994 m from the stack, in the notth-easterly direction. 

The maximum dose to an off-site receptor from Silo 3 operations (6 month duration) is 0.02 mrem. 

The conclusion that can be derived from this analysis is that the Silo 3 stack emissions do not exceed the 

amount that would cause any member of the public to receive an effective dose equivalent of 10 mrem/yr, 

as specified in 40 CFR 61.71, Subpart HI NESHAPS. 

Reference: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

Feasibility Study Report for Operable Unit 2, Vol.4, Appendix 0, Femald Environmental 

Management Project, March 1995. 

Process Description for the Silo 3 Project, 40430-RP-0003. 

Silo 3 Process Flow Diagram, Material Balance Table, Drawing 94X-3900-F-01428, Sheet F-0001. 

Silo 3, Cooling and Heating Load Estimates, 40430-CA-0006, Attachment H. 

Hazard Category Calculations for Silo 3,40430-RP-0006. 

Yu, A.J. Zielen, J.J Cheng, D.J. LePoire, E. Gnanapragasam, A. Wallo 111, W.A. Williams, and H. 

Peterson, Manual for Implementing Residual Radioactive Material Guidelines Using RESRAD, 

Version 6.0, ANUEAD-4, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois 60439, July 2001 

Guidance from Fluor Femald. 

C. Yu, C. Loureiro, et. al., 'Radon Emanation Coefficient,' Chapter 8, Data Collection Handbook to 

Support Modeling Impacts of Radioactive Materials in Soil, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, 

Illinois 60439, April 1993. 

000227 

- 

5065

m 

w 

E N G I N E E R I N G@ 

AllACHMENT A 

Calculation 


Fernald Environmental Management Project Joint Frequency Distribution 

5069 

I

ATTACHMENT A 

ENGINEERING@ 

I baicuiaiion IY 

Fernald Environmental Management Project Joint Frequency Distribution 

Wind Wind Speed (kts) 

Direction

t' 0 

AITACHMENT A 

JACOBS 

E N G I N E E R I N G@ 

Calculation 



Fernald Environmental Management Project Joint Frequency Distribution (cont'd) 

Wind 

Wind Speed (kts) 

Direction c/= 3 c/= 6 e/= 10

- 

ATTACHMENT A 

-- - --_Project:__- __ -35H19605 - -~ - -~ 



Fernald Environmental Management Project Joint Frequency Distribution (cont’d) 

Stability Class E 

N 

NNE 

NE 

ENE 

E 

ESE 

SE 

SSE 

S 

ssw 

sw 

wsw 

W 

WNW 

Nw 

NNW 

0.00362 

0.00260 

0,00298 

0.00869 

0.00820 

0.00479 

0.00484 

0.00557 

0.00697 

0.01158 

0.01850 

0.01780 

0.01249 

0.00948 

0.00834 

0.00621 

Stability Class F 

N 

NNE 

NE 

ENE 

E 

ESE 

SE 

SSE 

S 

SSW 

sw 

wsw 

W 

WNW 

Nw 

NNW 

0.00499 

0.00525 

0.00508 

0.00910 

0.01336 

0.00893 

0.00592 

0.00546 

0.00700 

0.01182 

0.01958 

0.02681 

0.02976 

0.02932 

0.02279 

0.01152 

0.00388 

0.00309 

0.00347 

0.00922 

0.00274 

0.00125 

0,00172 

0.00341 

0.00767 

0.01403 

0.01826 

0.01033 

0.01001 

0.00761 

0.00467 

0 - 00382 

0 - 00012 

0.00009 

0 - 00012 

0.00161 

0.00090 

0.00006 

0.00032 

0.00018 

0.00047 

0.00120 

0.00210 

0.00187 

0.00067 

0.00023 

0.00076 

0.00088 

0.00076 

0.00079 

0.00044 

0.00181 

0.00023 

0.00015 

0,00029 

0.00128 

0.00336 

0.00680 

0.00741 

0.00330 

0.00414 

0.00330 

0.00111 

0 - 00108 

0 - 00000 

0.00003 

0 - 00000 

0 - 00012 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0 - 00026 

0.00003 

0.00006 

0.00003 

0.00003 

0.00006 

0.00006 

0.00003 

0.00018 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00020 

0.00064 

0.00169 

0.00064 

0.00064 

0.00015 

0.00058 

0. OOOlS 

0.00026 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0 - 00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0 .ooooo 

0.00000 

0.00000 

000231 

0 - 00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0 - 00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000 

0.00000

E N G I N E E R I N GQD 

AITACHMENT B 



Silo 3 Alrflow Diagram, Drawing 94X-3900-H -01429 Sheet F-0002, Rev 0 

000232

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

I 

! 

! 

I 

! 

I 

! 

! 

I 

! 

I 

I 

! 

! 

-I 

Zi 

ri 

". 

. I 

i 

9 

J 

Q00233 

D I " I 0 I . 

I 

m. 

5069 

._ ~- 

a 

a

. . ..

8 

I ' 

. .% 

SILO 3 PROJECT 

TIMED ESTIMATE OF SECONDARY WASTE 

PREPARED BY: 

SUBMITTED TO: 

FLUOR FERNALD, INC. 


DOCUMENT NO.: 40430-RP-0012 

OJECT MANAGER 

REVIEWED BY: DATE: 

J#@j#iUyE!3, FW FERNALD, INC., ENGINEERING MANAGER 

w t 

> y d APPROVED BY: DATE:%/G/O L . 

DORIS EDWARDS, FLUOR FEMALD, INC., PROJECT MANAGER 




JACOBS ENGINEERING PROJECT NO. 35H19605 

- 5069 

008234

I Approved BY I 

TIMEQ ESTIMATE OF SECONDARY 

WASTE 

C. Smith 

40430-RP-0012 

July 11, 2002 

Revision 0 


I I I I 

000235

0 

e 

i 

Revision 

0 

Date 

07/11 /02 


Pages 

Affect e d 

ALL 

i . 

Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste for the Silo 3 Project 


JE Project No. 35H19605 

July 11,2002 


ORIGINAL ISSUE 

, 

. . . 

. . ,. . 

_ . 

008236 

50 69.




July 11. 2002 

t, 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 5069 

1.0 TIMED ESTIMATE OF SECONDARY WASTE .................................................... 1 

2.0 DESIGN BASIS ............................................................................................ 2 

2.1 Pneumatic Retrieval System ......................... .................................................. 2 

2.2 Mechanical Retrieval System ......................................................................... 3 

2.3 Packaging System. .. . . .... .. .. . . ... . . . .. . ... .. .. .... .. . ... . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . .. .. .... .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . .. ... . . . 3 

2.4 Process Vent System ....... ...... , ......... ........... .... ..... ....... .. ......................... ...... 3 

2.5 Process /Decon Water., .. .... . . ... . .. .. . .. , .. .. .. .... . .... .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .... .. . .. . .. ... . . . . .. .. . . .. 4 

2.6 Compressed Air Systems ... .. ..... . , . .... .. .. ... . .. . ... . .. ........ .. .. .. .. . ... ... .. . .. ... .. . . .. .. . . . . 4 

2.7 HVAC System ...................... ...................................................................... 4 

2.8 Miscellaneous Streams ....... ..... .. ..... . . .. .... .. .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. .... .. .. .... .. . .. . .. ... . . . . .. .. . . .. 5 

3.0 ATTACHMENTS .......................................................................................... 5 

ii 

000237 

e 

e

EOJ 

HEPA 

HVAC 

MRS 

PPE 

PRS 

PVS 

U LPA 

VWMS 

end of job 


ACRONYMS 





Process Vent System . 

ultra-low penetrating air 

Vacuum Wand Management System 

i 

.- ..- . '-: 

.. . . 

. . , v . , 

iii 

Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste for the sit0 3 Project 


JE Project No. 35H 19605 

July 11, 2002 

008238

__ __- - 




July 11, 2002 

___~ ____ 

-~ - ~ -- 

1 .O TIMED ESTIMATE OF SECONDARY WASTE - 0 

5069 

This study identifies and estimates the secondary waste streams that will be generated 

during the retrieval and packaging of Silo 3 material at the Fernald Environmental 

Management Project (FEMP) site in Fernald, Ohio. Secondary waste is defined as any 

waste generated as a byproduct during operations. 

This report subdivides the facility into a number of major areas or systems and the types 

and quantities of secondary waste that each will generate. The systems include: 

1. Pneumatic Retrieval System (PRS) 

2. Mechanical Retrieval System (MRS) 

3. Packaging System 

4. Process Vent System (PVS) , 

5. Decontamination (Decon) Water 

6. Compressed Air Systems (both Plant & Instrument and Breathing Air Systems) 

7. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 

8. Miscellaneous 

Secondary waste streams considered in this estimate include filters (bag, cartridge, and 

panel type), containment devices (plastic sheeting), spool tubing, personal protective 

equipment (PPE) (e.g., coveralls, booties, cartridges, gloves), sample jarskontainers, 

chemical wipes from smear tests, decon water, and miscellaneous wastes (e.g., 

lubrication oil, secondary containment water, boxes, and spools). 

Sanitary wastes from support trailers, office trash from the Operations Support Trailer, and 

wastes generated during the cleaning of empty containers are not included in the 

quantities provked in this report. No replacement of major equipment items from failures is 

anticipated. The facility will operate for less than 1 year. Secondary waste streams 

generated from decontamination and dismantlement of the facility are not included in this 

estimate. 

As a basis for this study, it is assumed that the PRS will operate for 3 months, then the 

MRS will operate for 6 months, and the packaging system and all support systems'will 

operate for the entire 9 months. The quantities of secondary waste generated for Silo 3 

operations are based upon these assumptions and others as noted. If Silo 3 operations 

were to continue beyond the assumed time frame, the generation of process-related 

secondary waste would not alter appreciably because the reduced material recovery rates 

would result in less frequent change-outs of filters, etc. However, extended operations will 

increase the generation of consumables, like PPE, proportionally. 

Table 1 (see Attachment) presents the Timed Estimate of Secondary Waste for the Silo 3 

Facility. The table includes descriptions, disposal as rad or non-rad, type, approximate size 

(if applicable), generation frequency, volume produced annually, and applicable notes as to 

the determination of secondary waste generated. 

000239 

1

- 

2.0 DESIGN BASIS 

2. I Pneumatic Retrieval System 




July 11, 2002 

The following assumptions apply to the PRS for the am’ount of secondary waste 

generated: 

0 

0 

e 

e 

0 

e 

0 . 

e 

e 

0 

e 

0 

Three 35 percent supply pre-filters from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out every 3 

weeks for 3 months. 

Three 90 percent supply final filters from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out every 6 


Three supply high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters from a 1 x 3 array will be 

changed out at the end of the PRS campaign. 

Three 35 percent exhaust pre-filtek from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out every 3 


Three 90 percent exhaust final filters from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out every 3 


Three HEPA exhaust filters from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out every 3 weeks for 3 

months. 

Three ultra-low penetrating air (ULPA) filters from a 1 x 3 array will be changed out at 

the end of the PRS campaign. 

A total of 44 fabric filter bags plus a 10 percent allowance for changeout during 

operations will be disposed of at the end of the PRS campaign. 

A total of four filter cartridges plus a 10 percent allowance for changeout during 

operations &ill be disposed of at the end of the PRS campaign. 

The plastic containment sleeving associated with the Vacuum Wand Management 

System (VWMS) (10 polyethylene sleeve bags) will be changed out every 6 weeks for 

3 months and will generate two drums of waste. 

The VWMS will generate 15 spool pieces of aluminum tubing for each of the 5 VWMS 

modules. This material will be disposed of at the end of the PRS campaign. 

The amount of PPE clothing generated as secondary waste will depend on the number 

of PPE entries per day. Based on a normal operation and regular maintenance 

schedule, it is estimated that 20 PPE entries will be made each day. This will provide 

10 persons with two changes a day, or it could be distributed between fewer operators 

with a greater changeout frequency. The PPE will be designated as 30 percent 

radiologically contaminated and 70 percent non-radiologically contaminated. This 

generation rate is based on 3 months, 4 weeks a month, and 5 days a week. It is 

assumed that 50 PPE units will be contained in a 55-gallon drum. 

.. I 000240 

2.

2.'2 Mechanical Retrieval System 




July 11, 2002 

The following assumptions apply to the MRS for the amount of secondary waste 

generated: 

0 The tether lines and cable associated with the excavator will be disposed of at the end 

of the MRS campaign. They will be placed in two 55-gallon drums. 

e 

The concrete that will be removed from the silo wall to provide access to the silo will 

be removed in a month. It will consist of pieces that combined will have dimensions of 

15ftx20ftx1 ft. 

e The plastic containments and structures will be generated during the silo wall cutting in 

the first month of MRS operation. The debris will be equivalent to five 55-gallon drums. 

0 

A number of tools and consumables like saw blades and drill bits will be used to cut 

the silo wall during the first month'of MRS operation. An allowance of two 55-gallon 

drums was used for this waste estimate. 

0 Based on a normal operation and regular maintenance schedule, it is estimated that 20 

PPE entries will be made each day. This will provide 10 persons with two changes a 

day, or it could be distributed between fewer operators with a greater changeout 

frequency. The PPE will be designated as 50 percent radiologically contaminated and 

50 percent non-radiologically contaminated. This generation rate is based on 6 months, 

4 weeks a month, and 5 days a week. It is assumed that 50 PPE units will be 

contained in a 55-gallon drum. Using the same generation frequency as stated above 

and elevating the ratio of radiologically contaminated PPE units, the increased manual 

nature of work associated with the silo intrusion and the resultant increased secondary 

waste generation during the first month of operations for the MRS is addressed. 

2.3 Packaging System 

I 

The following assumptions apply to the Packaging System for the amount of secondary 

waste generated: 

Analytical sampling and testing protocols are being determined, An allowance of two 

drums for the duration of the project is included in the estimate. , 

The PPE and respirators used for packaging system operations are included in PRS and 

MRS activities. 

2.4 Process Vent System - 

The following assumptions apply to the PVS for the amount of secondary waste 

generated : 

3 

000241


Document No. 40430-RP-00 12, Rev. 0 


July 1 1,2002 

a . . , :, - 

5069 

$ ,j., it**.; 

.c 

Six 35 percent supply pre-filters from a 2 x 3 array will be changed out every month 

for 6 months.' 

Six 90 percent final filters from a 2 x 

months.' 

Six HEPA filters from a 2 x 3 array will 

Six ULPA filters from a 2 x 3 array 

campaign. ' 

3 array will be changed out every month for 6 

be changed out every month for 6 months. ' 

will be changed out at the end of the MRS 

A total of 80 fabric filter bags plus a 5 percent allowance for changeout during 

operations will be disposed of at the end of the MRS campaign. 

The PPE and respirators used for packaging system operations are included in PRS and 

MRS activities. 

2.5 Process /Decon Water 

The following assumption applies to the Process/Decon Water System for the amount 

secondary waste generated: 

e An allowance of 5000 gallons for decon water for the duration of the project 

included in the estimate. 

2.6 Compressed Air Systems 

The following assumptions apply to the Compressed Air Systems for the amount 

secondary waste generated: 

Inlet filters for air supply will be changed out biweekly for 1 year. 

An allowanee of 3 ft3 is included in the estimate for desiccant and adsorbent. 

2.7 HVAC System 

I 

The following assumptions apply to the HVAC System for the amount of secondary waste 

generated: 

Six 35 percent supply pre-filters will be changed out at the end of 6 months. 

Six 90 percent final filters will be changed out at the end of 6 months. 

_. . --- - 

Six HEPA filterswill be changed out at the end of 1 year. 

Six ULPA filters will be changed out at the end of 1 year. 

Three inlet filters for the air-handling units will be replaced on a biweekly basis for 1 

year. 

' PVS Filter Trains are operated on alternate months 

. . - 

,.- 1 1 .. (. b ! ' 

. . ._ 

of 

is 

Of 

- . - 

000242,

,: 'L - ~~ 

*' j :- 

0 

- -~~____ 




July 11, 2002 

The PPE and respirators used for HVAC are included in PRS and MRS activities. 

2.8 Miscellaneous Streams 

______ 

- 5069 

The following assumptions apply to the miscellaneous stream amount of secondary waste 

generated: 

An allowance of one 55-gallon drum per month for secondary containment water is 

included in the estimate 

Unused Silo 3 sample material will be shipped to the same ultimate disposition as the 

bulk of the Silo 3 material recovered during operations. Silo 3 material in its sampling 

containers will be discarded in 55-gallon drums. An allowance of two drums is included 

in the estimate. 

An allowance of 5 gallons of lubricating oil is included in the estimate. One half will be 

used in 6 months and the other will be generated at the end. 

A 10 percent allowance for miscellaneous and currently unidentified streams is 

provided in the estimate for radiologically contaminated materials. 

A 25 percent allowance for miscellaneous and currently unidentified streams is 

provided in the estimate for non-radiologically contaminated materials. 

3.0 ATTACHMENTS 

Table 1, Secondary Waste Generation 

.. . .. 

5 

000243

, 

>. 

I 

s a \ 

z z 

el 

> >

I 

00 

x 

n 

2 

U 

C 

m

d cu 

P 

> 2 

000247 

5u69

I. 

- .- 

c 

0 c 

m 

a 

t 

t 

cu 

T- 5069 

0 

'c

a 

a 

u, 

c 

-1

Signature Page 

I 

SILOS PROJECTS 

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 

40000-PL-00 10 

Revision 2 

S. Beckman, Silos Project Environmental 

Compliance 

Date 

Reviewed by: 

1 

M. Frank, Manager Environmental Monitoring 

8lZ? /.- t3 

Date 

Approved by: 

R. Corra& Project Director, Silos Project 

Date 

(600249

-. 

Fhis page has been intentionally left blank.] 

000250

issue 

Authorization 

Date 

Effective 

Date 

PCN 

No. 

Rev. 

No. 

May 17, 2000 0 

November 1, 

2000 

September 1, 

2002 

Initial issue 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

Description 

Minor revision in response to comments on 

AWR RD package - Monitoring station 

designations in Sections 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 and 

Attachment A corrected to agree with new light 

pole numbers; IEMP reporting clarified in 

Section 4. 

Revision to for inclusion in revised Silos 

Projects Remedial Design Packages 

i 

69

-. 

This page has been intentionally left blank. 

ii 

5069

SECTION 

SILOS PROJECTS 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 

40000-PL-00 1 0 

Revision 2 


1 .O General ................................................... .. .......................................................... 1 

2.0 Integrated Environmental Monitoring ....... .... .. . . .. . ... . .. .. ...... ... .. . ..... . .. .. .. ... .. ... . . . .. .... . . 1 

3.0 Project-Specific Environmental Monitoring ............................................................. 1 

3.1 Environmental Radiological Air Emissions Monitoring . .. .. .. ...... ... . . . .. .. . . ... . .. . . .. ... ... . .2 

3.1.1 Project-Specific Stack Monitoring Program ................................................... 2 

3.1.2 The IEMP Air Monitoring Program ............................................................... 3 

3.1.3 The IEMP Environmental Radon Monitoring Network ..................................... 3 

3.1.4 Project-Specific Air Particulate Monitoring Program ....................................... 4 

3.2 Direct Radiation Monitoring ..... . . . . . .. .. . ... ... .. . .. . . . .. .. .. . . . ... . . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. ...... .5 

3.3 Wastewater Monitoring ........ ... ........ .......... . . .. .......................... ........... .............. 6 

Groundwater Monitoring ......................................................................................... 6 

4.0 Reporting ........................................................................................................... 7 

5.0 References ......................................................................................................... 7 

... 

Ill 

5069

- _________ ~ 

~ .- 

s: '& 4 ' 

.. 

ALARA 

ARAR 

ASL 

AWR 

AWWT 

CERCLA 

DOE 

FEMP 

HAMDC 

IEMP 

ISER 

OU4 

pCi 

SCQ 

TLO 

WAC 

WPRAP 

~ 

~ ___~ _ ~ _ 

~ - 

ACRONYM LIST 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

- -__ 

e 

5069 

As Low As Reasonably Achievable 

Applicable, Relevant, and Appropriate 

Analytical Support Level 

Accelerated Waste Retrieval 

Advanced Waste Water Treatment 

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 

Department of Energy 


Highest allowable minimal detectable concentration 

Integrated Environmental Management Plan 

Integrated Site Environmental Report 

Operable Unit 4 

* pic0 curie 

Sitewide CERCLA Quality assurance plan 

Thermoluminescent Dosimeter 

Waste Acceptance Criteria 

Waste Pits Remedial Action Plan 

iV

F 33 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

a 1 SlLQS *, *: :rROJECTS 

*. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 5 0 6 g 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1.0 General 

The current focus of environmental monitoring at the Fernald Environmental Management 

Project (FEMP) is the implementation of site-wide environmental monitoring and project-specific 

environmental monitoring. Site-wide environmental monitoring is addressed in the Integrated 

Environmental Monitoring Plan (IEMP) while project-specific requirements are addressed within 

the environmental control plans, process control plans, and other design documents which 

constitute the project's remedial design package. For the Silo 3 Project, Silos 1 and 2 

Accelerated Waste Retrieval Project (AWR Project), and Silos 1 and 2 Project, modifications 

to the site-wide environmental program were made to support project activities. The focus of 

this plan is to describe the project-specific and Integrated Environmental Monitoring Plan 

requirements for Operable Unit 4 (OU4) during the conduct of all\ three projects. 

13 2.0 Integrated Environmental Monitoring 

14 

15 

6 

7 

8 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

The IEMP focuses on monitoring air, direct radiation, groundwater, and surface water to ensure 

protection of human health and the environment during the conduct of site-wide remediation 

activities. The IEMP incorporates regulatory requirements for site-wide monitoring, trending, 

reporting, and it serves as the central reporting mechanism to the regulators and stakeholders 

for the ongoing emission control/ monitoring activities at the FEMP. 

3.0 Project-Specific Environmental Monitoring 

Project-specific environmental monitoring requirements are identified in the applicable design 

documentation for both the Silo 3 Project and the AWR Project (References 1 and 2). These 

requirements for the Silos 1 and 2 Project will be identified in the RD package for that project. 

Fluor Fernald Inc. has identified additional enhancements to the existing site monitoring 

program that are integral to all three projects. As a result, this project-specific environmental 

monitoring plan documents the additional requirements addressing air, direct radiation, and 

project wastewater (i.e., slurry wastewater and decontamination wastewater) monitoring 

within and surrounding specified project boundaries that will be established by Fluor Fernald, 

Inc. The need and extent of project-specific monitoring has been evaluated based on the 

following criteria: 

0 Project complexity, extent of contamination, and scope; 

0 Applicable, Relevant, and Appropriate Requirements (ARARs) compliance strategy; 

0 DOE Orders compliance strategy; and, 

0 Existing monitoring data, modeling, and monitoring programs. 

1 of7 

.


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

5 n 5 9 

. f This project-specific environmental monitoring plan considers the location of the projects with -. 

w 

c 2' .' 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

( 18 

. 19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

.. * 37 

.-. _. 

respect to other remediation activities [e.g. the Waste Pit Remedial Action Pian (WPRAP) 

project] and the FEMP boundary. The plan also considers project-specific constraints such as 

the contaminants of concern; the characteristics of the OU4 wastes; and the material transfer, 

handling, and storage processes. Project-specific emission modeling of both normal and upset 

conditions have provided the basis for identifying and instituting process emission controls that 

are protective to the workers, public, and the environment (References 6 and 7). The 

effectiveness of the project-specific emission controls will be evaluated through analysis of 

monitoring results to identify whether increased or altered emission control methods are 

necessary. Project-specific environmental monitoring summary results will be provided in 

project completion reports. 

1 2 3.1 Environmental -. Radiological Air Emissions Monitoring 

1 3 Environmental radiological air monitoring for the Silos Projects will -consist of three programs: 

14 1 ) Project-specific stack monitoring programs; 2) the IEMP air monitoring program (primarily 

15 property boundary and general site areas) including the environmental radon monitoring 

16 network; and 3) the Silos area project-specific air monitoring program (within the Silos project 

' 7 area boundary). 

3.1.1 Project-Specific Stack Monitoring Program 

The Silo 3 and Silos 1 and 2 AWR Project stack monitoring requirements are described in the 

RD Packages for the projects. Radiological contaminants represent the primary contaminants 

of concern, therefore the focus of stack air monitoring will be for radionuclides; however, 

monitoring for other contaminants of concern will be added, as warranted. Stack monitoring 

for the Silos 1 and 2 project will be addressed in the Silos 1 and 2 RD Package. All three 

projects will deploy isokinetic sampling for particulate radionuclides, monitoring, and recording 

of stack exhaust that is compliant with Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 

61, Subpart H, and DOE Order 5400.5, Section IV.6.B. 

Additionally, the stack exhaust will be continuously monitored for radon to verify that 

emissions are controlled such that fence line radon concentrations remain below 0.5 pCi/L, as 

an annual average above background. Exhaust Stack radon concentration data from this 

monitor will be modeled to determine the resulting fenceline radon concentration and verify 

compliance with the annual average 0.5 pCi/l above background fenceline criterion. 

Actual ambient concentrations measured by the fenceline and silo area radon monitors will be 

used to verify the modeling results. These measurements will be compared to historical 

baseline data to identify any trends (Le., increased fenceline concentrations) potentially 

resulting from Silos Project operations. Data from the background monitors specified in the 

2 of 7 

000256

e 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

. 

i 

14 

15 

16 

17 

;: 

20 

, 'r 6. 

.& r, '- 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

e;(& 

J 9 

IEMP will be used to determine background concentrations for use in determining the "annual 

average above-background" concentrations at the fenceline monitors in order to verify that the 

modeled stack data successfully demonstrate compliance with the annual average 0.5 pCi/l 

above background fenceline criterion. 

3.1.2 The IEMP Air Monitoring Program 

The IEMP air monitoring program is an established program that will continue throughout 

remediation. Within the IEMP air monitoring program, the radiological air particulate monitoring 

program provides a fenceline monitoring network for assessing the collective site-wide impact 

of FEMP multiple concurrent remediation activities. This program demonstrates FEMP 

compliance with all ARARs and provides early warning feedback regarding the cumulative 

sitewide effectiveness of project-specific emission controls. The radiological air particulate 

monitoring program is reviewed annually in order to account for changes in remediation 

projects at the FEMP. 

Additionally, within the IEMP air monitoring program, the radon monitoring network has been 

designed to focus on monitoring Silos 1 and 2 headspaces, environmental radon levels in the 

vicinity of the silos, as well as radon levels at the site fenceline. In support of the Silo 3 and 

AWR projects and in anticipation of treatment of Silo1 and 2 material, the IEMP environmental 

radon monitoring network has been modified as described below, and as summarized in 

Revision 1 of this plan. 

21 3.1.3 The IEMP Environmental Radon Monitoring Network 

22 During the Silo 3 Project and the AWR Project, remediation activities directed toward the 

23 removal, processing, and storage of radon-generating wastes create the potential for the 

24 release of radon to the environment. Modifications and additions to the existing IEMP 

25 environmental radon monitoring network were implemented in 2000 and early 2001 to 

26 accommodate construction activities associated with the AWR Project and to better monitor 

27 levels around the Silo 1 and 2 area during the OU4 remediation. Four existing radon monitoring 

28 stations near the K-65 Silos were re-located to accommodate construction activities. . The 

29 monitoring stations were re-located as follows: 

30 0 KNW at the K-65 exclusion fence was moved to the western side of the road, re- 

31 designated KNW-A. 

32 0 KSW at the K-65 exclusion fence was moved to the western side of the road, re- 

33 designated KSW-A. 

34 0 T28 northeast of the K-65 exclusion fence was moved across the road; in the prevailing 

35 . wind direction from the K-65 Silos, re-designated T28A. 

0 KNE at the K-65 exclusion fence was moved approximately 50 feet north of its former 

location and re-designated KNE-A. 


.

. 

1 

2 

- 3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

I 20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

~ -- -- - - - - __ ---4- 'n * 6.-9- __ 

0 

To better monitor radon levels in the K-65 area, five radon monitoring locations were added 

to the existing IEMP radon network in 2000. The monitors currently provide additional 

monitoring of radon levels in the vicinity of the silos and will continue to do so during the Silo 

3 and AWR projects and subsequent operations for the Silos 1 and 2 material. The locations 

and designations for the monitors are: 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

North of Silo 2 at the K-65 exclusion fence, designated KNO. 

South of Silo 1 near the new south camera tower, designated KSO. 

East of Silo 4 and in the prevailing wind direction from Silo 3, designated LP2. 

East of the silo project construction area near Trailer #117, designated T117. 

An additional station was selected on the FEMP's west fenceline-to supplement the 

established IEMP monitoring network. The monitor (PR-1) is co-located with the WPTH-2 

* 

air particulafe monitor, on the western perimeter of the facility. 

The detail of the OU4 radon monitoring locations is shown on Dwg. 94X-5500-SK-5527 

(Attachment A). The map of the entire IEMP radon monitoring network is shown Attachment 

B. In order to accommodate construction activities, it may be necessary to re-locate radon 

monitors. Changes in monitoring locations will be documented and reviewed through the 

Design Change Notice (DCN) process. 

Real-time data from selected fenceline and silos area monitors is available via a secure Internet 

address (the IEMP Data Information Site). The data will include the date and time of the most 

recent transmission, location, and latest radon concentration. This data is sent from the 

monitoring instrumentation without review or validation. Data review and validation will be 

conducted in a manner consistent with the current methods used under the IEMP radon 

monitoring program. Monthly radon summary data will also be posted to the IEMP Data 

Information Site after quarterly data quality reviews are completed. 

3.1.4 Project-Specific Air Particulate Monitoring Program 

The IEMP air particulate monitoring program, which is based on air monitors located at the 

FEMP's perimeter fenceline, provides early warning feedback regarding the cumulative sitewide 

effectiveness of all remediation project emission controls. The OU4 project-specific air 

particulate monitoring program will provide data that confirms the performance of the projects' 

emissions controls. In addition to providing confirmatory data, the monitoring program will also 

provide data to quantify the nature and extent of releases from the projects in the event of an 

upset condition. The program consists of four high-volume particulate air samplers that are 

co-located with the radon monitors at the Bio-surge lagoon, LP2, T117, and KNW-A locations 

shown on Attachment A. These samplers maintain a consistent air sample flow rate between 

40 and 50 cubic feet per minute through an 8 by 10-inch filter. In order to accommodate 

QOWS8 

4 of 7

L 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 


40000-PL-0010 

. .? !\\ r- 

I’ I- . 

e- 5069 

c 

August 29, 2002 

. construction activities, it may be necessary to re-locate air monitors. Changes in monitoring 

locations will be documented and reviewed through the Design Change Notice (DCN) process. 

The sampling and analysis program will consist of bi-weekly isotopic thorium, radium-226, and 

total particulate analyses. Results from the isotopic thorium analysis (thorium-228, thorium- 

230, and thorium-232) will be used to specifically monitor thorium-230, the primary isotope 

of concern within the Silo 3 residues. The radium-226 analysis will be used to assess the 

effectiveness of prosess-control measures during the Silo 3 and AWR projects. Total 

particulate analysis will be used to determine if the results are indicative of project emissions 

or reflect the measurement of fugitive emissions from other sources (e.g. dust from 

construction vehicle traffic). The Project may evaluate the feasibility of changing the sample 

frequency (from biweekly to weekly or monthly) based upon factors such as historical results, 

the status of Silos Project activities, results from occupational particulate monitors, and the 

frequency of other IEMP boundary monitors. Any proposed change to the particulate sample 

analysis frequency will be documented and reviewed through the DCN process. . 

Samples will be analyzed according to the requirements for Analytical Support Level (ASL) B 

in the Sitewide CERCLA Quality (SCQ) assurance plan. The highest allowable minimal 

detectable concentrations (HAMDCs) for ASL B are 9.0 pCi/filter for isotopic thorium analyses 

and 4.0 pCi/filter for radium-226 analysis. 

3.2 Direct Radiation Monitoring 

In addition to airborne emissions, exposure to direct radiation is also a radiological hazard at 

the FEMP, particularly in the vicinity of Silo 1 and Silo 2. Direct, (penetrating) radiation is 

emitted from the radioactive materials stored onsite. The largest source of penetrating 

radiation at the FEMP results from the transformation of radium-bearing materials stored in 

Silos 1 and 2. 

The existing IEMP environmental monitoring network includes five locations that monitor direct 

radiation levels in the vicinity of Silos 1 and 2. The monitoring is conducted using 

thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLDs). The monitoring network has been established and the 

locations were strategically chosen to ensure a monitoring envelope for each radiation source. 

During the AWR Project, major sources of direct radiation at the FEMP will undergo change. 

For example, the operation of the Radon Control System (RCS) is expected to result in lower 

direct radiation levels on top of the silos and elevated direct radiation levels adjacent to the 

carbon beds. The removal of the berm surrounding Silos 1 and 2 will result in changes to 

existing radiation shielding. These processes, together with the removal and relocation of the 

silo wastes to the Transfer Tank Area (TTA) may require modification of the IEMP TLD network 

to ensure adequate coverage of direct radiation sources. 


000259

-- f ' .. 


40000-PL-0010 

______ 0-69-. _- August 29, __ 2002 

l 

/ 

1 The existing IEMP TLD monitoring network will be modified in late 2002 to take into account 

2 the pending relocation of the wastes stored in the K-65 silos. As necessary, current TLD 

3 locations will be adjusted and new TLD locations added to adequately characterize and monitor 

4 the direct radiation in the vicinity of the AWR project and the site fenceline. The following 

5 new TLD locations are planned for the Silos area: 

6 0 Location 43 located on the western side of the Silos, near the KNW-A radon monitor, 

7 0 Location 44 located on the western side of the Silos, near the KSW-A radon monitor. 

8 Location 45 located on the southern side of the Silos, near the KSO radon monitor 

9 0 Location 46 located on the project boundary south on the transfer tank area building 

10 0 Location 47 located on the project boundary south of the planned location of the Silos 1 

11 and 2 remediation facility 

12 

13 

14 

15 

The silo area dirpct radiation monitoring locations (TLDs) are shown in Attachment A. Due to 

project construction activities, it may be necessary to re-locate TLDs. Changes in monitoring 

locations will be documented and approved through the DCN process 

16 3.3 Wastewater Monitoring 

17 All wastewater from the Silo 3 Project, AWR Project, and Silos 1 and 2 Project will be 

I 8 discharged to the FEMP Advanced Wastewater Treatment ( A M ) facility, after sampling to 

19 confirm that it is acceptable for transfer. Expected wastewater streams from Silos Project 

20 activities will be appropriately incorporated into the FEMP NPDES permit. Given the expected 

21 characteristics of the wastewater, and the discharge criteria for the AWWT, no wastewater 

22 unacceptable for transfer to the AWWT is expected to be generated. If analytical results for 

23 a particular batch of wastewater are found to be unacceptable, the batch will be managed on 

24 a case-by-case basis at the direction of AWWT operations. The specific disposition of the 

25 wastewater will be dependant upon factors including the amount, and specific characteristics 

26 of the batch of wastewater and upon current and planned AWWT operations at the time the 

27 AWR wastewater is generated. Details on the disposition of wastewater from each project 

28 

29 

30 

are provided in the Environmental Control Plan included in each project's Remedial Design 

- 

Package. 

31 Groundwater Monitoring 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

.- 37 

Groundwater monitoring is currently managed by the Aquifer Restoration Project (ARP). The 

ARP provides the monitoring necessary to identify the effect of FEMP remediation activities. 

This monitoring is adequate for assessing potential impacts on groundwater quality due to the 

Silo 3 and AWR projects. In the event that collection of groundwater samples is needed to 

support the projects (or to assess any incidental releases), ARP managers will be notified to 

coordinate the appropriate groundwater monitoring activity. 


2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

4.0 Reporting 

Silos Project Environmental Monitoring Pian 

40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

5-- 5Qh9 

All project-specific environmental monitoring will be reported in Project Completion Reports, 

which will include a summary of the results generated during the projects. For radon 

monitoring, the report will identify each of the radon monitoring locations and the minimum, 

maximum, and average radon levels at each of those locations. For project-specific air 

particulate monitoring, the report will identify each of the monitoring locations and the 

minimum, maximum, and average levels of each analyte at each of the locations. For direct 

radiation monitoring, the report will include -TLD locations and a summary of quarterly results. 

Data from the radon monitors discussed in Section 3.1.3 will be reported in the IEMP mid-year 

summary and the Site Environmental Report (SER) in addition to the radon summary data and 

real-time radon data available through the IEMP Data Information Site. Direct radiation 

monitoring datasfrom the TLD locations discussed in Section 3.2 will also be reported in these 

two IEMP reports. In addition, other project-specific data may be reported as necessary in the 

IEMP mid-year report or SER to explain results that have the potential to impact regulatory 

compliance limits as measured through the IEMP air monitoring program. 

5.0 References 

Revised Silo 3 Project Remedial Design Package, 40430-RDP-0001, May 2002. 

Revised Silos 1 and 2 Accelerated Waste Retrieval Project Remedial Design Package, 

June 2002 

Environmental Control Plan for the Silos 1 and 2 Accelerated Waste Retrieval Project, 

407 10-PL-0007, June 2002. 

Silo 3 Project Environmental Control Pian, 40430-PL-0005, April 2002. 

Integrated Environmental Monitoring Plan, 2505-WP-0022, Revision 2 January 200 1 . 

Preliminary Hazards Analysis Report for Silo 3, RMR-0445-0056-002, Rocky Mountain 

Remediation Services, January 2000. 

Preliminary Hazards Analysis report for the Silos 1 and 2 Accelerated Waste Retrieval 

Project, 624-P622-50, Foster Wheeler Environmental Corporation, January 2000 



40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

i’ a 5069 

-. 

Attachment A 

008262

A 

I 

8 I 7 I 6 I 5 0 4 I 3 I 2 I' 1 

a 

8 

8 

8 

9 

8 8 

s 

8 m 

(0 

2 * 

9 

0 

Q) u1 

2 

* 

0 

0 e * 

2 

s! 

r- * 

2 

9 

8 N 

r- * 

2 

0 

n 

yc * 

2 

3 

s 

2 

UY r- 8 

* 

2 

8 r- * 

2 

2 

r- * 

2 

w 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

td 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

w 

I 

I I 

BADGE IN 

STATION 

t- 

- N. 481100.0 

- N. 481Ooo.o 

- N. 480900.0 

- N. 480700.0 

i - N. 480600.0 

i i 

i 

i 

=!= --,RALLY(poINT 

I o 

i 

i 

- N. 480500.0 

i - N. 480300.0 

i 

-N. 480200.0 

--N. 480100.0 

+ 

0 

H 

# 

A 

0 

JFGFND OF SYMaqLs 

= RADON MONITOR LOCATION 

= RALLY POINT LOCATION 

= BADGE IN STATION LOCATION 

= EXISTING TLD LOCATION 

= NEW TLD LOCATION 

= HIGH VOLUME PtmncuuTE 

MONITOR LOCATION 

DEPARTMENT OF -ENERGY 

FERNAID ENVlRONMENfAL MANAGEMENT PROJECl 

LI-llWo- 

FLUOR DANIEL 

I FERNALD 

9- 

RADON MONITOR LOCATION 

SILOS AREA LOCATION PLAN 

OU 4 SILOS PROJECT

-. 

Attachment B 


40000-PL-0010 

August 29, 2002 

5069

SEE DRAWING 

94X-5500-SK-5527 

. .. . . . . 

.. 

LEGEND: 

RAD1 OLOGl-CAL AI R MO N IT0 RI N G LO CAT1 0 N S 

AMs- 12 

( BACKGROUND 

-@A 

3.2 MILES 

MORGAN 

TOWNSHIP 

AMs- 16 

C BACKGROUND) 

6:2 MILES 

MIAMITDWN, PA 

OHIO 16 

/"\ -' 

a - SILO ____ HEAd SPACE RADON --- FEMP BOUNDARY 

--_ .CAI 

LOCATION 0 AMS LOCATION I A ~ A T I ~ L I 

A RAOC IN LOCATION 

LVLn I IUlY El WPTh LU~MIIUI- ,/ CENTER OF PRODUCTION 

0007fi.~ AREA TO OFF MAP LOCATION 

a I n fiAmnN i DENOTES DISTANCE FROM 

I 

e PKUJLLI ^3EC1 3t FI C 

1-OCATION MAP FOR AIR MON --- ITORING LOCATIONS 

P 

-.. 

-a 

ANALYTICAL .REGIME 

AMS - BIWEEKLY 

* TOTAL U 

* TOTAL PARTICULATE 

- QUARTERLY COMPOSITE 

* u234 

, u 2w/u6, u 2sB 

* Thz8, Th 2x1 Th 

WPTH - BIWEEKLY 

252 

* Th*'# Th 250 8 Th 

* TOTAL PARTICULATE 

2000 1000 

SCALE 

2s2 

5869 

000265 

.. 

0 ' 2000 FEEI 

Mor. 27. 2000

a 

SILOS PROJECT 

Health and 

Safety Controls 

40000-PL-00 14 

MARCH 2002 


FERNALD OHIO 

U S DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 000266

a. 

This document has been reviewed and approved by 

40000-PL 0014 H&S Controls 

Project Manager - - Date 4//8/oS 

Health and Safety 

Manager Date 

Industrial Safety 

Lead Date 

Industrial Hygiene 

Lead 

Page i 

Date 

#/Fa L 

q?qki- 

000267 

5069

40000 PL 0014 H&S Controls 

The Health and Safety Controls portion of the Remedial Design Package is designed to illustrate 

the planned preventative or mitigative measures to address the occupational hazards identified 

for the Silos Project The Health and Safety Controls are presented consistent with the Silos 

Health and Safety Plan The Silos Health and Safety Plan takes into account the specific hazards 

inherent to the Silos Project site and presents procedures to be followed by Fluor Fernald its 

subcontractors and all other on site personnel to avoid and if necessary protect against health 

and/or safety hazards Exhibit 1 0 1 an excerpt from the Silos Health and Safety Plan illustrates 

the activities associated with the Silos Project and the hazards associated with the activities 

. The Health and Safety Matrix (Exhibit 1 0 2) lists the occupational hazards as identified in the 

Silos Project Health and Safety Plan The hazards identified in the Health and Safety Matrix are 

limited to those considered to be common construction and/or occupational safety hazards 

These hazards are addressed by the safety programs policies and procedures used to ensure that 

work is performed safely Some of the health and safety controls used to mitigate the 

occupational hazards identified are listed in terms of 

0 Frequency and type of monitoring required 

0 Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) 

0 Trahinp Requirements 

0 Medical Monitoring Requirements 

0 Administrative and Engineering Control Measures 

0 Permit@) 

0 Decontamination and Disposal Procedures 

The FEW Emergency Plan PL 3020 describes the emergency management program that 

responds to potential hazards at the site Potential hazards identified at FEME) include severe 

weather hazardous and radiological material releases bomb threats vehicldtransportation 

accidents earthquakes and other events The Emergency Plan identifies the responsible parties 

to contact in the event of an emergency and details which personnel would respond to the event 

Specific elements of emergency support procedures are addressed in the Silos Project Health and 

Safety Plan These elements include communications local emergency support units 

preparation for medical emergencies first aid for injuries incurred on site record keeping and 

emergency site evacuation procedures 

The health and safety controls will be developed firther as the Operations Phase of the Silos 

Project is hrther delineated and with the development of activity specific Work Plans 

Additional occupational hazards and associated mitigative measures may be identified as the 

project progresses 

Page 1 of 18 

5069

I 

r 

tp 

t 

1 

m 

f 

z 

0 

0 

3 0 

0 

0 

EL 

c 

c, 

Q 

s 

v) 

a 

.e e 

m 

a

E: 

(d - P k a 

-I 

tE 

c 

4 

- 5069 

I

1 5 

5 L 

- m 

P 

f 

0 

0 

-!I 

4. 

0 

.- 

or 

I 

I 

I 

5069

080273

L 5 

- m 

Q, 

I 

d 

v- 

0 

3 

4 0 

0 

* 

I 

5069 

000274

sg 

2. 

E 

Q 

9 

50 69 

L-

E 

0 

B 

I- 

O 

4 

I 

50 69

i 

a 

f - 

8 

- c l 

(. 

E 

4 

h 

C 

C 

C 

C 

1 

tl 

000277 

5069

: ."! 

. * , _ 

-- 5069

C 

a 

f - 

- 0 

5 

: 

5 

H 

C 

C 

C 

C 

d

i- 't 

',- ? . 50 69 

000.280

u) 

L 

c el . ; 

2. I 

I 000281 

I 

I 

1 

I

! 4 

z 

0 

0 

.- 

A< 

1 

- 5069

Q 

5 

- a 

I 

! j 

d 

T- 

O 

0 

4 

% 0 

0 

0 

-r 

I 

a 

000283 

I

I 506

Civil Drawings 

94X-3900-G-01297 Civil Site Plan 

94X-3900-G-01298 Grading, Drainage, and Erosion Control Plan 



5069

a 

a 

I I 

I---. .._ 7 

I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 

I 

3 4 I 5 I 6 

5 l 6 7 I a 

- 2 

I 

\IOTES: 

I 

i FOR GEEERAL WTES NO LE- SEE y(EET G3102. 

!. FOR ENfRAL ARR*HGDIENT YE PEE1 uooO1. 

1. FOR STRVCTUFVL FC4QQATVIS NO BulLDHts Sa SHEET SOUO. 

- 

r 

, 5069 

IINATE LISTIN( 

cool - 

= 

1 

2 

3 

4 

- 5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

m 

11 

12 

13 

u 

15 

16 

l7 

m 

19 

- 

& 

& 27 

28 - 

48087154 

480869.58 

480892.57 

480890.54 

480868.71 

480867.24 

480839.85 

480857.32 

480780.01 

480781.21 ; 

480775.S. 

480775.26 

480737.94 

480724.50 

480702.26 

480704.l2 

480708.98 

480711.76 

480815.22 

480815.0 

?%E 

t-2!zE& 

u*c*h.* 

480851.35 

480874.36 

ESTNG 

~4rma.n 

l347010.47 

l347onlo 

l347085.39 

1347067.59 

U47121.57 

1347129.07 

134702.94 

l3470l.37 

047127.47 

l347U7.31 

l347U1.56 

l347U0.54 

U47l34.17 

l347Lu.56 

1347065.59 

l347oM.80 

U46963.34 

-6966.12 

- 

l347065.85 

wi$mY 

1347028.29 

REF DWG NO. DRAWNC TITLE 

YO001 YECMICM/GDERM LRRANGEYENT PLOT PLul 

SO120 STRUCTURUFOWDATUWS GENERAL STE PLAN 

1 

SCKE: 1"- 20' 

I -auuam--o.n 

Imnl CI 

IMSIom 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

ERNMD WR-AL YANAGEMENT PROJECT 

REvDm PER DCN 401.30-EG-073 I....lud/ 

!3Lo 3

!_ ".""".. I 

.. 

. .. ... 

.. 

I-- ... 

I 

L 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 7 I a 

I I 

I I I 

NOTES: 

I 

1. NL ORMNAGE SWLL BE WECTEJJ TOWIRD ONE OF THE EXSTNC 

SA PAD OrUINKiE S TWTWES WHERE POSSBLE. 

2. AIL sED.ENT pw) EROSION CMROL FEATlRES WUL BE WST*LLEO 

AS RECUSED AND OPERATIDNK FWOR TO ELRTH WSTWANCE 

ACTIVITIES. 

3. CONTRACTOR SHML BE RESP0NSrBI.f FOR RWOVK OF STORYWATER 

COUTCTW 

WATER RESUTIMC IN MEAS FROM EXCAVATED RPPIU: BELOW OF CROUH) GRADE. OR *NI -OFF DISOURCE WATER 

IRE& L(VST BE ROUTED T~ROUQI 

SEDDIENTATDN co)(TRoL STRLICTUES *M) NOT DISCHLRGED WIECTL' 

NTO REECOVWC CH-s. RVNOFF ouu Ef VUUCED IN 

ACCORDANCE 

A)(D TRWSPMITED VllH FEW IO AN STORUWATER 

ON-SITE LOCATUN PoUWlON DETERWO PREVENTION BY THE RAN 

FROU TRD(Ms OR o m 

OWNER. 

4. ROOF DRMS FROU KL BULMNGS W L W TO THE EAST 

TOWIRD THE ISA P*D WHWE PO==. 

5. SBT FENCE LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE AVROXOIATE. PM) KJDITIONAL 

SILT FENCE AND/OR ADJUST LOCATION AS )(EcEssARY TO WET 

FlELD COLWTIONS. 

6. GRADE OlTW TO FLOW TO THE NORTH.. 

7. CONTRPETOR YWI PROECT EXISTNC CATCn ESNS UUI OTHER 

STORUWATER CONTROLS DURMG CONSTRUCTION. 

- 5069 

9. FOR GEMRK NOTES LEGEND AND u Tnm MSICNATORS SEE 

=ET ~31~2. 

3. .EXCAVATKN. GR-C PNO 8PCXFILl.INt W U BE PERFORYED FOR 

THE sno REWNFORCEUENT DELIONSTRATION N THE SILO 4 PREA 

REF DWG NO. 

I 

DRAWING TITLE 

I 

SCNE: 1"- 20 

UNITED STATES 

- 

n M lRvm[ I 

D_ 

-P-- 

L(yII0MTI 


FERNALD RlvlROWYDCTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECl 

TKTDLWmPmeY

W 

n 

U

Process Flow Diagrams 

94X-3900-F-01428 Material Balance Table 

94X-3900-F-0 1 429 Material Retrieval and Feed Systems 

94X-3900-F-0143 1 Process Vent and Packaging Systems 

94X-3900-F-0 1 430 Additive and Wastewater Systems 

94X-3900-F-01432 Plant, Instrument, and Breathing Air Systems 



000289

+ 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I a 

STREAM DESCRPTION 

TOTAL FLOW 

TO PROCESS 

EXHWST FANS 

TOT& FLOW 

FROM PROCESS 

EXHAVST FMIS 

PROCESS 

BVlLOlNG 

EXHAUST 

SILO 3 - MATERIAL BALANCE TABLE 

TOT* EXHAUST 

oncHmcx OF 

FROU STACK EXCAVATOR ROOU 

PND EXCAVATOR 

SERVICE ROOM 

SWAP PVUPS 

oncnmx OF 

WASTEWATER 

PUUPS --- 

PHASE 2 bPPLLS TO EXCAVATION OF SLO 3 UATERIAL. 

3. UWOR OlSCREP/WCIES IN UASS BALANCE t4J.f THE RESULT OF 

, EITHER ROUNDOFF OR TRUNCATIOII. 

1. ESTIUATEO 

TOT& OUANTITY TO BE OF 5088 SLO yoa. 3 UATERIAL TO BE REUOMO IS 

6. OENSlTY OF 42.4 LBlFT J WAS USE0 FOR SLO 3 UATERIAL 

FROU lQSTORC& DATA LNO CHmRLETERIZAWJN. TREATLBILITY 

#MI COUPACTION STVDY. 

7.mo 3 UATEWAL n 5.2% WATER BY WEIGHT FROM 

STABelZATlON WORK PLAN 40430-WP-ooO2. 

NOTES: 506.9 

1. DURWG PHASE 2. PIR WILL BE REUOVED USING STREW 6. 

2. DCRlNG PHASE 1. AIR CbN BE REUOVEO USING STREW 6 

WRtNC SPOOL PIECE ADOITION TO PNELIUATIC VACWM WAND 

ASSEMEiY. 

3.STREAMS 18 AND 19 ARE OPERATED lNOlVlOUALLY 

MATERIAL 

7.BASED ON 5% BY WEIGHT OF SILO 3 MATERIAL IN THE 

WASTEWATER STREAU. 

3.THE FLW RATES SHOWN ARE INSTANTANEOUS. 

REF OWG NO. DRAW niLE 

PFO-WTWLL RETRIEVAL *H) FEE0 SYSTEUS 

FUEC FROU PVS DISCHARGE 

WASTEWATER OF VACUUM NTERYITTENT EXHWST 

13 FEES 

PFD-PROCESS VENT AND PAWXNC SlSTEUS 

COLLECTION S W PUUP FROU FEES 

ENS AhB 

COLLECTION 

PFD-LWITIYE M@ WASTEWATER SYSTEUS 

SYSTEY BWS 

m2qEENG 

10004 I H V L NR FLOW DUCRW 

8 STREAM NUMBER 

* STREAM DESCRIPTION 

SoMuLl FERROUS SULFATE CXLUTION WATER WED ADolTlVE )roxED ADDITIVE YXEO MOlTlVE NOZZLE FLUSH NOZZLE FLUSH SILO 3 MATERIAL 

LIOIK)SUFONATE TO MOlTNE MX TO AOOlTNE TO CHARGE TO PACK= TO PACKPGE 

TO LDMTNE UIX T M MX T M TANKSAMIOB LONJNG 

TPNK STAN0 A STMIO e Lome 

STMiO A 

LOmNG 

STAN0 B 

2.PHpsE IbPPLlES TO REUUATK: REUOVU Of YLO 3 UATERIAL. 

5. A PHASE OESlGNATION NOICATES USAGE OUN4TITY OUR!NG 

THE W1CATEO PHASE ONLY. NO PHASE OESWATIOW INDICATES 

USffiE OUANTITY IS THE W E OURP4C BOTH PHASES OF 

0PERATK)FI. 

S.STREAM 14 WILL BE IN OPERATION OURING PHASE 1 AND 

SILO 1 INTRUSION ACTIVITIES (CUTTING OF THE CONCRETE 

I4LL ). 

6.STREAH 9 OPERATES OWING PHASE 1 TO PROVIDE A SLIGHT 

VACUUM ON FEED CONVEYOR (FOR-10-5102). 

8.STREANS 13A AN0 138 ARE NOT ACTIVE AT THE SAUE TIME. 

10.RADON FLOW RATES ARE IN THE RANGE OF 1 X 10-6 CilHR, 

WHICH IS CONSIOEREO TO BE NEGLIGIBLE. 

I.RAOON CONCENTRATIONS ARE CONSIDERED TO BE NEGLIGIBLE~ 

il3.ONLY ONE OF THE SUU? P W S WILL OPERATE AT A TIME. : 

\14.STREAU 18 IS SILO 3 MATERIAL PLUS ADDITIVES AN0 WATER : 

1 REMSED PER CCN 40430-EG-035 

0 SlEDTOCO)(STRVETDN m N m m m 

II. .o 

a m - m - - 

.DI .nw I 

lMulDDuL 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD MVWoHlDlTAL NANAGEMENT PROJEC1 

lI6-mmEl 

FLOW MAGRALlS 

PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAkl

AHBlE 

AIR 

FLT-10-5070 

UT-10-507Q 

SUPPLY HEPA 

FILTER 

I 

SILO 3 

t 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

9' 

ExC-11-s~ 

EXCAVATOR 

EAR-1 1 -50s 

EXCAVATOR 

ROOM REGISTER 

! 

- 

! 

! TO FINES 

! COLLECTIN BINS ANC 

PACKAGING SYSTEMS 

I F0003 ) 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

OUST TO PROCESS COLLECTORS VENT 

! 

OCL-19-5202AAB 

I 

I 

ROF-10-51 Q4 

&BN-11-5014 tW-62-5642 QFC-11- FOR-10-51QZ ELT - _ 

NOTE 9 ! 

J 

YO-1 D-5006 . 

F0003 

TO CONTAINER 

YINACEUENT AND 

PACKAGING SYSTEM 

TO CONTAINER 

YINAGEYNT AN0 

. PACKAGING 

SKO-25-52508 SYSTEU 

I F0003 ) 

TO WASTEWATER TANK 

10 5004 m a BLR-lMppg 

RETRIEVAL 

BIN 

EXCAVATOR ROOH 

suw PUW 

INCLINE0 

CONVEYOR 

PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL 

COLLECTOR 

FEE0 CONVEYOR HEPA FILTER VACUUM BLOYER 

SKID 

PRIMARY 

ROTARY FEEDER 

PNEUUAT I C RETRIEVAL 

BLOWER 

- _ 

PMP-67-5404 FDR-11-5lM) - - @OF-10-5 1 10 

RETRIEVAL 

BIN REGISTER 

EXCAVITOR SERVICE 

RO(lU SUW PUMP 

TRANSFER CWVEYOR CARTRIDGE FILTER SECONDARY 

ROTARY FEEDER 

BLR-10-500Q 

AUXILIARY VACWU 

BLOWER 

FJR-11-5106 FOR-10-5104 

RETRIEVAL BIN 

DISCHARGE FEEDER 

PNEUWT 1 C RETR I EVIL 

CmLECTOR DISCHARGE 

FEEDER 

7 8 

GENERAL NOTES: 

1. ALL SYUBOLOGY (E.G.. VALVES. SPECIALTY ITEHS. 

ABBREVIATIONS. SYSTEU NAMES AN0 NUMBERS. AND EOUIPWNT 

DESIGNATORS) ARE PROVIDE0 ON PIPING AN0 INSTRUU€NT 

DIAGRAMS NO001 AND N0003. 

NOTES: 

1 .PHANTOU LINES (--.------IINOICATE ALTERNATE OPERATION. 

2-STREAM 6 IS USEO FOR VACUUU RETRIEVAL WAN0 

ASSEWLY MANIPULATIONS AN0 UJVEUENT. AN0 SPOOLPIECE 

IOOITION. DURING PHASE 1. 

3.ENC-10-5020 IS TYPICAL OF FIVE SILO-OOLf LOCATIONS. 

4.STREAM 9 IS IN SERVICE DURING BOTH PHASE 1 AN0 PHASE 2. 

5.STREAM 10 :S IN SERVICE @NLY DURING PHASE 2. 

€.AIR SUPPLIEJ BY HVAC. REF DUG. No. 94X-3900-H-01304 

(H00031. 

1. 

B.REGISTER USEO TO EXHAUST EXCAVATOR ROOM DURING PNEUMATIC 

RETRIEVAL ANQ OURING SILO 3 WALL CUTTING. 

O.ONLY ONE OF THE SUW PUMPS WILL OPERATE AT A TIME. 

REF OWG NO, 

DWWG TITLE 

Do01 PFD-UAErUbL BbLINtE TABLE 

I 

1 

I l l 

2 I REVISED PER DCN 40430-AG-065 Gw, I d I QM 

1 REVISED PER 004 40430-JEG-035 

OUEDloJ a JTN 

0 lSSUEDT0CONSlRUCTDN 

n p. 

IpILauuv- 

m m UPU m 

m Rvn n 

-*oMlE 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD ENVIR-AL MANAGENEN1 PROJECT 

n 6 D U B r n D B T 

DpEm 

FLOW MAGRAMS 

PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM

FROM SUPPLY 

FROM EUlLOlNG 

HVAC SYSTEM 

H0005 

sskLe&u 

I 

A 

I 2 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

z 

7 

I c 

1 

- - 

FLT-1942046 

-@- 

FAN-19-52W lA 


1.ALL SYU5OLOGY LE.G.. VILVES. SPECI(UTY ITEUS. 

ABBREVIATIONS. SYSTEY HIYES 4NO NUWEAS. IN0 EOUIPbENT 

OESIGNATORSI ARE PROVIOEO ON PIPING 4NO INSTRUYENT 


7 5069 

’. FINES FROM PROCESS VENT DUST COLLECTDRS ARE 

COLLECTED IN FINES CDLLECTION BINS. &FER BIN IS 

FILLED. FINES ARE TRANSPORTEO VIA PNEUUATIC RETRIEVAL 

SYSTEY ONLY ONE EACK BIN TO IS THE EWTIEO PNEUMATIC AT A RETRIEVAL 

TILE. COLLECTCR. 

1. PHANTOM LINES I------IINOICATE ALTERNATE OPERATION. 

! 

I 

I 

- - 

1 

I 

! HEN-19-w ! 

! ! 

UT-19-5204B 

I I 

I 

I 

I 

FAN-19-52Om 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

i 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

CARGO 

CONTAINER 

FAN-l9-52Q§A 

PROCESS EXHAUST 

PROCESS pFL-19-5202A VENT FINES COLLECTION EXHAUST $TK-l9-5209 STACK 

FAN A OUST CDLLECTDR A 

BIN A 

FL 1-19-52048 FAN-19-5m EL-19-52oa YBN-19-52058 GEM-(9-52011 

AND PROCESS KPA FILTER E 

PROCESS EXHAUST PROCESS VENT FINES COLLECTION CONTINUOUS 

FAN E 

OUST COLLECTOR E 

BIN E 

EYI SS I ONS 

roIllToR 

- .. - 2 

- 3 4 I 5 I 6 

I 

u unom3 

r . 

AND PROCESS HEPA FILER A BRIDGE CRANE 

STK-19-52B _ - ae 

TO PNEUMATIC 

RETRIEVAL 

OCL-10-5002 COLLECTCR 

TO ENVIROCARE 

--I EIL > 

a. PNEUMATIC CONVEYING CONNECTIONS ARE PROVIOEO AT 

THE LOADING SPOUTS FOR VACLNY ATTACHYNTS. THESE 

ATTACHKNTS ARE USE0 TO RECOVER YATERIAL IN THE 

EVENT OF AN OVERFILLED BAG. 

5. STREAM 20 IS EWALLY SPLIT BETWEEN PACKAGING STATION 

EXHAUST REGISTERS Am. 

I 

I REVlSEOPEROCIl404SD-JEGQ55 

) bsLEDT0coNsTRucTRhl olmw m 

D 

-mmFwux-- 

.yI Rvn I 

.IDIsIoMlE 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD WRONUENTAL UANAGEMENT PROJECT 

Q6lPIIEmvmDBI

i I I I I 

I 2 3 4 

DOKSTIC WATER 

FROM EXISTING 

4' UAlN 

BIL - 

FROM SUUP PUMPS 

PUP-62-5404 6 

PHP-62-5642 

I FOOOZ > 

~ 

BFP 

A 

TNI(-44-5000 PMP-'4_ypppg 

FERROUS SULATE 

TANK 

MXA-4 4 -5009 

~~~~f~ 

PUMP 

UXA-44-5002 

ADDITIVE MIX 

TANK AGITATOR 

il 

BFp 0 

I R 

5 6 7 I 

- NOTE 1 

EYEWASH 

TO SAFETY STATIONS SHOWER/ 

OOIESTIC WATER 

PRCCESS WATER 

I TO UTlLlTY 

SiAi rotis 

I 4 

< 

< 

lp- 

TO NOZ-25-5260A 

PW-44-5W4R 

NOTES: 

I. SEE PLD ~~X-J~W-N-OU~~. NOW. FOR DETAILS. 

CHmCWG TO THE FEE0 CIQITES. 

3. CTER EACH BAC-FILLINC CYCLE, PROCESS WATER IS INTRODUCE[ 

INTO THE SUCTION LWS OF THE WTIM CHAFGE WMPS TO 

FLUS4 OUT THE NOZZLES. THE SPENT FLUSH WATER IS 

WHmGED TO THE BAGS. 


- 5069 

1.ALL SY)rBOLOGY fE.G.+ VALVES. SPECIALTY ITEMS. 

ABBREVIATIONS. SYSTEU NAtES AND NUMBERS. AN0 EOUIPKNT 

DESIGNATORS) ARE PROVIDED ON PIPING AND INSTRUUENT 


REF OWG NO. WwNG mLE 

1001 PFDWTERIbL WANE TABLE 

)02 PFD-WTWM RETRIEVK *ND m0 SYSTEMS 

I105 I PLID-WASTEWATER SYSTEU 

Ill4 

1 PbID-WMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 

UNITED STATES 


RRNALD ENVRO)O(TAL YANAGMHT PROJECT 

llsDulGmwLn

a 

I 1 I 

_ -- _ -.._..____..-.. - -..- 

I 7 

AMBIENT 

AIR 

1 I 

AUBIENT j 

AIR 

I 

1 

I 

j 

I 

AMBIENT i 

AIR 

j 

! 

i 

1 

j 

! 

AMBIENT j 

AIR 

ACP-40-51Zpe 

j ACP-40-53208 

! 

I 

1 

i 

1 

- 

II 

m 

1 I 

a~r-qo-51~8 j 

I 

1 n i 

- 1 

ART-40-531 Q 

.I I V I I I 

1 

I 

i 

I i 

j 

I I 

I 

j 

! 

I 

[p-] 

j CONDENSATE 

TO GRADE 

! 

I 

1 

i 

I 

j 

1 

I 

CONDENSATE 

$KO-41 -5350 TO GRADE 

I 1 

i I 

! 1 

I I 

i 

i 

4cp-41-53hpB 

ACP4143W 

ART-4 1 -= 

- D 

pm SKO-41-5354 - 

i 

I 

i 

I 

AFTERFILTER W/ACTI VATEO CO NONITOR 1 

CARBON 

SKD-41-5350 pCP-40-532W ACP-41S360 

A S l ( D - 4 0 - 5 3 0 2 ART-41-5352 ART-40-5303 ADR-40-5312A SKD-4 1-5354 ART-40-5310 

LANT/INSTRUUENT AIR 

COMPRESSOR SKI0 

BREATHING AIR 

COMPRESSOR SKID 

AIR COYPRESSOR A BREATHING AIR 

COWRESSOR A 

REFRIGERATIW 

ORYER SKID 

BREATHING AIR 

RECEIVER TANK 

PLANT AIR 

RECEIVER TANK 

DESICCANT 

VESSEL A 

REFRIGERATION DRYER 

SI: IO 

INSTRUYNT AIR 

RECEIVER TANK 

~~-40--53a LtP-41-53508 

AIR COYPRESSOR B BREATHING AIR 

COYPRESSOR B 

n0~-40-53128 

DESICCANT 

VESSEL B 

j 

! 

j 

! 

j 

TO PLANT AIR 

I TO INSTRUMENT AIR 

USERS 

NOTE 2 

I 

1 

i 

TU BREATHING 

j AIR USERS 

I 

-1 NOTE 3 

j 

I 

CONDENSATE 

TO GRADE 

NOTES: 

1. SEE PdlO N0111. FOR DETAILS. 

2. SEE ?610 N0113. FOR DETAILS. 

3. SEE PdlD N0112. FOR DETAIL:. 


+ 5069 

1. ALL SYYBOLOGY 4E.G.. VALVES. SPECIALTY ITEMS. 

ABBREVIATIOE~S. SYSTEM NAUES AND NUMBERS. AND EOUIPUENT 

DESIGNATORS) ARE PROVIDED ON PIPING AND INSTRUMENT 

DIAGRAMS NO001 AN0 N0003. 

REF OWG No. I DRAWWG TITLE 

3m PWI-PCANT NR SYSTEY 

3m PIID-MTRULWT NR SfSTEU 

5110 PIID-BREATHDIG CIR SYSTEM 

5111 l'&ID-PLPNT PIR SYSTN CONNECTIONS 

3112 I PLID-BREATHDIG CIR SYSTEM CONNECTIONS 

1113 I PLID-MTRUUENT MI SYSTEU CONMCTONS 

E 

YE I-m 4M3D 

DpyTTllLL 

FLOW OIAGRAUS 

PROCESS FLOW OMRAM 

DDemP 

94X-3900-F-01432 

A

v .. 

a 

0

Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams 

94X-3900-N-0138 1 Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous 

94X-3900-N-01382 Instrumentation 

94X-3900-N-01383 Equipment and Miscellaneous 

94X-3900-N-02369 Silo 3 Access 

94X-3900-N-01433 Mechanical Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01434 Pneumatic Retrieval System 

94X-3900-N-01435 Feed System 

94X-3900-N-01436 Bulk Packaging Line A 

94X-3900-N-01437 Bulk Packaging Line B 

94X-3900-N-01438 Additive Mixing and Wastewater System 

94X-3900-N-01439 Process vent System, Sheet 1 of 2 

94X-3900-N-01440 Process Vent System, Sheet 2 of 2 

94X-3900-N-01441 Plant Air System 

94X-3900-N-01443 Breathing Air System 

94X-3900-N-01444 Plant Air System Connections 

94X-3900-N-01446 Instrument Air System Connections 

94X-3900-N-01447 Domestic and Process Water Systems 

94X-3900-N-02993 Vacuum Wand Enclosure 

94X-3900-N-05 147 Additive Charging System 

94X-3900-N-05 1 39 Additive Feed System 

94X-3900-N-02489 Control System Block Diagram 



5069 

000295

I 

t 

f F 

i 

ABBREVIATIONS 

I 

ffi reOVECROUM) 

-LE MB*N SWETY OF MATW. 

REF-ATKN #NO 

AlU 

AWT 

BIL 

BTL 

BYP 

cc 

CL 

co 

co 

cow 

cs 

csc 

cso 

CTR 

DCS 

DES 

OIA 

OP 

DIP 

DRN 

DT 

DWG 

(E) 

EA 

EL 

ESD 

FOF 

IF) 

FO 

I 

FLG 

FP 

FR 

FRL 

FRP 

F" 

GO 

GPU 

GI1 

nc 

HDPE 

WR 

HEPA 

HH 

HOA 

MP 

nz 

MPT 

IAS 

INS1 

EBL 

LP 

LPT 

M 

tm 

YOV 

UTL 

UW 

NNF 

NO2 

O K 

OlCIA 

010 

OP 

OSBL 

OVW 

Fn 

PLC 

PLCS 

PRESS 

PRV 

PYG 

PV 

PVC 

(RI 

REM) 

RTO 

SA 

sc 

SffU 

SM 

so 

SG 

m 

so 

SP 

ss 

SIS 

SSE 

SlO 

TA 

TIC 

TDH 

TEW 

TMD 

11 

TSO 

TIT 

TIP 

uc 

ULPA 

V 

VhC 

VB 

VNT 

WI 

WID 

bR C-W E-ERS 

ATUOSFHEK 

IDVANED WASTEWATER TREATMENT 

BATTERY LMT 

BOTTOM T M N l Luc 

BYPAS 

MMCM CLTbWUT 

CENlERLlQ 

UEYlOUT 

~~ .. 

c m UWOXE 

coN(Ecncu 

- 

CIRBON STEEL 

CIR SEM aosco 

CbR SELL OPEN 

CENTER 

OBTKiWJTED CONTROL SYSTEU 

OESW 

DUYETER 

MSGN PRESSURE 

DFFERENTUL PRESSURE 

ORW 

M W TELIPERATURE 

GUAWOX; 

EXlSTlNG 

EX)(UJST rn 

ELEVATE% 

EUERCENCY WTOOWN 

FACE OF FLW 

FURnSKO 

FLOOR DRIUN 

F M INDETfRMNATE 

FLINCE 

FULL PORT 

FUTCRIRECUAIOR 

F UTER/REGlUATOR/LUBWCATOR 

FBfRCCASS REDIFORCEO PLASTIC 

Fa1 VUWY 

GEM OPERATED 

GMLONS PER W T E 

CRLDE 

HOSE CWCTION 

UlW-DENSITY PQLYElHYLEN 

SUER 

l4Gl EFFICENCI PN7TICVLAlE M 

num HOLE 

HMIOFFIWTOUATIC 

W E POWER 

WRTZ 

ffiH PomT 

NSTRU(ENT NR SUPPLY 

NSTRIUENT UQ CONTROLS GROUP 

WIDE BATTERY LMTS 

LOW PRESyRt 

LOW POlNl 

UUlUUU 

Utwuu 

UOTOR OPERATED VMVE 

UATERVV 

UbNWAY 

HORUNLY NO FLOW 

NOZZLE 

OPENICLOSC 

OPWICLOSEIAUTOUATIC 

OWffF 

WTWT 

DUTSIDE BATTERY LMTS 

OVERICLD 

RUSE 

I'UOCRlWlgLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 

RACES 

PRESSURE 

PRESSURE REWCDlG VILVE 

POWDS PER YWmE INCH.GNJGE 

PROCESS VLRllBLE 

mLmn cnomm 

ELOCATED 

REOWZD 

REBTubz TEYP. DETECTca 

YPPLY 1R 

S W E UIDECTION 

SlMIRD aSn: FEET PER UWUTE 

KKDUt 

Wmam 

SPECFC GRAWTY 

UFETI MWENTED SYSTEM 

STEW Wl 

SET PoNl 

sTmEss STEL 

STLRTlSTOP 

W T Y WWR Uic ETEWASn 

STMmIRD 

TRuraER UR 

TOTM DFFEREHTUL HEM 

TELPOIATUIE 

THIEMED 

TYZOIT Lus 

TMT OdJl CFF 

TbWENl-To-TlMjENl 

TIRUL 

UBxECFaJa 

UTRA LOW F€I€TRAT!JG bR 

VOLT 

VICUY 

VORIEX mu(ER 

MNl ' 

w m . 

Ymaul 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I a 

VALVE SYtdBOLS 

PIPING SPECIALTY ITEMS 

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYSTEM NUMBERING TABLE (JJ) 

OPEN ROYD 

W GATE H 

w aom w 

m NEEDLE bm 

cm PLUC 01 

0 BML 0 

m PWH n 

lhl BUTTERFLY 111 

rh MCLE % 

& 3-WAY 

9 4-WAY 

- 

N CHECK 

WUBLE WCK 

& UANUM CHECK 

I?I KNE GATE 

NORUM PQSEWS 4.l VNVES 

NO-INOCATES NORUULY OPEN 

NC-WICATES NORUMLY CLOSEO 

!J2sxEo POSlTnNS LLL VNVES 

LO-INDICATES LOCKED OPEN 

LC-WDKATES LOCKED CLOSEO 

FUL POSITIONS ML VbLVES 

FO-PIDICATES FW OPEN 

FC-WDICATES FNI CLOSED 

FL-NCUCATES FW LAST WSlTION 

VALVE ACTUATORS 

PlPING FITTINGS 

FLUICE 

SCREWED CAP 

WELDED cw 

w*)N JOINT 

CONCENTRIC (OR CCNERlC) REOVCER 

ECCENTRK REWXER 

HOSE CONMCTON (FEWLEI 

HOSE CONNECTKM (WE) 

Lap1 PLUG 

PIPING LINE SYMBOLS 

E$ 

[ BACK 

BF P 

& 

d WI 

I-TYPf STRDNER 

CONE STRMR 

DUPLEX S T W R 

BASKET STRlELR 

EXPANSION JON1 

nExmLE c w c m 

ATUOSPHERIC MNT 

FlLlER 

TRAP 

PUSATION O-KR 

H-LM SLWCER 

VENT SLENCER 

ROTMY VbLVt 

DRWT OWPER 

BACK fLOW WEVENTER 

FLTERIREGUATORILUBRKATOR 

FUTERlREGlUAlOR 

F~TERIREClUATORILUBRICATDR 

w/ PRESYlRE WTATTMI 

FLlERlRECUATOR 

PRESSWE WKATOR 

LINE IDENTIF CATION 

LINE SERVICE CODES (11) 

CA -- UR.COYPRESSf0 

CS -- M(0CMLSGVTION 

OW -- OOSSllC WAIER 

u -- m.uIsTmDENl 

LPW -- UrxIDpRoQSs WASTE 

URS -- MECMCN RETREVU SYSlEU 

PA __ m. PUHT 

Fs -- __ -TK 

PROC SS VENT 

KTR€VX 

SYSTW 

SYSTEU 

SA -- m,BAEATmG 

TW -- PRMXSS WATER 

C4SlAATK)N TYPE COOES (00) 

AS -- #NWSWEAT 

CC -- COLD SiRVIQ HSUATON 

HC -- WAT ca(suNATlW WSULAlW 

PP -- F€Rwum PROTECTION HULAT~UN 

HEAT TRACE TYPE CODES (11) 

'sa3 

*5lO6 

.5125 

'506 '5127 

15128 

'5135 

'5157 

w 

103 

Y)6 

n5 

T26 

127 

128 

07 u5 

SI'EClALTY ITEM IDENTIFICATION 

VALVE CODE (AAA) 

UR OPERATED VMK 

8hCK FLOW PRfVfNTER 

CHECK VMM 

DOUBLE CHECK VeLVE 

DWPER HUiD OPERATE0 (BUTTERFLY1 V/VM 

YOTOR OPERATED VNVE 

PRESYlRE REWCYG VMM 

SOLENO0 OPERATED VkVE 

NOZZLE IDENTIFICATION 

I - m 

L E N TSYSTEU I T Y HYBER WRBER 

NOZZLE OENTFER 

(FROU VESSEL DATA SHfET) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

t 

-I-- 

+ 

D 

TEU *BBREVIAXW 

DW 

TW. LPW (CS) 

PRS 

PRS. PVS. 1915 

PVS 

LW (PVC) 

14 PA 

SA 

AOV 

BTP 

cuv 

ocv OMP 

nov 

uov PRV 

sov 

PID(IGE0 EWPYENT LIMTS 

SIRPLY OR TRANSFER M1 

mow DRECMEI 

EXHMST OR TRINSFER UR 

FLOW DPSECTlON 

RNRN UR FLOW 

DRECTlCw 

PAGE COWCTOR 

PltE WHNECTOR 

PIGE COMlECTOR 

B0RECTK)NK FLOW 

BATTERY LMS 

00 01 

02 

03 

04 05 

06 

07 

08 

09 

0 11 

12 

I3 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 25 

26 

27 

28 29 

30 

31 32 

33 

34 

35 36 

37 

38 

39 

40 41 

42 43 

44 

45 

46 47 

48 

49 

50 1 

53 52 

54 55 

56 

57 58 

59 

60 61 

62 

64 63 

65 

66 

67 

Ea 

69 

70 

72 

73 70 

75 76 

77 

78 79 

a0 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 aa 

89 

90 

92 91 

93 

94 

95 

96 97 

99 98 

NOT VSED 

NO1 USED 

NOT USED 

NOT PROCESS M O VENT SYSTEU 

NOT M O 

NOT M O 

NOT USED 

mcan7lwamc 

NOT USED 

NOT VSED 

CWTUW U*NAGESNT SYSTEU 

NOT M D 

NOT 

m1 USED 

NOT M D 

PLbNT UQ QJSTRJUENT UR SYSTEU 

BREATIWG M1 SYSTEU 

NOT M D 

NOT M D 

ADWIVE SYSTEU ICs) 

NOT M D 

NOT USED 

NOT VYD 

NOT VYD 

NOT UYD 

.IIlTEl) mu5 

PROCESS WATER SYSTEM 

DCUESTK WATER SYSTEM 

NOT M O 

NOT USE0 

NOT USE0 

NOT USE0 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT M D 

W m E mmy5 

NOT M D 

NOT M D 

WASTEWATER SYSTEU 

NOT M O 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT M D 

NOT M O 

NOT Us0 

my: m~c16 

SUPPLY UR SYSTEU 

Envml bR SYSTEU 

NOT USED 

NOT VSED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT v5m 

LPSCELLMOUS HVAC SYSTEMS 

NOT USED 

HOT USED 

lCOVtlL*DYUlnx.mTEm 

NOT USED 

NOT VSED 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

SYPUNG SYSTEU 

NOT VSED 

NOT VYD 

NOT M D 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

Ic-mDcallnasIsTDIs 

COHTRCL SYSTEY 

NOT USED 

FIRE DETECTION Iw MN7U SYSEY 

NOT USED 

mi vno 

CCTV SYSTEU 

NOT VYD 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT VSED 

1. '5 W SOLENOP) EXCEPTION VMMS TO THE ASSOCIATED VMM CENTFKAllON 

WITH bR-OPERATED SYSTEM 

VMVES. THESE ARE IENTMD AS. SOV-MV-JJ-WKK. 

E- 

& 

-- 

i 

I 

1 

i 

I 

i 

! 

i 

I 

I 

! 

! 

f 

800296

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 

INSTRUMENT FUNCTION SYMBOLS PRIMARY ELEMENT 

SYMBOLS (FLOW) SELF-ACTUATED DEVICES 

GENERAL INSTRUMENT SYMEOLS 

A ANALOG I CURRENT 

(1 ORIFICE 

B BINARY 0 ELECTRWAGNETIC. SONIC 

D mark P PNEUMATIC 

E VOLTAGE R REYSTbvUCE (ELECTRICAL) fl ORIFICE IN OUICK CHWGE FITTING 

H HYDRAULIC 

INSTRUMENT LINE SYMBOLS 

- 

-AS- 

-1A- 

-PA- 

- ES- 

-GS- 

-HS- 

- NS- 

-ss- 

-ws- 

& 

- 

t 

+ 

---__ 

* 

4 

- 

4- 

- 

- 

.-+- 

LIM SUPPLY 

L M SUPPLY AIR 

L M SUPPLY AIR INSTR. 

LIM SUPPLY AIR PLPNT 

LINE SUPPLY ELECTRIC 

LINE SUPPLY GAS 

LINE SUPPLY HYDRwlc 

LINE SUPPLY NITROGEN 

LINE SUPPLY STEN 

LINE SUPPLY WATER 

L M UNDEFINED SlGNbL 

LINE PNEUMATIC YCNAL 

LIM ELECTRIAL SIGNAL A 

LINE ELECTRIAL SIGNAL B 

LINE HYDRAULIC SIGNAL 

L M CAPILLARY TUBE 

LINE EM SONIC SIGNAL G 

LINE EM SONIC SiGNAL NG 

LINE INTERNAL SYSTEM LINK 

LINE UECHPNICAL LINK 

LINE PNEUMATIC BINARY 

LINE ELECTRIC BINARY A 

LINE ELECTRIC BINARY B 

GI nroT TUBE 

U VENTURI 

- v 

AVERAGING FIT01 TUBE 

FLWE 

El WEIR 

Ixl TURBINE 

8" SOMC 

POS-DISP 

VORTEX 

TARGET 

NOZZLE 

MAGNETIC 

~ x x x 

XXXX - MASS, CORIOLIS. 

TERM AL... 

IN-LRE FLOW ELEMENT 

x WITH SEPARATE TRWSMITTER 

VIBRATOR 

fl HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT 

MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS 

a CHEUICAL SEAL/DIAPHRAGU 

0 UNDEFINEO INTERLOCK LOGIC 

WAL FUNCTKIN OR INSTRUMENTS 

MNG COWON HousmG 

PILOT LIGHT GAUGE GLASS ILLUMNATOR, '0: ORUNIYkKON 

/ 

xxxQzz INSTRUMENT WITH LONG TAG NUMBER 

AJC4BLEALARU 

m 

CONTROL SYSTEM W O G PMMTER WlALARU Y T 

POINTS FOR HGH-WH. HGH. LOW. AND LOW-LOW COwIT!OoNs 

LL 

TANK MSULATKJN 

VPdlABLE AREA FLOW UETER 

PRESSURE REDUCING 

REGULATOR 

WI EXTERNAL TAD 

DIFFERENTIAL Pl7ESSURE 

REDUCWG REGULATOR 

BACK PRESSURE 

REGULATOR 

ISELF-CONTNNED) 

BACK PRESSURE 

REGULATOR 

WI EXTERNAL TAP 

PRESSURE RELEF 

OR SLFETY VALVE 

VACWUM RELEF 

VALVE 

PRESME /wD VACUUM 

RELIEF VALVE OR 

CONSERVATION VENT 

PILOT OPERATED 

REEF VALVE 

SAFETY HEAD FOR 

PRESSURE RELIEF 

RUPTURE DISC 

(WIEXPLOSION PANEL) 

SLFETY HEAD FOR 

VACUUM RELIEF 

RUPTURE DISC 

(WIEXPLOSION PANEL) 

BACKFLOW PREVENTER 

5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

FIELD MOUNTED 

LOCATIONIACCESSIBILITY 

1. FELD OR LOCALLY MOUNTED. 

2.ACCESSBLE TO W OPERATOR AT 

DEVICE 

PRDAARY LOCATKJN NORMALLY 

ACCESSIBLE TO AN OPERATOR 

I. CENTRAL OR UAIN CONTROL ROOM. 

2.FRONT OF MAN P M L OR 

CONSOLE MOUNTED 

3. VISIBLE ON WE0 DISPLAY. 

4. ACCESYBLE TO AN OPERATOR AT 

DEVICE OR CONSOLE. 

'RMARY LOCATION NORMALLY 

NACCESSIBLE TO AN OPERATOR 

1. CENTRbl OR MAIN CONTROL ROOM. 

2. REAR OF P M L OR CABINET 

MOUNTED. 

3. NOT VIYBLE ON VDEO DISPLAY. 

4. NOT NORUALLY KCESSIBLE TO AN 

OPERATOR AT DNCE OR CONSOLE. 

UXlLlARY LOCATKJN NORMALLY 

CCESS!BLE TO AN OPERATOR 

1. SECONDARY OR LOCAL CONTROL ROOM 

2.FIELO OR LOCAL CONTROL PML. 

%FRONT PANEL MOUNTED. 

OF SECONDARY OR LOCAL 

4.vismLE ON VIDEO DISPLAY. 

5.ACCESSIBLE TO PN OPERATOR AT 

DEVlCE OR CONSOLE. 

UXlLlARY LOCATION NORMALLY 

lACCESSlBLE TO AN OPERATOR 

1. SECONDARY OR LOCAL CONTROL ROOM 

2. FIELD OR LOCAL CONTROL PANEL. 

3. REAR OF SECONDARY. OR LOCAL 

PANEL OR CABINET MOUNTED. 

*.NOT VISIBLE ON VIDEO DISPLAY. 

5. NOT NORMALLY ACCESSIBLE TO AN 

OPERATOR AT DEVICE OR CONSOLE. 

Q 

INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION LETTERS 

5. 5069 

REF DWG No. DRAWING nu 

F%D PmG. VNVES. m MLSCELWOUS 

PW EOUFWNT AND MSCELLINEOUS 

- 

1 REVlSED !XI? DCN 40450-EG-035 

D ISUIDTOCONSTRUCTION 

m ID_ 

5 E m - m DcI1.l* 

-fBa 

07m upu JTN 

nn Rv.l I 

mmnasyDDllt 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD ENVIRO)(YB(TAL WNAGEUENT PROJECT 

5 G 

sb- a w 

-*YE IQ -3- 

sno3 000297 

IpII(cm 

PIPING AND lNSTRULlENT INSTRUMENT ATlON DIAGRAM

DDLLSTlC WATER 

HEAOER 

WASfEWATER FRCU 

EXCAVATOR SERVICE 

I 

WASTEWATER FROU 

EXCAVATOR RODH SUW P W 

NO100 

-- h 

I O IY I 

LW-62-518. 

LPWbZ5111-.--U8 

r. .. 

I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 5 I 6 I 7 I R 

I 

HOV-62-5260 

TW-505171-2'-106 - 

TN-505171-2--106 

&I 

n LPN-625100-2~-106 

WASTEWATER T I K AREA SUP PLW 

20 BY e 46' TOH 

3X3*1.1517.631 

C.S. 

.n 

SCREEN 

!-xl- 

-2' 

I 

Y 

'I 8 

I 

I 

HOV-44-5243 

lKK-4432 yXA-44-5W2 

AOOlTlVE MIX TANK 

6' OlA k'? %:A?% SIDE 

FRP 

AmITIvE MIX TANK 

AGITATOR 

* 

- 

-2.Yl;A a.D-3- 

24 c-2' E-2. 

HOV-62-5125 

V E E R IS 

SCREEN 

ck' 

LPldZ5106-2* 101 

LPW-625108-2. 101 

v - HOV-62-51 t 3 

UOV-62-5273 

2.x1.9 

UNINSULATEO 

WASTEWATER =I- HCfT 

CARGO CONTAINER 

TANK AREA BAY 

pLp-4a-5002 Tnx62-5600 yXA-62-5602 PLpdz-5606 

MDlTlVE PULP 

25 GPY 0 (9' mH 

1 x lb2 x 6.25 (6) 

pIIB-44- 

1'- nP 

1ASTEUTER TU& 

1700 CMLWS 

6' Dl4 X 8' STRAIGHT SIDE 

FRP 

WASTEUATER TANK 

AGlTAlC4 

WASTEWATER P W 

25 GPU 0 19. TOH 

lxl'? X6.25 16) 

I I I I 

2 3 

. . 

. . 

4 5 6 

I 

RYlT NR 

NOTES: 

~ ~ D I T l PUUPS v E PUP-44-5000 A AND 0 TO SHUT OWN ON 

iICH LEVEL IN TNK-44-5002. 

3 ZOSE OO1ESTIC WATER INLET VALVE MEN PREDETERYINEO 

ANTITY HAS BEEN ADDED TO lNK-44-5002. 

I 

NSTRYENTATKHI 

EWYNT 1K) USCELWOVS 

UNITED STATES 


B 

5069 

000298

P 

81 

I I I I I 

I 2 

n STACK 

EOUlPMENT SYMBOLS EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS (CONT') 

GEAR WUP 

CENTRlFUGAL SUMP PUMP 

POSITIVE 

DISPLACEMENT 

METERM PUMP 

MIXER OR AGITATOR 

CENTRFUGK FAN WIO WET VANES 

3 4 5 6 7 

FlLTER HOUSING 

m 

U ENCLOSURE 

INCLINE0 CONVEYOR 

BELT CONVEYOR 

ROLL-UP DOOR 

I 1 a 

EQUrPUENT 

MSCRlPTlON NOTES: 

CAT EXCWGER 

FZL 

GDM 

HTX 

HEATER HTR 

HOPPERI0W 

HYDRAIAK: ACTUATOR 

HEN 

HYO 

HYDRAULIC 

LIFT TABLE SYSTEM SKI0 

HSS 

LFT 

LIVE ROLLER CONVEYOR 

L9ADING SPOUT 

LJUVER 

MXER I AGITATOR 

kXER / BLENDER 

LRC 

LSR 

LVR 

YXA 

MY0 

CENTRLFUGPL FAN 

MBLY 

WlWLET VWE 

unt 

O M R xxx-JJ-zzzz 

d&2fE 

PUXAGE UNIT PKU 

PWEL CONTROL1 PNL 

T T T 

PWELEOARD PNE 

P m S M L CONTWWATION MONITOR PCM 

P 1ASE SEP*RATOR PHS 

POSITIVE DSPLACEUENT BLOWER 

PPSSURE SMTY ELEMENT PSE 

FWOUCT WEIGH BIN 

PWE 

P W PUP 

S~PLER 

REACTOR REA 

RIICEIVER RVR 

REGISTER REG 

RXLER CONVEYOR RCV 

ROLL UP DOOR ROR ROF 

CENTWUGAL COMPRESSOR 

ROTARY FEEDER 

EXHAUST REGISTER 

EREATHWG NR STATION SAS 

SdFETY SHOWER AW EYEWASH 

SSE 

SWLWG SYSTEM GASES1 SSG 

SWLWG SYSTEM ILIOS) SSL 

S W L W SYSTEM (SOLIDS) sss 

REWROCATING COMPRESSOR 

SlPLE SCL 

DRIVERS 

SCREW CONVEYOR (METERING1 SCT SCM 

SCREW CONVEYOR (TRANSFER) 

SCRUBBER 

a 

SC R 

SKD 

SRS 

SCREW COMPRESSOR 

STK 

STY 

STR 

DIESEL ENGm 

SUP 

TNU 

SHELL AW TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER 

TRPP 

TRP 

(LOCATE NOZZLES TO RWLECT ACTUAL 

UMNTERRUPTlBLE 

U2S BATTERY RACK POWER SUPPLY 

UPS 

!NERNM/EXTERNAL CONFKXRATMl 

UBR 

VWRIZER 

VACUUU BREAKER 

VEX 

ELECTRIC MOTOR m 

VPR 

VBRATOR 

m 

WATER METER PIT w 

M1-COOLED HEAT EXWANGER 

WATER TREATMENT PLWT 

WTP 

PLATE WO FRPM HEAT EXCHNGER 

FILTERS 

35% m b E 

90% ASCIRK 

HEPA 

ULPA 

EOUIPMENT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION 

L L 

EOUIPMENT SEOMNCE NUMBER 

SYSTEM NUMBER (SEE NO0011 

EOUlPMENT OEYGNATOR 

I. M L MOTORS *RE 3 PHASE 60 HERTZ 230/460 V 

n ~ 1750 ) RPY UNLESS O T ~ R ~ SN~TEO. E 

REF DWC NO. I DRAWING TITLE 

5069 

?SVSEO PER OCN 40430-JEGO35 -4ACm 

1 muEDTocoIIsTRucTw m m WM JTN 

-rn-=.m 

pn rrn II 

IIpfmm 

UNITED STATES 


:ERNAID D(VIRO)(YDITAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

n6DuIcemsr

i 

I 

i 

I 

i 

~ 

I 

E 

F 

- 

WEN 

I 

I 2 

I 

n N 

3 

0 

3 I 4 

I 5 I 

6 

f 

I 7 I A 

S m Y m 

TO PACJwlNC 

STATTOM U6I FWES 

1.ML VACUUY UNO LhCLOSURES SMALL BE EOUlPPEO WITH A PP! 

EXHAUS1 LIhE. PRS SUPPLY LINE. AN0 A PVS EXHAUS1 LINE. 

OETAILS RELlTEO TO VICWY WAN0 ENCLOSURES AN0 CONNECTI( 

ShALL BE PROVIDEO BY FLU(R FERNALO. THE WUIBER OF 

ENCLOSURES 10 BE DPERATCO 41 ANY TI& SMALL BE Of ILRYII 

BY FLUB fLRNAL0. 

2.THC DETAILS UIO RIXlTlNG Of ALL FLEXIBLE HOSES LOCATE0 C 

THE SILO SHALL BE FIELD OETERYINEO. COM(ECT1W DETAILS 

SHALL BE PROVIDE0 BY FLUOR FERNALO. 

I. VUWA FLUOR F~NYO WNU ENCLOSURES 

TO -Y. WOWN FOR B2FOffUATION ONLY: 

UNITED STATES 


E M 

R(VIROWY)CTU YAWAOOWT PROJECT 

DOP11SlLhsmn 

5069

EXC-11-5050 

DKCHbRCE 

EXCAVATOR FROU 

I Noow ) 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I R 

----+---- 

DUP-19-5005 

0(*-1=202D 

1WXl 

61 

1. i 1 

x 

_ _ 

p-) OK/ 

A0 11 5009A 

NOTE 1 Y 

+-& 

A0V-11-50090 

- 

I AI I ( I I 

UTR-11-50564 

10 19 

NOTES: 

2.RETRIEVU 0DI (H0N-11-50541 SUPPUED WTH RON CRATDU; en0 

CRATE SUPPORT. KWE GATE IS RECTMUAffl *M) SHOULD 

UATW 12"XlB" RECT*Ncu*R FL*NCED CONWCTKWS ON EWYENi 

3.ON SHUTDOWN OF T N RETRLVU BY USDURGE FEELER 

ffDR-ll-5D6). TtE LOW-LOW CURRENT PLfflM W'LL PROVIDE 

WDICATION TO CE*sE EXCAVATION. 


ERNALD ENVROIYBTTAL YAWIOEYDCT PROJECT 

n6lPICnaramn 

mm=gfgp 

AYCTY 

SILO 3 

i .- ,... . . . . . . 

! 

' 5069 

I 

0003Q1

a 

I 

IA-405248-1--135 

YPASS AIR FRW 

Ll-lO-5010 

Now9 2 I 

PRS-105013-4~-121 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 0 

j 

11-405249-1 --I 35 

._ 

I 

1 

-L 

Q 

1 

I 

I 

! 

1 

! 

1 

1: :- 

1 12' NOTE 3 

1 

i 

I 

I 

! 

1 

j 

! 

i 

f 

! 

j 

! 

i 

Q Q Q 

-NOTE 1 

NOTE 11 

SILO TO FOR-10-5102 

3 NAlERIM 

No102 

NOTES: 

(.ONLY SELECTED EOUIPYNT ITEYS SHOW FOR VENOOR 

DESIGNED bN0 SUPPLIED SKIDS. INTERNAL VALYING. 

CWTROLS AND INSTRUIENTAION. A W ACCESSORIES. 

COMECTl(HS 

ARE NOT OETAILED TO AND ON FROY DRIUINCS. THE SKIDS ALL PROCESS SHALL BE 150 LB. 

RAISEO FACE FLWGED cooecT1ms. 5069 

2. BOTH THE PNEUMATIC RETRIEVAL COLLECTOR LDCL-IO-SO021 

AND THi CARTRIDGE FILTER (FLT-10-50051 

ARE SWPLIEO WITH RECTANGULAR KNIFE GaTE 

VALVES. 

3.DIRECT KCHANICAL CIWECTIW: NO PIPING REWIRE0 

4.DUPLlCATE BLR-lM006 INTERLOCKS M BLR-10-5008. 

%SET POINT BY VEWOR. 

INTERLOCKS: 

@SHUT UOW BLOWER BLR-10-5006 ON LOI-LOY iLol 

@SHUl DOIN BLOWER BLR-10-5006 ON HlUIttlGH TEWERATURE. 

@SHUT DOWN BLOWER BLR-10-5006 ON HIUI-HIGH CURRENT. 

@SHUT OOW BLOXER BLR-10-5006 HICH-HIGH PRESSURE. 

SLO 3 

iDIcrmE 

INSTRUIENTATION 

P6JWG AEQ NSTRUYENT OlAcRAu 

000302

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

SlLC 3 WTERIAL 

FROM PNEUMATIC 

RETRIEVAL COLLECTOR 

OlSCH4RGE FEEDER 

NO101 12- (NOTE 1) . 

SILO 3 YlTERl4L 

FROY INCLINED 

CONVEYOR 

Nom Y1S-l15MO-l8~-126 

-..- I; 

Q 

- 

WR-10-5102 

FOR-I 1-51 00 ' 

FOR-10-SlOZ PUP-62-5404 

T R ~ S F C R T O R FEED CCNVEYOR EXCAVATOR SERVEE ROOY SJMP P W 

5s SS 

20 GPY e 55 FT 1w 

yrr(-11-5100 ~X~,$XRW~.SU 

3 HP 5nP C.S. 

YSOV-4OV-25-52608 

7 

! 

j 

n 

NOTES: 

@SHUT OWN PyP-44-5001P WHEN E-STOP ON 4W-25-526OA 

IS 4ClIVITED. WEN AOV-25-52604 IS OPEN. 

PERMISSIVE TO START UP PW-44-5001A 

@>SHUl OOm PyP-44-50048 WHEN E-STOP ON 40V-25-52608 

15 ACTIVATED. WREN AOV-25-526OB 15 OPEN. 

PERMISSIVE 10 STIR1 UP P)Ip-44-50040 

am---- 

IwIo0.n 

UNITED STATES 


RR#MD EwIRIollyEwTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

nE(.LIDc-Ln 

A -. '50r 9 

C 

D 

L 

000303

I 

SUPPLY AIR FRDM 

FLT-ID-5DTD 

PRS-1 OS01 4-3.-127 

Noma I 

I 2 I 3 1 4 I 5 I 6 

DW-10-5025 

MAERIAL FR(IU 

FEED CONVEYOR 

~ ~ ~ 1 2 3 ~ 

$KO-ZS-52504 

FDdZS2frOe 

INDTE 31 .ii 

......... .-,:. ......_. ..... _:.. ..... 

....... P'.. .... .>, .... 

.:.. 

h 

PRS-105014-3~-127 

I 

SUPPLY 41R TO 

FIK< 

TO PNEUMATIC 

RETRIEVAL CCLLECTLlR 

-1, No04 > 

HDV-lD-5D27 

- - __._ 

! 

F- 

j 

! 

! 

i. 

I 

j 

! 

! 

r u E o BAGS TO 

CARGO CDNTAINERS 

TO FLOW OR4lN 

FD-62-52SD B 

NOlM > 

555-84-52524 NOZ-2552604 PRU-25-52701 

RCV-25-5218A 

PACKAGE RCV-25-5282A 

RDR-05-5912 

EAR-25-52904 RCV-25-52141 RDR-05-5918 

RCV-25-52884 

WTAIMR WiN4GEYNT PICK:*GING DISCHARGE CHUTE A S S E ~ Y A P4CK4GE LOADING STAN0 A PAUAGING STATIW 

3 P4CXAGlNG SYSTEM 4 SIIPLER A FOUR NOZZLES ss 

ExHal R ~ ~ I INERYDIAE S ~ ~ PACKAGING R~L-UP D m 007~ tOUMyOR 41m0CK CONVEym OFFi@dDING cWvEym 

5s MTR-25-52701 CS C w Y W A FABRIC 

cs cs CS 

CS 

yIn-04-5252. 

CS 

3 HP. REV. 

yTR-01-5912 

M.mjEmR 

116 HP+ 1 PH. 115 V 

WR-25-5274& 

3 UP. REV. 

3 W. REV. 

1 HP. REV. 

3 UP. REV. 

1.5 HP. REV. 

PAUAGING FRM A 

3 UP. REV. 

I 

NOTFS: 

I 8 

I. SUPPLY PRcxlMlTY OR PRESSURE SUITCH ON FLEXIBLE CORD 

TO BE ATTACHED TO THE BULK BAG FRM. THIS SWITCH 

SHNL ALARY ON HIGH LEVEL IN THE BAG 4ND CLOSE THE 

FILL VALVE ON HIGH - HIGH LEVEL IN THE BAG. 

1. *INFLATOR* AIR WILL BE PROVIDED VIA A SMALL 

BLOIER INTEGRAL TO THE P4CKACE LOADING STAND. 

I. OILY SELECTED E(XIIP16Nl ITEL6 SHOW FOR VENDOR 

DESIMD AN0 SUPPLIED SKIDS. INTERNAL VALVING. 

CMlRRS AND IUSTRU~NlAlION. AND ACCESSDRILS 

ARE HOT DETAILED Cy DRAUINCS. ALL 

RmClSS C M C T I W S TO AND FRDU THE SKIDS 

WALL BE 150 LB. RAISED FACE FLANGE Ca8€ClIWS 

4. USE 50 BENOS 4ND 45' LATERALS FOR THIS LINE. 

~.EICRGE*C~ STOP Pan BUTTONS SHALL BE PRDVIDLO IN I~E 

Pf luRl CWlROL SIATION AND bT SUllA0LC PDlNIS ON IHE 

RRLER CWVEVOR SECTIOhS. ALSO. A SlAhDARD CABLE-AClUlll 

ELZRCENCY STW SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED W IhE CDNvErOR 

SIDE FACING 1°C NORMAL (PERATOR PDSlllONS 

6. f.EX HDICS AND BLIND FLlNCES ALLOW SUPPLY AIR AND VEUl 

LIGS ID BE CWNLClEO ABDVE AND BELDU 1HE PACKAGING 

SUPLCR. RESP. FINAL ROUTING AND CoNyECllON DElAlLS 

F'X FtELD-OElERMINED 

SUPPLI AIR AND BASED VENT ON LINES INfORMAllON SHALL BE FRW IhC CWl.INE 

UWAGENNI AND PACKAGING SISlEY VENWR. 

INTERLOCKS: . 

9 :8E~l~L~~Kc~&~~F ;I$ E_'C~4CNTIYRNSNVEIDR 

.TM STEEL ROLL+ DOOR (RDR-DS-59121 WST BE CLDSED. 

*THE FABRIC RCLL-UP DOOR IRDR-135-5918> OPENS. 

. THL PACKAGE STACINC CONVEYDR (RCV-25-5278Al STIRTS. 

*THE AIRLOtK CONVEYOR ST4RTS. 

WEN LIMIT SWITCH ZI-RCV-25-5282AB IS ACTIVATED: 

"STOP PACKAGE STAGING (RCV-25-5278A) CWVEYOR. 

* STOP AIRLOCK CWVEYOR IRCV-25-5282AI. 

*CLOSE F4BRlC DOOR IRDR-05-5918). 

@;o !mix A BULK BAG FROM Tni AIRLOCK CWVEY~R 

RCV-25-52821 I TO THE OFF-LDIDING CDNMYDR. 

rHE FaLOWlNG HAPPENS: 

. THE FA0RIC RDLLYP DDDR (RDR-05-59181 WSl BE CLDSEJ. 

ITHE STEEL ROLL-UP DOOR IROR-05-5912 1 WENS. 

*THE 4IRLOEK CONVEYOR IRCV-ZS-5282LI STARTS. 

, THE (FF-LD4DING CONVEYOR lRCV-25-5288Al STARTS. 

(HEN LIMIT SWITCH 21-RCV-25-5288AB IS ICTIVATED: 

.STOP 4IRLOCK CWYEYDR lRCV-25-5282A). 

STOP OFF-LOADING CONVEYOR lRCV-ZS-SZ8BAl. 

.CLOSE STEEL OODR lRDR-05-59121. 

$ADDITIVE CHARGE PUWS 4 4ND B IPW-44-5W4A AND 81 

*RE INTERLOCKED UlTH THE SILD WTERIAL-HANDLING 

IYSlEU LOGIC. THE PUWS SHUT DODN MEN THE FEED 

':DNEYOR IFDR-ID-51021 IS NOT WERAlING. THE PUWS 

NSD SHUT DOlN MEN THE P4CK4GE LOADING STAND LOM . 

CELL DOES NOT SHOW 4 WEIGHT GAIN FOR 60 SEC. 

REF DVCI Ho. al*1B1c TITLE 

sa0 3 

C 

5069 

080304

I 

FROY PACKAGE 

LOADING STAHD A 

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 5 I 6 

PROCESS VENT FRDY 

PACKAGE LOADING 

STAND A 

1 mn3 > u CI 

SUPPLY AIR 

FROU FLT-10-5010 

NW99 

UATERIAL FRW 

FEE0 CONVEYOR 

NO02 - 

3'XZ' 

L 

R- 

- 

HOV-1 C-5034 

Q 

- 

RW-05-59200 

U-A 

v 

I 

TO PMUWlTlC 

NOTES: 

. SUPPLY TU BE ATTACHED PROXlUlTY TO C4 THE PRESSURE BULK BAG SVITOI FRM. M mFLEXIBLE ts svmn COR0 

YlYL YAW ON HIGH LEVEL IN THE BAG Urn CLOSE THE 

F;LL VALVE ON HIGH - HIGH LEVEL IU THE 0AG. 

A TD-~NOEX IRCV-25-528201 i &-BAG TO THE F&-;H;-&.GcK OFF-LOAOING CMYOR. CONVEYOR 

THE FC4LLWlNG HAPPENS: 

STHE FbERIC ROLL-UP OOOR IROR-05-59201 MUST BE CLOSEO. 

.THE STEEL ROLL-UP OOOR lRDR-055914l WENS. 

*THE AIRLOCK CONVEYOR STARTS !RCV-25-5282Bi. 

.THE OFF-LOADING CONVEYOR IRCV-25-528801 STAHTS. 

WEN LIYIT SVITCH Zl-RCV-25-528800 IS ACTIVATEO: 

- STCP AIRLOCK CONVEYOR I RCV-25-52828 I. 

*STOP .CLOY OFF-LOADING 

STEEL OODR CCUVEYOR 

lRDR-05-59141. IRCV-25-528881. 

3 DELETED 

$m NOT ALLOW BLILK BAG FILLING BAG VALVE IS TO CONNECTED OPEN UNTIL TO 

PERATIR GIVES ASSURANCE THAT 

ILLING SPOUT. 

UNITED STATES 


E R W WvROlyerrM YANAGEUENT PROJECT 

-... . 

mm-87 

. . 

5069 

000305

I I 2 

I 

FRDY MTRUUENT 

LR %MER 

NO113 IA-405202-1"-135 

DUP-19-5036 

HOV-40.5043 

I I 

3 4 

ADV-z2DOA AD'"'^ 

I - HOV-19-5083 

t NOTE 2 

PVS-195030-24'-127 

1 A 

5 

I 6 I I 

HBN-l9-52051 b 

FINES CoLLECTmk 

BNSALB C.S. 

Y T 0 30" W.C. 

8 

& CH 

DCL-19-5202 

- 

Y 

TO RINYATC 

NOTES: 

8 " 

!.ONLY SELECTED EOUIPMXNT ITEUS SHOWN FOR VENDOR 

DESIWED AND SUPPLIED SKIDS. lNTERN4L W4LVIWG. 

CONTROLS AND INSTRNNTAION. 4ND ACCESSWIES 

ARE NOT DET4ILED OH DRAWINGS. ILL PROCESS 

COIHECTIONS TO AN0 FRDY WE SKIDS SHML BE 150 LB 

RAISED F4CE FLANGED COHNECTIOHS. 

2. DIRECT SCHINICAL CWMCTIDN; NO PIPING REWIRED. 

INTERLOCKS: 

'@FFDF';A9Df:-59$YDEOSE 4W-19-5211 ON POW 

4) ~E~D,:,"'~9,::!:9~~D::OSE 40V-1952W ON PD4H 

9 

WEN 4OV-19-5200 4ND CLOSE 4OV-19-5211 ON HIGH 

HIGH P4RTICULATE ON DCL-19-52028. 

WEN 4OW-19-5211 AM) CLOSE 4OV-195200 ON lilGH 

HlCH P4RTlCUL4TE ON OCL-1052024. 

I SYITCH TO NTERNITE DUST COLLECTOR ON LSHH 

IN EITHER WST COLLECTOR. 

-> 

I 


-AL yAwIQR1E13T PROJECT 

Tl6--W 

I. 

SILO 3 

5069 

0438306

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

PROCESS HEPA FILTERS A b B 

5500 ACFY 

BAG-IN/B*G-(IIT TYPE 

ss 

P A r d B 

6000 ACFY P 21- S.P. 

CS 

CR-19-52061 6 R 

40 MP 

KO-10-5040 

F-1- lctl 

EY-19-5208 

STK-19-5209 FEM-19-52pS 

EXHALIST SIAU TOP 2'-3' DlA 

80' YlNlYDl cs HIGH TAPERED 

UHTlyuOuS 

EYISSICNS yI(iTm 

I 

NOTES: 

INTERLOCKS: 

@SHUT DOm FAN-19-52061 LW LO1 FLOW AND 

WEN AOV-19-5232 AN0 START FAN-19-52060 

AND c..w AOV-19-5230. 

9 :% cLmE $TI:"%:?:% 

ADV-19-523~. 8Ak$F%9!&6A AND 

FAN-19-5206A AND START FAN-19-52068. 

$' 

"? 

\ 

5069 

3G?m AOV-13-5230 AND CLOSE AOV-19-5232 ON HIGM- 

HIGH CURRENT W FAN-19-52068. AN0 SHUTDOWN 

FAN-19-52068 AND START FAN-19-5206A. 

9 ~ U ~ L ~ " J : ~ ~ l ~ 5 6 ~ , " ~ ~ G ~ 

EXHALST STACK. 

A ~ ; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ A ~ ~ v ~ ~ ~ - ~ ~ - S 0 0 6

RUNNING 'a' 

.---________..__...__ 

ACP-40-532OB 

SYSTEM PRESSURE 

r--...__...________ 

1 SISTEU FAULT 

,r - . .._ _..___ -. 

: 

SUO-40-5 00 

-w 

4 8 ' jji i 

, I 

i j j j ACP 40 5 00 

j j j i 

:I: : 

;i j j 

- I I I I d U 

I I I 

I 0 

w - 

......a 

ACP-4L5320A 

t 

CONOENSATE 

TO GRADE 

SKO-40-53W ACP-40-5320A d 8 

PLANT/IKSTRUUENT AR COWRESSOR SKID PJR COUPRESSORS A & E 

125 SCFM 0 125 PSlC 

cs 

YTR-40-53201 d B 

40 W 

Y(0-40-5502 

REFRIGERATION DRYER SUO 

250 SCN 0 125 PSlC 

cs 

NOTE 2 

aRT-400-5308 

RANT /UR 

RECOVER TlWK 

250 GPLLON. CS 

PA-405200-2"-135 

1 

7 

NOTES: 

2.SKO-40-5302 INCLUOES A 5 HP MOTOR. 

3. SAD-40-5300 IS CONTINUED ON N0109. 

REF OWG NO. I DRAWING TITLE 

~- NO003 

ISSUED TO CONSTRUCTION 

P1PING. VALVES. M40 YlSCELLLMOUS 

WSTSTRUYENTATION 

EOUWlENT AN0 UISCELLbNEOvS 

.. 

0 7 m m a

NOTE 2 

1 I I .J I U I I 1 tl 

T 

IA-40520; -1 "-1 35 J 4 CONOENSATE 

TO CR4OE 

AOR-40-5312 AbB 

DESICCANT 

VESSELS A d E 

100 SCFM o 125 PSIG 

CS 

INSTRUMENT 

AIR ORYtR 

AFTER FILTER 

1 . - 2 I 

SK0-40-53OQ 

NOTE 2 

SKO-40-5300 

PLANTIINSTRUSNT AIR 

CWRESSDR SKI0 

1 

PRT-40-5310 

INSTRULENT AIR 

RECEIVER i4NK 

150 GALLON. CS 

7 

I 

! 

j 

I 

, rlP-405207-Z"-135 

'+7 

t 

,--lA-405206-1'-135 

CONOENSATE 

TO GRADE 

NOTES: 

2. CONTINUATION OF SKO-40-5500 FROM NO108 

+ 5069 

REF DWC NO. ORAWM TITLE 

NWOl WWG. VKVES. WD LOSCELLMOUS 

NWOZ WSTRUUENTATMN 

lSSUED TO CowsTRucTlON OlmM 

tzaammaaaes--m 

M mn 

-ius Io m 

UNITED STATES 


ERNAAU) EwvRmAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

lUSDu1s-W 

SILO 3 

-m 

INSTRUMENTATION 

PPMG AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRW

! 

I 

1 

! 

1 

I 

I 

1 

I 

1 

I 

j 

I 

I-..- 

NOTE 1 f 

CONDENSATE 

TO GRADE 

- I I I I " I " I I I 0 

- - - - 

MIEN1 

NR 

! SYSTEM FAULT 

L----____________ 

HLET 

SYSTEM PRESSURE 

------..._______.._ 

RUNNING * A " q 

ACP-41-5 6oB 

SK0-41-53M 

RREATWG NR 

COMPRESSOR SKU) 

ACP-41-5560 A U 

BREATHM; AIR COWRESSORS 

A b B 

50 SCFM 0 125 PSK; 

cs 

MTR-k1-5360 A & 6 

15 HP 

SKO-41-5W 

p s ( & 3 

BREATHING LIR RECEIVER 

TPNK 

250 GKLON. CS 

_. 

REFRIGERATION DRYER SKD 

cs 

NOTE 2 

1 

I 

! 

j 

I 

! 

I 

j 

! 

I 

j 

! 

LCfl MONITOR I 

I 

1 

i 

1 

NOTES: 

2. SKO-41-5354 INCLUDES A 1 HP MOTOR 

--- 5069 

REF DWC NO. WAWIWC TITLE 

NWOl 

-.___ 

p(p(M;. VKVES. ps3D UISCELLWDUS 

No002 !NSTRlNENTATU)N 

K%E~IILYB*REQS ESCWTOI 

#muts*ow 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTWT OF ENERGY 

FERNMD ENVplO AL MANAGEMEN" PROJECT 

n6opL.*bpIILp~ur 

SILO 3 

-mu 

INSTRUNENTATON 

PIPING AND INSTRUMENT WAGRAU

I 

E 

C 

D 

E 

F 

.. 

.. 

I. . 

. . . . 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 

p W 

HOV-40-5073 

I 1A-bOS251.2"-05 

I 

HOV-40-5116 

I 

MV-IF5009 MI00 

i ++ 

NOtO3 NO07 

MV-19-5026 AOV-19-5230 

? -.ii 

HOV-40-5161 

HSTRULIENT , 

(NOTE 1) 

2X%" 

1*-40S207-2"-135 

I 11-405205-2-135 

IA-405205-2"-135 J 

INSTRMNT 

(NOTE I) 

: M)-6 

0 

f 

- 

z"xr 

MV-K3-5053 MV-(9-5211 

Nom 

mv-10-5054 LoV-l9-5200 

NO106 NO106 

SPIRE WI 

PLUG 

K1V-40.5176 

TO EL-10-5032 

nomi 

VOTES: 

.AIR SUPPLY BEYDO HEMER VALVES WILL BE INSTRMNT 

TLBINC bND CWlRaS SPECIFIED BY THE IWSTRUYNT bND 

C(HTRL1S GROUP. THIS PdlD IDENTIFIES THE INSFWENT 

OF bCTUbT(R SUPRIED AND THE Pall0 SHEET W E R ON MlCH 

TIE CWMNT IS SHGRN. 

REF DWC NO. MIAYDIC TITLE 

Nuxll WNC. VKMS. #NO MQUMOUS 

W 2 WWJBENTAllON 

- 

: 5069

______ 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

I 

HC-ET (NOTE 31 

UWYSULATEO 

TW-505178-i"-U16-HC-ET '-g v 

w1v-50-5:7* 

TW-505177-V-lOS-HC-ET 2"xy 

-0-0- - 

- 

TW-505173-2-m6-'IC-€T 

HJV-50-5149 

UTUllY STATION ~w-m~i76-1--1m 

2x1" 

WV-50-5029 

t 

TW-505171-2"-106 

I 

HOV-50-SOS4 

UTLllY 

I 

t Hov-5J-5097 

STATlON 2 

TO TNK-62-5600 

NOW > 

TO PUP-44-5004A 6 B 

SUCTION Urn MSCHbRGE 

NO116 

- 

NOTES: 

1. MLETED 

l a 

2. UTUTI STATIONS bRE DESIGNATE0 AS FOLLOWS: 

TWZ 1 - COUPRESSED M N P R Y HOSE ONLY. 

TIR z- COIPRESSEO m SUPPLV nosi mu A PROCESS 

WATER SUPPLY nm. 

3.WYSTE WATER WSDE CMGO CONTluNER 8AY TO BE 

TRym N9JLATEO. 

- 

r n DWG ~ uo. I D R A W TITLE 

UNITED STATES 


F E W 

-AL PROJECT 

ll6pIIC-m 

I. 

sa0 3 

-mu 

MSNSTRUENTATION 

- 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

5069

I 

- 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

I 

FRW SUPPLY 

HEPA FILTER 

L 

(EX1 SI’ 

Jt 

IC I 

TO PNEUUAlIC 

RETRIEVAL CaLECTOR 

TO PROCESS VENT 

DUST COLLECTOR 


I 

I. THE WeLR Or V A W WAND ENCLOSURES Ih WERATlPl AT 

THE SAIE IlE SHALL BE DElEfWlNED 81 FLUOR FERNUD. 

WE FLLX HOSE FRDY IhE PNEUMATIC RElRlEVU SYSIEY 4EWE 

WILL BL ATIACHED TO THE WAND IN USE. 

IDLE EllClDSURES TO dAVE COVERS INSTALLED. 

?. DCLElED 

).EACH VICWY UAND ENCLOSURE HAS A ‘ri HP YOTOR FOR 

A HOIST. 

I. DELETED 

UNITED STATES 


FERNAID -AL YAWIQemrr PROJEC 

uSpLI0-m 

sa0 3 

PllDrmr 

INSTRUENTATION 

RPNC *M, NST 

- 5069 

000313

CS-445310-1 .-lOIJ 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 5 I 6 I 

C5-445309-1 *-lo1 

AOV-44 -5 197 

-2- 

0-2' 

C5-445301-2*-101 

CS-445304-31k--101 

4 HOV-44-5233 

NC 

L 

0 - 

N 

.n 

n 

"7 

v 

HOV-44-5201 ,',z-x%: 

HOV-50-5246 CKV-H)-5247 STR-44-5DMB 

* 

"3 0 

Q = v 

HOV-~~-SZOZ 

IL 

1 

HOV-44-5203 

eyP-44-5004 

TNT.-44-50044 PLP-44-5~4 ~~~-44-50040 PLP-4450948 

)soITIM CHUIGE TANK 4 

120 CUL'M 

2'-7- 014. X 3 5lR4IGHT SIDE 

MOlTlVE CHARGE Pulp A 

10 ow e 60' IOH 

2-x l'-;x??? 

MOITIVE UIbRQ TUX 8 

120 GNLO(S 

2.-1* 011. x 3' STRAIG-IT 510E 

)SDITIv€ CHARGE PlDe 8 

io WY e 60' mn 

2-x l'.;x??? 

HOPE HOPE 

NOTE 1 

CS-445300-3/4.-101 

TO NOZ-25-52604 

NO103 > 

NOlES: 

I.HNLI V4LvE TO BE HLNUALLY POSITIWEO TO E514BLISH 4 

FL3W OF 6 CPY TO NOZ-25-52604 & 8. 

WE RL 0 C K S : 

L CS-445301-3/4*-101 @ CLOSE 401-44-5210 W HIGH LEVEL IN TNK-44-50044 

@ CLOSE AOV-44-5197 ON HIGH LEVEL IN 7NK-44-5004s 

@ :?PEN AOV-44-5210 WHEN 1NX-44-50041 NO1 IN CH4RGE 

c1CLE. 

@ g:'EfOV-44-5197 WHEN TNK-44-50048 NO1 IN CH4RGE 

@ S4 jHUT LOW 00WN LEVEL MOlTlVE IN TNX-50044 CH4RGE OR PUW 8. IPW-4450041 OR 81 

@ , ~ U ~ c S ~ T ~ ~ - 4 gE:0V-25-52604 

~ ~ O ~ ~ - ~ ~ 2 ~ ~ ~ T ~ ~ 

PERYl5SlVE TO STIR1 UP PW-44-50044 

@ ~ ~ ~ c S ~ ~ 8;E;y-25-52606 

T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ - 

I'ERYIS5IVE TO STIR1 UP PLp-44-50046. 

@ $ty5;y;;iy &Yo~-;;-;N6g~aRGE CYCLE. CLOSE E ITHER 

WEN SYSTEM A OR B 15 IN RINSE CYCLE. OPEN EITHER 

i0V-50-5167 OR SOV-50-5169. 

UETECTEO 

JTER THE RINSE E1 EITHER CYCLE FIT-PW-44-50004 

IN SYSTEM A OR 8. OR 8. IF FLOW CLDSE IS 

3LMK V4LVE 4OV-50-5181. 

REF OWE NO. I DRAW TITLE - ooo1 I PPHG.V#LMS.LElD usCELLu(E0us 

UNITED STATES 


ERWILD -AL yA)IuopIEwT P-1 

%-PILI-m 

- . - I . . . . . . . 

.- . 

.. . 

. . : 

- . 

.. ..

I 

OPERATIONS SUPPORT TRNLER 

Lu 

'0 

I 2 I 3 1 4 

I 5 6 I 7 I 8 

, , .r ,? ' PRN-C; 

BACKUP CONTROL SYSTEU 

WIbNO ENGINEERING STATION 

EOW No. CPU-90-5875 

PRINTER 

EWtP NO. 

IP ADOR: 10.16.38.64 

0 I 

IP nDOR: 10.16.38.62 ! IP ADDR: 10.16.38.63 

I I 

pCPU.90-587.-S 

I ~cpu-90-5875-~ 

I ._._._._. J 

I It ETMAMT USCO 

L.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-. 

SWITCHER 

-I .. ii 

CPU-90-5876 

r.- .-.-. -.-.-. 

i 

j/--PNL-90-5890-5 i 

I 

i IP mDR(0.16.58.65 

VERSAVIEW 1500P 

TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY 

A-8 

EOUIP. NO. PNL-90-5890 

Lr; 

J 

, :.-PRN-90-5884-S 

.-. 

-5KO-25-5250A-S 

.-..- 

I 

1 

. . 

B 

I 

! 

! 

j 

i 

I 

! 

1 

I 

IP hLIDR:10.16.38.66 IP ADOR;10.16.38.67 

I 

PACKAGING STATION A 

PLC A-B SLC 5/05 

EQUIP. NO. SKD-25-5250A 

PACKAGING STATION B 

PLC A-E SLC 5/05 

EOUP. NO. SKO-25-52508 

r UPIN PLC CONTROL PANEL UCC ROOM - E W NO. PNL-90-5871 

I PLC LOCK RACK 2 

WITH 1747-SN 

I 

REUOTE VO SCANNER 

I PLC LOCAL R m 1 MOOULE 

I 

I PLC-90-5870 

I 

I 

I 

j 

I 

! 

I 

1 PNL-90-5871-52 

! 

I 

j 

! 

j 

1 

P NJOR: 10.16.38.6: 

PNL-90-587l-S1 -..-. 

A-0 RIO LIM 

"BLUE HOSE 

I -. 

! 

I 

i , 

F 

RI 

AL RACK 3 

747-94 

0 SCNER 

I 

I 

I 

U 

PLC REMOTE RACK 4 

WITH 1747-68 

REMOTE MOOULE 110 PLlSLPTER 

PLC REMOTE RACK 5 PLC 

WI 

REUO 

L -- 

I\uX PLC CONTROL P N L YCC ROOM - EPUP NO. PNL-90-5872 

.. _. 

t ITE RACK ! 

DULE 

< 

'I' 

I\ I ! 

J 

j 

-.-.-._ 

,NOTES: 

CAT 5 UTP ETHERNET CABLE BELOEN CAT. NO. 

1585A-015UHX) COUCODE (08093170. PLENUM 

BLUEJACKET. 

A-8 REUOTE I/O LINK CABLE (A-0 BLUE HOSE) 

BELOEN CAT. NO. 9463. 

PLC RACK INTERCONNECT CABLE, ALLEN- 

BRNkEY CAT. No. 1746-C16 (50 W.1. 

Y USCO OVTELLlGENr SWITCH, 24 PORT 101100 WITH 2 GBlC SLOTS 

UNPOPULATED. ClCSO CAT. NO. WS-3550-24 PWRlEMl 

> 

> 

REF DWG NO. 

MlAWffi TITLE 

:WOl-EOOlO I DlSlRUUENTATlON LOCATKM PLMS 

1 10203 I tNSTRUYENTATmN OPERATIONS WPWRT TRNLER 

IOZD8 

I INSTRUUENTATKIN PNL-90-5871 

i 

I 

i 

DEPARTMENT -OF ~NERGY 

FERNALD ENVIRO~~YEMAL MANA~EYIENT PR~JECT 

THsDpRcpSpRlDBT 

-3900-N-02489 

4 

5069



Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Air Flow Diagrams 

94X-3900-H-0 1 302 Systems and Equipment Designations 

94X-3900-H-0 1 303 Legend, Symbols, and Abbreviations 

94X-3900-H-0 1 348 Process Building - Packaged Air Conditioning Units 

94X-3900-H-01304 Process Areas 

94X-3900-H-01349 Process Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 

94X-3900-H-01347 Silo 3 Enclosure 

94X-3900-H-01423 Storage and Wastewater Tank Area 


Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Control Diagrams 

94X-3900-H-0 1 722 Process Building - Packaged Air Conditioning Units 

94X-3900-H-01718 Process Building - Packaging Area 

94X-3900-H-017 1 9 Process Building - Corridors/Airlocks 

94X-3900-H-01720 Process Building - Excavator Room 

94X-3900-H-0 1 72 1 Process Building - Exhaust Filtration Units 

94X-3900-H-01723 Silo Enclosure 


94X-3900-H-01725 

94X-3900-H-0 1 726 


Controls Sequence of Operation 

5069

I I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT 

DESCRIPTION DESlG N AT OR 

(XXX) 

1IR CONDITIONIJG UNIT . *cU 

M( HANDLNG UMT AW 

M( FLOW WEGIJRlNG STATION WS 

ENCLOSURE ENC 

E X W T *IR RECASTER EAR 

EXPANSION JOINT . EXP 

FAN FW 

FILTER FL T 

FIRE DWPER FOP 

FLEXIBLE CONVECTION FLY 

GRAVITY OAUFFR GDM 

HEATER HTR 

HUIODIFER HUM 

JWCTION BOX JBX 

LOUVER LVR 

YPLN CIRCUIT BREWER MCB 

MOTOR MTR 

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC 

UOTOR STARTER PANEL MSP 

PACKAGE UNIT PKU 

PWEL (CONTROL) PNL 

PMLEOrnO PNB 

PITOT TUBE STATION PTS 

POWER DISTR!EUTION PWEL PDP 

POWER PPNa WN 

POWER P M L UNSTWENTATION) PWP 

RETURN UR MLLE RAG 

RETURN UR REUSTER RAR 

STACK STK 

SUPPLY NR DIFFUSER SM 

SUPPLY NR GRILLE SAC 

SUPPLY UR REGISTER SAR 

VACUUM BREAKER VBK 

SYSTEM NUMBERING 

(YY) 

OD 

Dl 

02 

03 

04 

05 

06 

07 

08 

09 

F W I E S 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

WASTE RETRIEVU FACLlTtS 

NOT USED 

NOT UKD 

LIpjCELLWEOUS FACLITIES 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

(0 

mBVK 

PNEUMATIC RETMEVAL SYSTEM 

11 

12 

U 

14 

MECHnMCAL RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

PROQSSMG 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

PROCESS VENT SYSTEM 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

PRMUCT WLINC 

23 

24 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

26 25 

27 

28 

29 

NOT CONT*PSR USEO UAN/\GEMENT SYSTEM 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NCTRlCIL 

30 

31 

32 

33 

HlGH VMTAGE SYSTEM 

480 VOLT DISTRRUTION SYSTEM 

STANDBY ELECTRCU SYSTEM 

UNNTERRUPTIELE POWER SYSTEM 

35 34 

36 .. 

37 

38 

LIGHTING 

GRWMWNG SYSTEU SYSTEM 

UnT lltFn ---- 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

39 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

UTlLlTlES AND MM3ALS 

PLANT AND INSTRUMENT NR SYSTEM 

BREATHING AIR S'STEM 

NOT USEO 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

WATER SYSTEUS 

PROCESS WATER SYSTEM 

WUESTIC WATER SYSTEM 

NOT USED 

HOT USE0 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

NOT USE0 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

WASTE SYSTEKS 

NOT USE0 

NOT USED 

WASTEWATER SYSTEM 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

NOT USEO 

HVAC SYSTEUS 

70 SLPPLY AIR SYSTEM 

71 EXHAUST AIR SYSTEM 

72 NOT USEO 

73 NOT USEO 

74 NOT USED 

75 NOT USEO 

76 NOT USEO 

77 UlsCELL*MOLlS HVAC SYSTEM 

78 NOT USED 

79 NOT USE0 

80 81 

82 

85 

uE0u)ScAL LH) Lw4LYTfcLL SYSTEYS 

NOT USEO USED 

NOT USEO 

NOT USED 

84 

E5 

86 

87 

88 

89 

WPLING SYSTEM 

NOT UYD 

NOT USED 

NOT VYD 

NOT USED 

NOT USED 

E QUIP ME NT NUMBER IDENT lFlC AT ION 

_._. 

XXX-YY-ZZZZ 

T T T 

- - 

amlrnl 

.I 

P2IIIN oL(p( SUA LMUUWGS 2 

I 3 I 4 I 5 I 

6 I 

I 


1. ALL NOTEO DUCT DWENYONS *RE WSIDE OMNSIONS UNLESS 

OTHEFWtSE NOTED. 

2. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL AS WWCATED IN 

SPEUFICATION SECTION: 1SBW IN BIR SUPPLY AMI MSTRBUTION 

SYSTEM UNLESS OlHERWtSE NOTED. 

3. ALL WCTWORK ELEVATIONS bRE SOTTOM'OF SHEET METAL. 

MESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 

4. ROOM PRESSURES INDICATED ON ORAMNCS ARE WERENTIAL 

PRESSURES (IN INCHES WC) WlTH RESPECT TO ATUOSPHERIC 

PRESSURE. 

5. -LOW RATES SHOWN El CUBIC FEET PER LDNUTE (CFU) ARE 

ACTUAL FLOWS (ACFMI AT THE SITE ELEVATION MOVE SEA 

LEVEL. 

6. ALL EOUIPMENT SUPPORTS. FOVNOATIONS. PPDS. WUL OPENINGS 

AND PENETRATIONS S W BE VERIFIED WITH THE ACTUAL 

€ W E N T FOR SIZE AND FIT. THE EOUSPSNT SIZES MICATED 

ON THE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN SELECTED FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN 

AND SPACE ALLOCATION PURPOSES. THE ACTUAL SIZES UAY 

VARY DEPENDING ON EQUPMENT MPMJFACTURER 

7. &L MOTORS WlE 3 PHASE. 60 HERTZ. 2301460 VOLTS UNLESS 

OTHERWISE NOTED. 

- 5069 

REF DWC NO. DRAWWC TlLE 

OD2 I WAC LEGEND rmBoLS AND b68REVIATIONS 

I 

lssuED FOR CONSTRUCTIOW 

-(II---mrrPm 

mas.otm 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTMENT 

-- 

OF ENERGY 

ERNALD ENVRowylEHTAL NAN- PROJECT 

ll6-pprplsDW 

1 

~~

3 

f. 

m 

m 

- 

I L I I 3 I 4 5 I 6 

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS 

SINGLE LINE 

ABBREVIATIONS 

FlLTER (35% ASHRE 

EFFICLENCY RATING) 

ABBREV. WORD OR TERM 

bBOVE 

OUTSOE 

ACTUAL CUBlC FEET PER UWTE 

uR 

OPPOSED .BLADE DWER 

M7 PJR WNDITOMNG 

CQWnONwG UMT 

p I 

ROUND DUCT END ELEVATION 

TR/WSITMN RECTLHGULAR TO 

R O W 

FLTER (90-95% *sHRA€ 

EFFICIENCY RATING) 

WGH EFFICENCY 

PAQTKXLATE Mi (HEPPJ 

FLTER 

ULTRA-LOW 

PMTRATING AIR (ULPAJ 

FLTER 

ARBREV 

bBV 

*CFU 

AC 

ACU 

m o x 

ATU 

AUTO 

BEL 

BHP 

BOG 

BOD 

BOL 

Bop 

BOU 

BTUH 

BYP 

CNTFGL 

CW 

ccw 

CD 

CFH 

CFU 

CG 

CL 

CLG 

CONC 

COND 

b N 

F 1’ 

FC 

FO 

n 

FWD CRY 

*PPROXBAATELY 

ATYOSPHERE 

UJTOWTIC 

BELOW 

BRME HORSEPOWER 

BOTTOM OF CRlLLE 

BOTTW OF WCT 

BoTlDU OF LOUVER 

BOTTOM OF APE 

BOTTDU OF W T 

BRlTW THERUM UNITS PER HOUR 

BWASS 

CENTRIFUGAL 

CCYUON 

CWrnTY 

CDUNERCLQCKWLSE 

CmING DIFFUSER 

atBlC FEET PER HOUR 

CUBlC FEET PER UINUTE 

CEILHG CENTERLINE GRILLE 

FURNISHED 

SWLIIE FEET 

CUBIC FEET 

F a CLOSE0 

FPA OPEN 

FORWAQD 

FPA LOCKED CURVED 

OA 

OBD 

oc 

OD 

OVHD 

OP 

OPER 

OPNG 

PO 

PENET 

PF 

PH 

PL 

P&S 

PNEU 

POC 

POS 

PRESS 

myl 

PDAL 

PDI 

PDlC 

PDIT 

AP 

PSlG 

uc 

uc 

Vu: 

VEL 

VNT 

W 

W I 

wc 

WG w/o 

WT 

WTR 

WTSDE ON CENTER DIIUIETER 

OVERHEAD 

OUTPUT 

OPfR ATINGIOFERATOR 

OPEm 

PRESSURE 

PEMTRATON DROP 

PREFQTER 

P H S 

PLATE PLACES 

P W L 

P N E LIM A T I C 

POINT OF CONNECTION 

POSITIVE 

PRESWRE 

PRESSURE DbFERfNTlAL ALMU HKjH 

PRESSURE DFFERENTUL ALARM LOW 

PRESSURE MFFERENTUL WWCATOR 

PRESSURE DbERENTlAL NDEATING CONTROLLER 

PRESWRE DIFFERENTIAL INDICATING TRANSUITTER 

PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL 

POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (GAUGE) 

CWUNG 

ELBOW WITH TURNING VbNES 

RADIUS ELBOW 

DUCT SIZE (FIRST FIGURE 15 

SIDE SHOWN SECOND FIGURE 

IS SIDE NOT’ SHOWN) 

bMS AIR UEASURMG STATION 

BKD BACKORNT DPMPER 

DPR NON BUTTERFLY DAUPiR 

DMP BUTTERFLY DWPER 

FOP COLIBINATION 

UOTORIZED FIRE/ISOLATION 

DWER WITH YEEVE 

FDP CURTNN TYPE STAT!€ 

FIRE OPMPER WITH SLEEVE 

N 

B 

P 

1 

OUTSIDE PJR LOWER 

BACUORPFT DWER UPNUAL VOLUUE DWER 

MOTOR OPERATED DPMPER 

MOTOR OPERATE0 FIRE 

DPMPER 

FLUE OAUPER 

(WITH FUmLE LINK) 

PlTOT TUBE STATION 

cow 

CR 

cs 

CTR 

cv 

CW 

DES 

DIA 

DISCH 

ON 

DIP 

DUN 

01 

DWG 

(E) 

EA 

EFF 

EG 

ELB 

EL 

EN1 

EQUIP 

EP 

ER 

E50 

EVAC 

EXF!L 

EXH 

(F) 

:: !>E 

.F WB 

FD 

FLE < 

FLG 

FLU 

FLTR 

FP 

FPI 

FPU 

CONCRETE 

COWENSATE 

CONNECTON 

CMBON CELHG REGtSTER STEEL 

CENTER 

CMCK VALVE 

CLoU(WIsE 

DESlW 

DIMTER 

DISCHARGE 

DOWN 

DRW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 

DRAWING DEYGN TEUPERATURE 

EXISTING 

EXHWUST AIR 

EFFlUENCY 

EXHWT ELBOW GRILLE 

ELEVATION 

ENTERWG 

EQUmENT 

EXPLOSlON PROOF 

EXWST EMERGENCY REGlSTE SHUTDOWN R 

EVACUATION 

EXFILTRATION 

EXHPOST 

FURMSHED 

DEGREES FMRENHfIT 

DEGREES DEGREES FAJiRENFEIT 

FAHREMEIT DRY WET BULB 

FIRE DUlPfR 

FLEXl6l.E 

FLLHGE 

FLOOR 

FILTER 

FIRE PROTECTION 

FINS PER INCH 

FEET PER umux 

orr 

R 

RA 

RD 

REF 

REG 

REQO 

RG 

RFGT 

RH 

RL 

RPU 

RR 

RS 

SA 

sc 

SCFU 

SCH 

u) 

SEC 

SG 

SIS 

SL 

SPD 

SP 

SR 

ss 

STD 

sv sw 

TA 

TEFC 

TEW 

TC 

TOC 

TOD 

TOS 

TR 

TRNY 

TSP 

TYP 

QUbNTlTY 

REFRlGERbNT 

ROWS RETURN AIR DISCHAQGE 

REFERENCE 

REGISTER 

REQUIRED 

RETUM GRILLE 

REFRIGERANT 

RELATIVE HUNUIDITY 

REVOLUTIONS 

REFRWRPNT LIQUID PER UWJTE 

RETlRN REUSTER 

REFPJGERMT SUCTION 

my 

STBNDPRD &ECTlON CUBIC FEET PER UWUTE 

SCHEDULE 

SHUTDOWN 

SECOM)MY 

SVPPLY GRILLE 

SWETY INSTRUMENTED SYSTEM 

SOUNO LNNG 

SPEED 

STATIC SUPPLY PRESSURE 

REGISTER 

STWESS STEEL 

26%2kD VALVE 

SWITCH 

TRANSFER LIR 

TOTALLY ENCLOSE0 FPJi COOLED 

TEUPERATURE 

TRbNSFER GRILLE 

TOP OF CONCRETE 

TOP OF DUCT 

TOP OF STEEL 

TRbNSFER REGISTER 

TOTAL TRPNSFER STATE PRESWRE 

TYPICAL 

UNDERCUT 

UNDERGROUND DOOR 

SYMBOLS 

SYMBOL DEFINITION 

0 AT 

E CENTERLNE 

0 MIUIETER 

08 

ELECTRIC HEATING COL 

GAL 

cuv 

GPU GR 

ELECTRIC UOTOR H 

HTG 

HEPA 

HVAC 

CIC-CWLNG con 

H/C-HOT WATER COIL 

I 

ELECTRIC RADIANT 

HEATER 

a DUCT TRbNNBTbm 

+ 

D 

D 

0 

SUPPLY ps) 

FLOW DRECTDN 

OOWST !J4FLTRATION OR 

UFLTRATION mow‘ MRECTDN 

HD 

HDR 

w 

HGT 

HOA 

HPl 

HR 

HZ 

IAS 

m 

LE. 

IN 

HFlL 

HSTR 

IN WC 

IN WG 

KW KaOWATT 

L 

LG 

LGTH 

LP 

LPT 

LiBH 

MAX 

UCC 

uw 

Llpl 

UOY 

MTD 

UTG 

YTL 

YFR 

Nc 

MG 

Mi€ 

NK 

NO 

. NTS 

GALLON 

CALVMZED 

GALLONS PER YIFR)TE 

CFUDE 

HlGH 

HEATING 

HlcH EFFlUENCY PMTICUI .ATE 

HEATDIG. VENTILATION BND LIR 

HELD 

HELDER 

H0RSEWWE.Q 

H*M)/OFF/LUTOUATIC 

MrnT 

m WElT 

HOUR 

HERTZ 

AIR CONDITIONING FILTER 

WSTRULWT uR SUPPLY 

WSUATION 

THAT D 

HCH 

WFLTRATION 

WSTRUL(ENT 

Y W S WATER COLUMN 

WHES WATER GAUGE 

LONG 

LEVEL GUlCE 

LENGTH 

LOW PRESSURE 

LOW powr 

VACWM 

VELOUTY 

VENT 

“,IO,: 

W i i k COLUUN 

WATER GAUGE 

WITHOUT 

WEIGHT 

WATER 

1 a 

* 5069 

REF DWG NO. I DRAW!NG TITLE 

UNITED STATES 


-- 

FERNALD ENVIROWYEWTAL YANAQEYEWT PROJECl 

n6-IBPmm 

DDlcTlTLE 

WAC 

LEGEND, SYWOLS & ABBREVIATIONS

575 

OUT 

PUB 

NR 

575 

OUT 

u1B 

UR 

I I 4 I V I 3 I b I 

m-70-5700 

(50% CAPACITY) I 

ACU-70-5710 

(50% CAPACITY) 

ACU-70-5720 

I%/ CAPACITY) 

XU-70-5700 

PMXMD NR 

CO- U(IT 

xu-10-5710 

P*MA(xD m 

corn- WT 

ACU-70-5720 

PLCKAGED m 

C0NDITK)NPIc LWT 

TO 

I 

t 

5.750 CFY 

PROCESS 

BUlLDDlc 

TO PROCESS 

BUILDING 

nvX -y 

I HOW4 \ 

1 I R 

NOTE: 

1. ONLY TWO ACVS SHKL BE OPERATYG AT ONE T IE 

e- 5069 

REF OWC NO. WAIDI(: TITLE 

I KSUXlTOCMTRUCT*)N 

HVAC SYSTEMS N4D EOUPUENT DEYGNATORS 

HVAC LECEM).SYLBOLS UO IBBREWATM 

=LOW aLauy PROCESS *REA 

n om larnlm 

~rncIBD(IIpPII-DLoDBm 

*Nys*Dmm 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTWNT OF ENERGY 

FERNMD ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

n6DUlG-n 

I 

!

~ 

~~~ 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I b 

I I 

NOTES: 

FROM 

ACU-70-5700 

woo5 

5.7M CFM 

m 

FROM 

FRW 

NXI-70-5720 

I HOO03 

‘ 

5.7Y) CFM , 

1.350 CFM . 

ENTRY 

800 CFM CORRIWR 

- a 1630 CFU 4.670 CFU 

280 OM’ - + 

INFFBTRATION 

.(SEE NOTE 1. TYPJ 

130 CFM 

930 CFM 

I 

I; 

0 

m 

L 2 

110 CFM 

(SEE NOTE 3) 

7.120 CFM 

VARIABLE FLOW 

VpiaLu RELEF - 

I4 

b7 

0 

EXCAVATOR 

ROOM 

(SEE NOTE 41 I 

EXCAVATOR 

4.230 CFM SERVKX 

TO FLT-71-5770A 

100 CFM - 

I u 

DWNG THE LJR SYSTEM B&#NCING IN amER TO OFFSET 

THE XTU& INFLTRATION RATES. THE EXHAUST LJR FILTRATON 

WITS ARE SIZE0 TO W E THE BUEOWG INFILTRATION 

WrnTY. 

2. NOT USED. 

3. 1.000 CFU 6 EXMSTEO FRW PCKAWNC AREA ROOM 004 

BY PROCESS EXHAUST SYSTEM. SEE SHEET FO002. 

4. 4.500 CFU 1s EXHAUSTED FROM EXCAVATOR ROW 009 

BY PROCESS EXHAUST SYSTEM. SEE SHEET FWO2. 

e- 5049 

REF DWG NO. I DRAWPIG TlTLE 

KO001 I WAC SYSTEMS LND EWIRENT DESIGNATORS 

1 REVbED PER OCN 40430-&G-088 

0 lssLEoT0coxslRucTloN OlM B.O.C. CC 

om .nn - 

n .D. 

-mmmsmx-opLpm 

IIysmw 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

E 

E 

FROM PROCESS 

EULMNC 

EXHWST 

HOOD4 

7.200 CFM 

I - 1 . I f 

SrnE PHD WECTm/ 

CONEECTIONS UYP) 

SLIlPLE IWD lNJECTUX( 

COHNECTIONS ,TYP)-/ 

FLT-71-5770A 

(100% CAPACITY) \-ULPA FILTER 

FLT-71-5770B 

11wx CAPMTY) 

I 3 I 0 I 

t 

7.200 CFM 

-1 

7.200 CFY 

I 7.200 CFY 

(loo% FM-71-576m CAPACITY) 

FIW 71-57- 

BvILD(HG FQ.TRATMN 

EXIWJST FAN B 

7.200 CFM 

7.200 CFY 

1 

7.200 CFU 

TO EXHWST 

STK-f9-5209 

I 8 

REF DWC NO. I MI- TITLE 

1 

e- 5069 

H W l I HVrC SYSTEMS a EOUlPLPNT DESGNATORS 

m w 2 Hvlc LEGEND.SYmaS L LB8REVlAlDNS 

HW04 m o w DlAcubM 

F W 3 PROCESS VENT L PAcKcchy: SYSTEMS 

ISSLIED TO coNsTRucTKy( 

I 

a(.---- 

DlllIrn"1 r.ll 

UlnsIOoLR 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTS NT OF ENERGY 

:ERNAD ENVIR AL YANAGEMENT PROJECT

I I 

DPR-77-6OQJ 1 

QPR-77-6006 4 

_. 

SILO ENCLOSURE 

LOWER b OWPER 

- _ 


LOUVER b OMPER 


1010) 

I J I 0 I 

15.000 CFM -v) 

(5.000 CFU YY 

50.000 CFU 

FAN-77-5789 

SILO ENUOUlRE 

EXHWST FW 

EXCAVATOR ROW 

10091 

I 8 

REF OWG No. DRAWUS TITLE 

liOOO1 

5069 

HVIt SYSTEMS Yo EOUlPYENT DEYGWTORS 

n mn Ian1 - 

P 

S%S~SE*BDIIIIIOP ~ppsm 

mnuLsmw 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTWT OF ENERGY 

FERNALD ENVIRO AL WAGEENT PROJECT 

n6-PEPaQm

.- 

STORAGE AND WASTEWATFR 

TANK #REA 

LOUVERIOWPER NiO FLTER 

- _ 

STORAGE U0 WASTEWATER 

TPNK AREA 

LOUVERID- WO FLTER 

I 

" 

STORAtE bN0 WASTEWATER TANK I\REA 

pGE) 

I 

-r 

! 

2.600 CFM 

FW-77-5792 

STORM /IND WASTEWATER 

T/\NK PJ?EA EXHAJJST FW 

I 3 I 0 I 

tl P 

REF owc No. I ORAWNG TITLE 

L- 5069 

I I l l 

a(.---- 

.TysIomli 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTWNT OF ENERGY 

FERNALD ENVIRO-AL WNAGENENT PROJECT 

n6-Fiwmcom

i 

1 

L 

I " I f I J I 0 I 

FPN-77-5790A FAN-77-57908 F&4-77-5790C 

t t 

t 

SOM) 

CFM 

FAN-77-579QA 

CnRu) CWTUILER BAY 

EXHAUST FPN A 

t 

3000 

CFM 

CMCO CONTMR BAY 

a 

fPN-77-579QB 

CARGO CONTUNER BAY 

E X M T FW B 

9.000 CfY - 

3000 

CFU 

f CN-77-519M; 

CMGO CONTWR BAY 

EXHWST FPN C 

z 

8 

0 

(Ir 

r 

m-77-5737 

CARGO CONlUU€R BAY 

Nu nmDIc UMT 

n ID. 

sumpraw--- 

I 8 

t-- 5069 

mmmn 

UNITED STATES 


FERWLD ENVIRONMENTAL YAIIAoEyENf PROJECT 

rY5rr-m 

AIRFLOW- - WACRAM

I 

100% OUTmE 

ALlslENl YR 

5750 CFU 

loo)! OUTSIDE 

-EN1 NR 

5750 CFU 

mol WTPDE 

ALlslENT UR 

5750 CFM 

, L 

I I d I t I 3 I 0 

ACU-70.5710 

Lw 

,-SEE NOTE 4 

[SEE NOTE 4 

ACU-70-5700 

__I 

ACU-70-5700 

(50% CWACITY) 

I EUO-70-6009 

PROCESS 

PTS-70-6042 moon: WAC 

SUPPLY 

Hoot1 > 

I I n 

NOTES: 

- 506 

1. CONTROL PIwEL/OtscMCT SVlTCH FURNLSI(E0 WITH MU. 

UOUNTEO IWO WIRED. YNGLE SOLlRCE POWER SUPPLY 

REOUIRED. 

2. RWU TEWPERATURE SEIORS FURMSMO WllH ACU.LOCATE0 

Y PACU- MEA 004. 

3. WOKE OETECTOR FURNISHED. UOUNTEO. L W W BY FIRE 

NARU SYSTEU VWOOR. 

4. 

POI'S ARf FURNISM0,UOUNTED WnH ACWS. 

FROU TIC 

.~ACU-70-5700 

SHEET Ho021 

(SEE NOTE 2) INTERLOCKS: 

EKO-70-6011 

(SEE NOTE 1) j j j 

FROM TIC 

I # , 

I I .___.._____________ 

2 ACU-70-5710 

, 

, I 

I 

I 

SHEET HOO21 

(SEE NOTE 2) 

T , 

I 

ACU- 70-5710 

i. -- 

rSEE NOTE 4 

ACU-70.5710 

(50% CWACITY) 

Acv-70-5720 

(50% CAPACITY) 

ELECTRIC 

FROU TIC 

---$ ACU-70-5720 

MEET H0021 

(SEE NOTE 2) 

5750 CFM 

DPR-70-6012 32x16 

PROCESS 

EULCWG WAC 

- PROCESS 

EULOYG WAC 

- , PTS-70-6044 5750 CFM SUPPLY 

\ 

-. H0021 > 

\ 

OPR-70-6014 32x16 

4 

EU0-70-60l3 

- - 

5. FOR HVAC CONTROL SEOUENCE OF OPERATION SEE SHEET WO28. 

TWO ACVS w u BE SELECTED *s Pmww WD STARTED BY 

THE OPERATOR. TM RfWW Lw WfLL BE STW-BY. T M 

FOLLOWING INTERLOCUS WST BE SATSFLO: 

VER!FY OPR-70-6015.6018.6020 b 6022 ME OPEN 

VERlM FDP-70-6023 Is OPEN 

ON LOW FLOW INDICATION FROU FI-ACU-70-5700 ENERGIZE 

STAND-BY ACU AND oE-EmazE ~M~~EVER PRI~ARY ACU 

6 DETERMNED TO BE PERFORUUG WPLEWATELY. 

ON ACU SHUTDOWN NIRY. XA. EMRGIZE STPNO-BY Acu. 

ACU WILL SHUT DOWN ON SMOKE DRECTION. ALAfW WILL BE 

POSTED IN (XTRATDNS WPORT CENTER. STM-EY ACU WILL 

@ BE STARTED. 

0 :H& ~ $ ~ N A C & O ~ y ~ TO ~ N PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 

REF OWC NO. DRAW TITLE 

m 4 

HVX SYSTEUS LIQ E(XIPYEN7 CEgolnTORS 

WAC LEGfND.SnsOLS 6 ~REVIATlWS 

HVM CDNTRcl aKRw PLo(HG AREA 

HVAC EOUlPYNT SCHEMES 

) 6SUEDTOCONSTRVCM)( 0 7 m Bbc/ 

'1 

wl lrrnlma---- 

.ITuLIIIoDLR 

UNITED STATES 


FERNAU) ENVIRO)(I;ID(TAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

lm--m

. 

- 

E 

F 

I 

ROY 

UV-70-5700 

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

PTS-70-6046 

m *. 

DPR-70-60017 

mo CTU 

!0.U 

A 

AT* 

- 2.070 CFU LOXI CFU 

? CFu 

I'O'O CFU 1 

SET e 68.f 

(NOTE 5) 

5.280 ffu 4.320 CFU 

SEl 0 68'F 

(NOTE 51 

w 

HTR-70.5 SOD 

SET 0 68.F 

(NOTE 5) 

Y)- 

4- 

825 CFU 

.ye 

' 6-0 

825 CFU 

n YH) CFU 

Y u-e 

124 I 

I I 8 

NOTES: 

TO mLm 

007 

mK122 1. NOT mo. 

:1. FOR HVIC CONlRoL SEMNCE Of OPERATION SEE 9EET HoO28. 

8. ROW TEUPERATURE SENSORS FLRRNSHEO win m comTmtwG 

WTS 

5. TE'S. TCS FW3EHEO WITH )(EATERS 

6. LOCATE0 ON SOUTH WKL OUlW l)(E EL%ONC. 

7. LOCATED W E PICKIWG PS€A 

8. LOW CFU 6 EXHAUSTED FROU PYJKACNG lREA Rooy W4 BY 

PRCCKSS EXHAUST SYSTEU. YE SMET FW03. 

W-70-5710 Yir+ UNITED STATES 


FERWAU) -AL YAWAoermT PROJECT 

w w - m 

Icu-70-5720 

ffY 

5069 

.L 

TO LN-70-s7w 

CONTFmL PMEL 

SKEET Hw20 

2, 

10 Lsv-70-5710 

CoHTRci PML 

SiTT m20 

2, 

10 #Cl-?0-5720 

CONTROL PINL 

sal M)ozo KU fq 

70 5 01 

cmTE 71 - mrr61 - TO ENTRY 

COR 

800327 

800 CFU 

m=-- 

MI .. 

MD22

a 

DPR-70-6019 W-70-6020 

FC 

FROM PACKAGING 

AREA 004 PTS-71-6049 

- * " OW-71-6026 

280 CFU + 

WLTRATION 

Ls_y 

FDP-71-6027 

FC 

1lO CFU + 

INFILTRATION 

12x10 4 818 

- 

I 675 cFM 

). 

I - 

I" I 675 cFu 

HlR-70-57346 

v 

(NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) 

TR-70-5735 

m 

UTR-ZS 5 35 

(NOTE 4) 

I FC 

FDP-71-6031 

PTS-71-6051 

1.630 CFU 

12- U - I 

IMP-71-6028 

AREA 004 PTS-71-6050 

2.450 CFU 

H0021 

14" 0 U DW-71-6056 -. 

I 

\ u 

FROU ACU-70-57M). 

: mi 

-L, I 

ENTRY CORRlOOR 

4 

950 CFU 

FDP-70-6023 

FC 

UO CFU 

NFLTRATION 

HTR-70-5732 

WTE 41 

HTR-70-5732 ._ m 7 0 - c 5 

ENTRY CORRlWR DO1 

ELECTRIC HEATER 

2 KW 

moa( 007 

ELECTElC HEATER A 

2 KW 

NRLOCKIWFF DO3 

ELECTRK: mATER 

2 KW 

- 

950 CFU 

CORRlDOR 

I CNnTF 11 I 

I L 

.. ._ . - . 

I 

HTR-7 - 73 _ _ 

COROR Do2 

ELECTRIC HEATER E 

2Kw 

ELECTRIC HEATER 

2 KW 

D m Y O 

FOP-71-6029 

FC 

1 PTS-71-6054 

DW-71-6042 

7.120 CFM 

240 

TO HEPA 

FILTER WITS 

FLT-71-5770A 8 

FLT-71-57708 

HO023 

NOTES: 

I 

I THE ROOU EXHNJST ##?FLOW RATES NCLUDE THE CALCULATE0 

NFILTRATIDN RATES. /u).NST THE ROOU EXUAVST YRFLOW 

I. RELOACTED 2W0DIWPER. 

b. FOR HVAC CDNTROL YOVENCE OF OPERATION SEE M E T HDD26. 

1. TE'S. TC'S FURNISHED WlTH HEATERS. 

INTERLOCKS: 

- 5069 

ON A RISE IN ROOM PRESSURE ABOVE SET RWGE.MOWLAfE 

0 CLOSED OPR-70-6020. ILlUlTED TO 50% OPEN.) 

ON A RIY IN ROOU PRESSURE ABOVE SET RANCE.UODULATE 

@ CLOSED DPR-70-6022. (LWTEO TO 50% OPEN.) 

CLOSE FOP-70.6023. FW-71-6027, FOP-71-6029 6 FDP-71-6031 

UPON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FROU FRE 

ALARM SYSTEM. 

CLOSE FDP-71-6031 ON A SIGNAL FROM PbNlC-EAR CONTACT 

@ SWITCH ON EUERGENCY-EXIT DOOR No. OO3D. (D-R WILL 

BE RE-OPENED BY OPERATOR FROM THE CONTROL ROOU.) 

REF DWC NO. I DRAWING TITLE 

WAC. SYSTEYS AN0 EOLUPUENT DESIGNATORS 

WAC. LEGEM). SYMBOLS L *BBREVIATIONS 

WAC CONTROL am*u P ~ MEA G 

HDo23 CGUTRDL DIAGRM EXCAVATOR ROWS 

HD€u4 WVIY: EaUlRlENT SMEDULES 

1 I I l l 

1 

REvlyD PER DCN 40430-JEC-088 

REVlSED PER DCN 40450-.EG-025. -029 

b ISSUEDTOCOWSTRUCllON 

mND1EDc ccs 

-0Ip.BDIIIwp.m 

fm 

mIonuE 

UNITED STATES 


FERNAID ENVIRO~AL UANAGENENT PROJECT 

D6--BT

.- 

FROM PACKAGING 

MEA 004 

HOD22 

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 

ATM 

!TGJH 

DMP-71-6033A 

"L -1 

300 CFM 

0 

m 

100% AMBlENl 

OUTSIOE IUR 

EXCAVATOR SERVICE ROOM 

4,500 CFM 

ATM 

- 

OM rn 71 6 33 

EXCAVATOR ROOM 

OM -71-6 33 4 - TO MFCS 

CONIINKVJS ELmSlONS 

UOYTOWG BUQDINC 

XU-77-5750 (CEM) 

OA 

m-77-5750 

HEATER FbN 425 3.5 CFU KW 

EXFUTRATION 

-v) 

50 CFM 

TO =PA 

F~TER UNITS 

FLT-71-5770A b 

FLT-71-57708 

HOD24 > 

NOTES : 

2. NOT USED 

I 

3. FOR HVAC CONTROL SECUENCE OF WERATION SEE SHEET HD028. 

4. 4 500 ffM IS EXHUSTED FRW EXCAVATOR ROOM 009 

6Y PROCESS EXHWST SYSTEM. SEE SHEET NOlOO. 

INTERLOCKS: 

CLOSE UPON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FROM 

@ -FIRE ALNW SYSTEM 

. CLOSE UPON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FROM 

RMIMOGICAL UOMTORING SYSTEM 

IF EXCAVATOR SERVCE ROOM 008 PRESSURE BECOMES 

GREATER CLOSE FOP-71-6034. 

THAN PACKAWNG AREA 004 PRESSURE. 

REF DWC NO. DRAWING n u 

HOoOl 

w021 

WAC CONTROL D WUI PXKWC AREA 

HW24 WAC Exn*usT FLTUATCH W TS 

WAC EOUPUENT SCHEDULES 

1 - . I l l 

-m---ms-mm 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD -AL MAN- PROJECT 

mscamcmenmm 

!SILOS 

WAC 

CONTROL MAGW

a 

a 

FROM PACKAGWG MEA 

AND NRLOCKIDOFF 

I 

-- - 

I 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 

t. T 

0 

x 

m 

FLT-71-5770A ' 

"r" 

P 

FLT-71-577OE 

6ULCRN€ ULPUIEPA I3HPLE.T UOWLE E 

AMS-71-5760 

i 

T 

7.200 CFU 

FAN-71-576OA 

(no% CAPACITY) 

rzm7 

0 

I 

----------------! 

SELECTOR 

Fffl-71-57600 

i (100% CAPACITY) 

I 

I 

- . 

1 I 7.200 CFM 

I 

I 

'I I 7.200 CFM 

li I 24"0 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

24"0 

. 

TO EXH*VST 

> 

I I . Y 

! T 

FAN 71-5760A 

BULDNG FILTRATION UHPIJST FAN A 

7.200 CFM a Is- WC SP 

Bun- FILTRATION E N 71-57MLB EXH*VST FAN E 

7.200 CFM a IS- wc SP 

Y- 

BukDWG FUTRATW EXHMIST FAN MOTOR A 

30 HP 

EUIUMG FILTRATION E W T FAN MOTOR E 

30 HP 

I 

I 

L - - - - - -- Y 

v 

I a 

NOTES: 

1. WI'S ARE FURNISED. UOUIITED WITH BuaDPVC EMMIST MODULES 

3. -MIPS. ACIUATORS UO POSnY)PERS FUIMSMD. UOUNTED WITH 

5069 

INTERLOCKS: 

0 OMY ONE EXIWJST FAN.57WA OR 57608 WILL BE ABLE 

TO RUN IN AUTO MODE AT ANY GWEN TUE. OPERATOR WILL 

SELECT PRI- FAN TO RUN AN0 OTHER FAN WlLL BE 

STAND-BY. 

THE FOLLOWWG INTERLOCKS MUST BE SATISFIED: 

e 

VERFY PRLUARY -DING EXHWST UOWLE SOLATION 

OIJIPERS ARE OPEN *ND STAVO-BY EUILOlNG EXH/V1Sl 

D M m (EITHER 

UP.71-603 6 6037 Mp.71-6038 6 60391 

VERIFY FOP-70-6023. FDP-71-6027. FDP-71-6029. 

FOP-71-6031. *NO FDP-71-6034 PSIE OPEN. 

IF SET POINT FLOW RANGE CANNOT BE MAINTNNEO. SHUT 

@ WWN PRIMARY EXHWST FAN #NO START STAND-BY EXHAUST 

FAN. 

WHEN FLOW REACHES LOW ALARM SETPOINT, RECORD LOW 

ALm TO PROUPT SERVICE 

WHEN POI REACHES HGH ALARU SETP0YT;RECORO HGH 

ALARM TO PROMPT SERVICE. 

WHEN POI REACHES HlGHlM SETPOINT. OPEN SOLATION VALVf 

FOR STfflO-BY WllLMNG E X H M l UOWLE N CLOSE 

ISOLATION VALVES FOR PRIMARY BUROINC EXHWST MODULE 

RECORD HICH-HIGH ALARM TO PROW1 SERVICE 

SHUT DOWN FANS ON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 

@ FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 

REF DWG NO. mWNc TITLE' 

HOOOl HVAC SYSTEMS AND EaLpuENi DESGNATORS 

HOW2 HVAC LEC€Ml.STMBOLS M ABBREVIATIONS 

HIM73 I HVPIE. CONTROL DIAGRAM. EXCAVATOR ROOUS 

HIM44 I HVAC E(XPYENT SCHEDULES 

REVISED PER DCN 4043O-JEGQ25 

s s m m m - - 

IanusIDcNE 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD ENWRo)(yacTAL WNMiEYDcT PROJECl 

n6-uEPIIcDBI 

C1. 

SILO 3 0 

-N 

- 

WAC 

CONTROL DIAGRAM

I - I 4 I .t 

I 

OPR-77-6001 J 

5%CFM 

AMBIENT - 

YR 

YR 

OPR-77- 

AMBIENT - YR 

OUTSIDE P 

7 

$ 

DPR-77-6001 


LOUVER & DAMPER 

DPR-77-60QZ 


LOUVER 6 OWPER 

DPR-77-WO3 

SUO ENCLOSURE 

LOUVER L DAMPER 

.. 

M O ENCLOSURE 

LOUVER b DAMPER 

_ _ 

sno ENCLOSURE 

LOUVER b DWPER 

5%CFM 

5000_CFM 

5 Z C F M 

5 z C F M 

5000 CFM - 


I 3 I b I I I 

a 

15.000 CFM 542 

2-, 15.000 CFM 

0; 

9 zL 

30.000 CFM 

MTR-77-5789 

EXCAVATOR ROOM 

piJ 

vTART/SlOP 

FW-77 5 BOA 

.J 

FAN-77-5789 

SILO ENCLOSURE EXHAUST FAN 

30.000 CFM 0 1.75" WC SP 

-. 

5110 ENCLOSURE EXHWST 

FrW 20 MOTOR 

w 

NOTES: 

1. FOR HVAC CONTROL SEOUENCE OF OPERATION SEE SHEET H002E 

INTERLOCKS: 

SHUT DOWN FAN ON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL 

0 SYSTEM FROM FIRE &ARM SYSTEM. 

REF OWG NO, I DRAW TITLE 

50 69 

HWOl I HVK SYSTEMS IWD EOWUENT DESIGNATORS 

ISSUED TO COt6TRVCTY)N 

HVAC LEGEND. SYWOLS b NIBREVIATIONS 

HV*C EP-NT so(EwLES 

PLD MSTRLIMENTATION __. 

DOTIP-- DcIIspm 

- 

rn IN.ll 

ITwsmo1Tc 

UNITED STATES 

DEPART ENT OF ENERGY 

ERNAID ENVW MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

716~psplRmBI

FAN-77-5790A 

! 

HTR-77-57404 

SET 0 55'F 

(NOTE 2) 

I I I J I 0 I 

FAN- 77-57905 FPA-77-579OC 

HTR-77-57408 

SET 0 55'F 

(NOTE 2) 

CARGO CONTYNER BAY 

FAN-77-5790A FAN-77-5790@ FW-77-579OC 

CmGO CONTNNER BAY 

E X W T FW A 

3.000 CFU 0 0.25" WC SP 

CARGO CONTMUER BAY 

EXHPJJST FW B 

3.000 mc 0 0.25 wc SP 

CARGO CONT/UMR BAY 

EXHPJJST FW C 

3.000 CFY 0 0.25- WC SP 

YTR-77-5790A UTR-77-57908 UTR- 77-579K 

CARGO CONTNWR BAY 

E w r FAN MOTOR A 

v3 Hp 

CARGO CONTlUMR BAY 

EXHMJST FAN YOTOR E 

v3 w 

CARGO CONTNNER BAY 

EXHIVST F W UOTOR C 

v3 Hp 

HTR-77-574a HTR-77-574B 

CMGO CONTANER EAY 

CARGO CONTUNER EAY 

ELECTMC MATER A 

ELECTKC MATER E 

13.5 KW 13.5 KW 

. 

3.000 CFM 

44x14 

c - 

m 

hid77-5j40C 

HTR-77-5740C 

u 

SET 0 55.F 

(NOTE 2) 

- _ 

CARGO ELECTRlC CDNTPMR MATER BAY C 

U.5 KW . 

- 

NOTE 1 

FAN-77-5737 

WU-77-5737A 

'-f 

q 

AHU-77-5 378 

mu-77-5737 

AM)-77-5737 

CARGO CONTAINER BAY 

YR HWNG UNT 

9,000 CFH 0 1.50 WC SP 

FAN-77-5737 

CARGO CONTBB4ER BAV 

SUPRY FAN 

UTA-77-5737 

CMCO SUPRY CONTlUMR FbN YOTOR BAY 

71% w 

START/STOP 

I I X 

NOTES: 

1. SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED. MOUNTED. AND WREO BY FRE 

OETECTON VENOMI. 

2. TE'S. TC'S FURNMO WITH HEATERS. 

3. PDIFURIIISHEO.UOUNTE0 WITH *w. 

4. CONTROL PANEL. MOTOR STARTERIDISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED 

WITH W. MOUNTED AND PRE-WIRED. SYGLE SOURCE 

POWER SWLY REWIRED. 

5. DAMPER MOTOR AND INTERLOCK PRE-WIRED. 

6. FOR HVAC CONTROL SEOUENCE OF OPERATION SEE SHEET H0028. 

7. A LOCAL MANUAL STARTERIOVERLOAD CONTROL IS PROVIDED BY 

FPA YPNLIFACTURER. 

INTERLOCKS: 

50 69 

0 WHEN MU SUPPLY FAN IS ENERUZE0,EXHWST FANS ARE 

ENERGIZED. WMN MU SUPPLY FAN 6 DE-ENERUZED. EXWST 

FPNS ARE DE-ENERGIZED. 

@ WHEN fflU WPPLY FAN IS ENERGIZED.DAWER WILL OPEN. 

WIEN fflU SUPRY FAN IS DE-ENERGIZED. DAMPER WnL 

CLOSE. 

@ ;;ti; CM&~ALffl$YO~y~f[tL$ TO PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 

I 

REF OWG NO. DRAWING TITLE 

WOO1 I HVIC SYSTEUS N O EWiPYENT DESCNATORS 

HOOO2 1 HVAC LEGENO.SYYBOLS k #BBREWATIONS 

HW4 I HVIC EO1IIR(ENT SCHEDVLES 

~~~CIBDIRIBOIE mscsmm 

-*oD.lf 

UNITED STATES 


'ERNAID ENVRO&ENTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

n6-m-w 

, 

SILO 3 

-mu 

HVAC 

CONTROL DIAGRAM 

CARCO CONTAlER BAY 

l&um l=$,m 194X-3900-H-01724 IH00261 0 

R

I 

E 

C 

- 

D 

- 

i 

- 

I 

i 

L / 

I 

DPR-77-6007 

STORAGE AND WASTEWATER 

TANK AREA COUEVNATION 

LOUVERIOWPER/WTH 35% FILTER 

DPR-77-KOm 

STORAGE bN0 WASTEWATER 

TANK AREA COMBNATION 

LOUVERIDI\MPERIWITH 35% FILTER 

DPR-77-EO43 

STORAGE U4D WASTEWATER 

TANK AREA COUBINATION 

LOUVERIDMPERIWTM 35% FRTER 

SET a 45 OEG F 

(NOTE 2) 

HTq-77-5797A 

STORAGE MO WASTEWATER 

TbNU AREA ELECTRIC UNIT &EATER A 

5 KW 

STORAGE AND WASTEWATER TANK AREA 

pGZFI 

SET a 45 OEG.F 

(NOTE 2) 

_ _ 

HTR-77-579B 

STORAGE AND WASTEWATER 

T/w( AREA ELECTRIC UNlT HEATER B 

5 KW 

FAN-77-5792 

! 

1 

I 2.600 CFM 

p - y s 

FAN-72 92A 

SET a 45 OEG.F. 

(NOTE 2) 

7 HTR-77-5797C 

t--/ 

r' 

& STORAGE AND WASTEWATER 

2600 CFU ~~~~~~~1 0 1.50 WC FAN SP 

STORAGE AND W&STEWATER 

TWK AREA EXHAUST FAN MOTOR 

1 HP 

STORAGE *HD WASTEWATER 

TANK AREA ELECTRE UNIT HEATER C 

5 KW 

. .- 

I 

I 

L 

NOTES: 

I 

I 

INTERLOCKS: 

. . _. .. . 

DE-ENERGIZE FAN WHEN ROLL-W DOOR 0058 

ENERGIZE FAN WMEN DOOR 0058 IS CLOSED. 

REMSED PER Ocn 40450-JEG-036 

-kec.m 

ISSUEDTOCONSTRUCTON 07/11/02 BDC m 

- a p L l s D l - - m 

Iyn -"(an 

*Nu.omn 

8 

50 69 

IS OPEN 

DE-ENERGIZE FAN ON SIGNAL TO PROCESS CONTROL 

@ SYSTEM FROM FIRE ALmM SYSTEM. 

DE-ENERGIZE FAN ON DROP IN OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE 

mow WF. ENERGIZE FAN ON RSE IN OUTSIDE 

TEMPERATURE ABOVE 6O'F. 

REF DWG NO. I 

A 

ORAWC TITLE 

HOW1 1 HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUFUENT DESIGNATORS 

Hooo2 

no044 

Now2 

HVAC LEGEND. SYMBOLS L I\BBREVIATIONS 

MVLC EWIPYENT SCHEDULES 

PMD NSTRUMENTATION 

~~

I 

I 

F 

- 

I 

GEcLEBbl 

THE sno 3 WAC SYSTEMS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: 

PRROCESS BUILCdNG CASCME HVAC SYSTEU 

C*RW CONTUNER BAY HEATW AND YENTILATON SYSTEM 

STORACE nM WASTEWATER TbNK M A VENTLATION SYSTEU 

%LO ENCLOSURE VENTILATION SYSTEU 

CONTHlouS E MSSM YOMTORWG (CEU) BUILWJC PIC SYSTEU 

I L I I I I 6 

J 4 5 I 

WITH TM EXQPTON OF THE CEM UC SYSTEM THE HVAC SYSTEMS WILL BE OPERATED. 

CONTROCLED. LND UONITORED BY AND FRW T& Ulul PLC PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEU. 

WXEINYTER REFERRED TO AS THE UPCS. THE OPERATOR CONTROL STATION FOR THIS 

SYSTEM ULL BE LOCATED IN THE OPERATION SUPPORT CENTER. HEREWbSTER REFERRED 

TO AS 1HE OSC. 

THE PROCESS 8uLDnrC CASCME HVAC SYSTEM IS DESICNU) IHD CONTROLLED TO PROVQE 

FOR THE FOLLOWW: 

OUANTITES OF SWPLYIEXHUJST AIR REW1RED TO LIUNTUN UWUUU AlR CPTURE 

VELWTlES TIRWH OPEMNCS; E.G.. DUCT PENETRAIONS. DOORS. ETC. 

WWTITES OF SWPLYIEXHUJST M1 REMrmED TO UUNTUN NDNlOUM ROOMIAREA 

MGATIVE PRESSES FOR PROPER CASCMYG OF AW FLOW FROM "CLELN" TO 

POTENTIULY CONTPYWATED ROOUS/*REAS. 

OUbNTIlES OF CONDITIONED M1 TO THE VhWOuS RDOUS/G€AS WlTMN THE PROCESS 

BUILDlNG 10 UIOlTUN DESIGN TEUPERATURE REOLIIRIUENTS FOR BOTH HEATING IHD 

COOLINC. 

OUANTITES Of SUPPLYIEXHUJST AD? REOVVlEO TO WNTW RECOLlYENDED DESIGN *w 

CHWCE RATES. 

THE THREE UUN COUPONENTS OF THE PROCESS WRONG CASCADE HVAC SYSTEM *RE AS 

FOLLOWS: 

%&st,',". i%?S%P,':2&o&jE %:dFF ~fr's"*&O~yT,":"%!~G ':R 

TO NEET 0EM;N TEUPERATURE REWIREUENTS. THEY SuPnY VARYING OUANTITIES OF 

THE COWITIOEO MR TO TM PACKffiWC AREA. ENTIIY CORRIDOR. IHD PJRLOCK. 

FLT-71-5770A k 57708. OF WCH M Y ONE IS UTUED AT ANY WEN TDIE. YCLUM 

PRE-FILTERS. FWU FLTERS. HEPA FILTERS. /wD ULPb FUTERS. TO FLTER THE EXHAUST 

AJR STREW. 

FW-71-5760A k 57608. OF WHICH ONLY OM OPERATES AT ANY GIVEN TDIE. PROVIDE THE 

VACWU SOURCE FOR THE CASCME SYSTEU BY DRAWNG UR FROU THE VARIOUS 

ROOUSleREI THROUGH THE FUTRATION UOWLES. Wg DISCHARGWG THE FLTEREO 

EXHUJST AIR OUT THE STACK. 

FOR WTUL STMT-UP OF THE HVAC SYSTEM LN) F.M ANY SUBSEMNT STARTS AFTER 

EITHER w *uTcu*nc SHUT-DOWN WE TO A FRE OR A RADIOLOGICAL CONDITION. EX.. OR 

A POWER FMURE CONOIllON. TtiT FOCLOWWC SEOUENCE SHML OCCUR: 

SELECT TWO OF THE THREE PXKffiED UR COWITIUWG UMTS (,XU-70-5700.5710, k 

5720) AS PWURY AND THE REUlMNC ACU AS STUD-BY. 

SELECT ONE OF THE TWO BUILDING EXHUJST UODUES (FLT-71-5770A b 57708) AS 

PRUY AND THE REUPJW UOWLE AS STAND-BY. 

SELECT ONE OF THE TWO BUlDWC FILTRATION EXHN~T FINS (FAN-71-5760A k 57606) AS 

PRIUARY AND THE REMPJNING FAN AS STAND-BY. 

VERfY THAT THE FOLLOWING DWERS *RE OPEN: 

DPR-70-6016 60@ 6020. k 6022 

FOP-70-602j. 602i. 6029.60J1 b 6034 

PRUARY BULDING EXHUJST MODULE ISOLATION OPYPERS (EITHER OW-71-6036 k 6057. 

OR DUP-71-6038 k 6039) 

VERFY THAT THE FMLOWWG OWERS LRE CLOSE0 

W-71-6024 k 6035 

STIWO-BY BUllDWG EXHUJST MODULE ISOLATION DUPERS IEIWR OW-71-6056 h 6037. 

OR DUP-71-6038 k 6039) 

VERUY THAT OM OF THE PROCESS EXHMT FANS IS OPERATYC (EITHER FAN-19-5206A OR 

52068) 

WlTUTE A STIR1 FOR THE PRUARY BULDUlG FLTRATON EXHAUST FAN FROM ITS HS IWO 

PLACE IT W 'WTW MODE TO &LOW Fit-bus-71-5760 TO CONTROL THE FAN SPEED 

THROUGH ITS VBRIMLE SPEED ORVE (SC-FAN-71-575OA OR 576081 TO WNTAN EXUAUST 

CFU SETWNT. lWTUL SETPWT SHUL BE 7.2W CFYI 

NOM OF THE *M CAN BE STARTED UNfL THE PRYARY BVRDING FILTRATION EXHAUS1 

FAN AND EXHWST UOWLE ARE OPERAT%. 

ENERGIZE THE TWO Pmwy PACK~GEO UR CMYDITIWG UNJTS FROU m HSS AND 

?LACE M U W "WTO' MODE TO ULOW FOR TME TWO ACLK TO INlTlATE THElR YTERNM 

CONTRRS FOR START-UP SEOUENahy: IHD CONTROL. TIE w)IyIDu/v ANIS ARE 

CONTROLLED FROU IHER DwwxlN ROW-WJWTED TEUPERATURE SENSORS TO UmTUN 

DESIGN CONIJmTM W I N THE P*Q(*GslG AREA 004. (MTUL SETWMT SHML BE 72 

OEG F FOR CM)wc IHD 68 OEC F FOR HEATNG) 

ON TOW-FLOW WDICAnON FROY Fl-bus-70-5700 ENERQZE STbhn-BY AN. DE-ENERGIZE 

ONE OF THE TWO -MY ACL6 W T IS DElERkD TO E€ P E W W W NMEMUTELY. 

ANI REAS- LPRX)PRA.TE AWS AS W Y IHD STAND-BY. f SE-1 STILL 

CANNOT EE ULDITWD. RECORD A TOW FLOW" MhW 10 PROlpT SERVICE. 

IHE PROCESS B~ROWG CASCME nvc sysrm uRFLow RATES w wmULy BL 

BALWCED USWG MNWK BU*Mwc OWERS 10 ESIAELISH THE MLNMUU DESIGN 

MFLOW RATES Wllr(Y EACH ROOU UhOER NORUU OPERATWG CONDITONS AS SPECPIED 

ON It€ RESPECTIVE CONTROC OI*cR*ys W MC4llON. WRhC WTIU BMWCM OF 

AJRFLON RATES THE ROOM MSlCN I€CATNE PRESSlRES SHML BE UPJNTMO TO 

ENURE ThAT T k JlRECTlON Of ROOUTO-ROOU CASCMYG AIRFLOWS-IS IN bCCOR3WCE 

WITH THAT ON THE CONTROL DIGRUS MTER WTlU BUANCINC. SHE U Wbl 

DWPCRS SHML BE LOCKED N IrtER SET PosIlIoNS 

DOOR 0050 IS AN EMERGENCY OOOR THeT LEMS FRW THE PJRLOCKIDOFF 003 TO THE 

OUTSDE. BECLUY OF THE WH NEGATNE PRESSURE BONG MPINTNNED WITHIN TMS 

ROW. THE EXHUJST WLOW FRW TMS ROOM MUST BE INTERRUPTED Y ORDER TO ASSIST 

W THE OPEW OF THIS DOOR Y THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY. TI€ DOOR PANIC BAR IS 

EQUIPPED wnn A SWITCH WHCH. WHEN ACTNATEO. WILL CLOSE FOP-71-6031. THE DOOR 

FRWE IS EOWED WITH A WOR STANS SWITCH. WHEN THE DOOR IS CLOSED. THE 

OPERATOR W U RETURN FOP-71-6031 TO ITS ORGMM OPEN POSITION. 

DFfCRENlIbl PRESSM lR@t4suITTERS mf LOCATE0 W EACH ROOM WITH E m H * ~ G 

DIDEATION IN TI€ WCS TO LUOW TIE CXRAlCR IO UONTOR 1HE ACWU PRESSURE FOR PWT-OW-71-6055 MOMTORS THE DIFFERENTUL PRESSURE W THE UUN EXHAUST OW1 

EACH ROOu (W RELATON 10 IkE OUTSIDE ATuOMQRlC PRESSURE) UPON WTlM 

HEMER UPSTREM OF M BUILDWG HEPA EXHLUST MOWLES. ON A OROP IN 

BMWCDIC OF THE SYSTEU TO ESTAELISH THE ROCM DESIGN URFLOW RATES. LCTUnL OFFERENTUL PRESSURE BELOW THE SETWYT (IMTIULY SET AT -J" WC; HOWEVER. IT 

ROOWWA PRESSURE DFFERENTUYS UQ UW SET-PMNIS SHNL BE EST*BUSM. UAY BE RESET BY OPERATIONS AS NEEDED) pli M~RU waL BE POSTED IN THE UPCS ma 

FOR UCEPT48LE ROOU DIFFERENTUL RWGES. 10 UERT THE OPERATOR UPON OEVATIONS DW-71-6035 V1L BE WOULATkO TO OPEN'WIDER TO REUEVE WE EXCESSIVE NECATiVE 

FROU TMSE DETERYMED R N S . A 6O.SECON) TINE DELAY WILL BE IKOFSORAlEJ PRESSURE CONDITION. ON A RSE W WFERENTIU PRESSURE AEOVE THE SETPUWT 

WTO THS MARY LOGE TO PREVENT NWSANCE UARUS. TUS WLL ULOW CONTWUWCE DUP-77-6055 WUL BE YODULATEO TOWARDS ITS CLOSED POSITION (TO RESTRICT iNCOMWC 

OF NORUN OPERATIONS WITH WWNC OF DOORS. WCH ME ANTIC'BATED 10 CW5E 

OUTSIDE UR). 

RITERMTTDIT. S-ORT-WRATON SWINGS DI THE ROOY PRESSURE OCFERENllUS 

THERE ARE OWY THREE ROWS. HRncH RECENE UR MRECTLY FROM THE ACUS. THESE 

ROOUS M E USTED BELOW: 

ENTRY CORRWR 001 

PICKACING AREA 004 

PJRLOCK 007 

CLOSE FOP-71-6034 

DE-ENERGIZE ONE OF T M TWO PRMARY ACUS. 

TI-DUP-71-6035 UOMTORS THE EXCAVATOR ROOM TEMPERATURE. ON A RISE N ROOM 

FANS ~ ~ ~ E ~ , ' , " , ~ u . ~ ~ ~ ~ R6~25~&~~5p!0F2& w ~ H ~ l T ~ o2, v ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

-0.25"WC TO -0.40"WC. RESPECTNELY. 

AND ;&lI;I~;HEbS~~s.T" SETPWT (INITIALLY SET AT 120 DEG. F). AN UARM SHALL BE 

- 

THE REUANDER OF THE R O W AN0 THEIR RESPECTIVE OIFFERENTIN PRESSURES 

SHUL BE AS FMLOWS: TI-ACU-70-5701 UONllORS THE PACKXINC AREA TEWERATURE. ON A RISE Y ROOM 

TEYPERATURE MOVE THE SETPOWT (WITIMLY SET AT 85 MG. F). *n MMhl SHNL BE 

POSTED IN THE MPCS. 

0.s' b 058' 

QM'bQX)' 

QR'bQs 

UL OF THE RMIWT HEATERS ARE SUPPLIED mTH THERMOSTATS'THAT WILL BE 

WUL-MOUNTED WIltQN THE SPACE THAT THEY SERVE. ON A DROP IN ROOU TEUPERATURE 

BELOW THE THERWSTAT SErPouiT mnuy SET AT 68 OEG F:noww~~.ir UAY BE 

RESET BY OPERATIONS. AS NEEDED1 THE HEATER WlLL BE ENERGIZED. ON A RISE IN 

TEUPERATURE PgOVE THE SETPOOYT', THE HEATER WILL BE DE-ENERGIZED. 

THE FOLLOWING CONTROLS *RE PROVED 10 UJTOUAl!€MLY MUNTM THE PRESSR(ES 

WITHLW THEIR SETPOINT RANGES FOR THE PACKAGING MEA, ENTRY CORROOR w*) Tf 

mOCK: 

ON A RISE IN ROOM DlFFERENTlU PRESSURE BEYOND THE SETPCViT RWCE (RANGE IS 

-0.25" WC TO -0.40. WC: THEREFORE. ON A RISE #ROVE -0.25" WCI. UODULATE OUPERS 

OPR-70-6016 60l8 EOUULY 10 CLOSE THEU TOWPRDS THER Y I W OPEN 

posmms. wcn IS LIWTED TO 'hsoz OPEN BY THER ACTUATORS. ON A DROP w ROOU 

WFERfNTlU PRESSURE BEYOND -0.25 WC STMT UWULATNG THESE DUPERS BLCK TO 

THER FULL-OPEN POSITIONS. ON b CDNTHlkD ORUP IN ROOM PRESSURE BEYOND -0.40" 

WC.MCMOATE OPEN OW-71-6024 TO DRAW OUTmE UR INTO THE EXHAUST DUCT 

REVERSE THE SEOUENCE IF THE PRESSURE DCFERENTI~ @PEARS TO BE UOVWG em TO 

THE -0.25 WC TO -0.40" WC RIVVCE. 

ON A RISE Lh ROOM OFFERENTIM PRESSUX BEYOM) THE SETPOOYT RANGE CbBOVE -020 

WCI. UODUAIE OPR-70-6020 10 CLOSE IOW*RoS ITS MWIUW OPEN POSITON 150, 

LMTED BY AClUATOR) Oh A OROP W ROOU PTSSURE BEYON) -0 2 0 WC. START 

UON4ATffi IWS DWER BACK TO ITS FULL.OPEN POSITION. 

THE TWEE DMPERS LI 

OPEN POSITION TO PROrur I_ a -M -I UP LWUII-D NN 10 BL 5 

TO THE PROCESS BULDYG TO HELP UUNTNN TEMPERATURE CONDITONS. WITHOUT 

LMTS. ANY OF THESE OMIPERS COULD CLOSE CWLETELY F ITS RESPECTNE 

ROOUIARiA WFERENTUL PRESSURE WERE HOT BMC UUNTUNED. TWS ELWATW 

CONOITONED SUPRY AIR TO THAI RWAREA 

NONE OF THE WAC EWUWENT OR cwims. IRE CONMC~I :D TO EUFRGENCY POYER. 

THS YCLUOES ACUS. MUS. EXH~IJST FINS. RMWT HEATERS, OUCT HEATERS. WD 

OWPER OPERATORS. 

NL UOTORIZED DUPERS FUL IN THE POSITIONS AS WDlCATED ON THE CONTROL 

OUGRUS 

FO . F/UL OPEN 

FC - F M CLOSED 

FL - FM LAST Pomw 

ML UOTORIZEO FRE DWERS (FOPS) ARi POWERED TO OPEN AND FUL CLOYD 

cELmmam 

Y 

- 

THE EVENT OF A SWK FROU THE FIRE UW SYSTEM TO THE UPCS TIE FOLLOW 

ACTIONS W U OCCUR 

CLOSE IVL FRE OAM'EFS (FOPS) 

DE-ENERGIZE U L THRET /\cvs (XU-70-5700 5710. h 5770) 

DE-ENERGIZE BOTH BULWNG FILTRATMN EXHMKT FANS (FW-71-5760A k 57600) 

W THE EVENT OF A SWIV FROY THE RMOIOCOGICM LlonTOF(bk, SYSTEU TO M WCS. 

IHE FOLLOWP(C UlIM WU OCcul ITIS COWlTON WLL SHUT OOWN THE PROCESS 

EXHUJST FW). 

UOSE FOP-71-6034 

7 

EXWST FAN, FAN-77-5780 CRAWS AlR INTO THE a0 ENCLOSURE THROUGH COUBYATION 

LOUVERIBKKORAV 

ATUOSPHERE. 

DUPERS. AND ExnWsTs THE UR THROUGH OUCTWORK TO 

FW-77-5780 IS OE-ENERGIZED ON A SIWK TO THE MPCS FROM THE FIRE &ARM SYSTEM 

ROLL-UP R 00% I: 

-e,

General Arrangement Drawings 

94X-3900-M-0146 1 General Arrangement Plot Plan 

94X-3900-M-01463 General Arrangement East Elevation 

94X-3900-M-01464 General Arrangement 1 St Floor Plan 

94X-3900-M-01465 General Arrangement Plan at EL 597'-8" 

94X-3900-M-01466 General Arrangement Section E 

94X-3900-M-01467 General Arrangement Section A 

94X-3900-M-01468 General Arrangement Section B 

94X-3900-M-01469 General Arrangement Section C 

94X-3900-M-01470 General Arrangement Section D 



5069 

000335

a 

e REF 

I 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

r 

0 

I 19-0" 41'-8" 

42-1w 

(REF) 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

. I 

! ! 

! i 

.! : 

1 

I 

PROCESS BLDG 1 

HP LOW Roos EL 601'-5" i 

! 

! 

TRNER 30~12x10 ! 

! 

! 

I 

1. ML ECUPUENT MSGNATORS ARE EXPLNNEO ON THE PkW 

LEN SHEETS 1i.c. NOOOI. NOOOZ. AN0 NOOOSL 

2. *BBREVIATU)M ARE A5 FMLOWS: 

HP M;H FaNT 

EL ELEVATION 

HPFF If)(;H POINT OF FINISHED FLOOR 

3. Au OMNYONS NOT LOCATING EOVO*(ENT ARE REFERENCE ONLY. 

4. UTILITY HOSE STATnNS: 

TYPE 1 2 (PLANT NR) NR M POTABLE WATER) 

DIMENSION TO BE PROWED BY FLUOR FERNALO 

NOTES: 

1. SUO ENCLOSURE ROOF NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 

DWC No. 

I 

50 69 

DR*wD(G TmE 

d 

I 

w m - - - m 

(.NLfloOln 

UNITED STATES 


FERN- ENWROwlENTAL YANAGEMENT PROJECT 

n6EpL.*cAILplllDBT 

I- 

-\ 

\- 

SILO 3 0 0 0 ~ 

-mu 

UEQuINlCAL 

GENERAL ARRANGEUENT 

i 

I 

1 I 

I 

! 

! 

i 

I 

I 

!

.- 

I 

c 

0 

E 

F 

- 

I 

STICK PLATFORM 

EL MY-3“ 

STICK RAWMU 

EL 628-5” 

I’ 2 I 3 I 4 I ‘5 I 6 

4 

STKX PLATFORM 

EL 603’-P 

9 

EL 702’-5” 

1 STK-19-5209 

I 

S.0 

EAST ELEVATION 

I 


1. P U ECUPUENT DESGNATQIS #Ri EXPLYNU 011 TIE FWD 

LEM WETS &e. KyH)l. WOOZ. *ND NoOO3). 

2. mmrvuims ME M FCUOWS: 

HP ffiH W T 

EL ELEVATKIN 

HPFF HCH POMT OF F W D FLOOR 

3. LLL DDlEwoNs NOT LOCATWG EQLIVUENT #RE REFERENCE OM?. 

I REV6ED PER 004 40430-JEG-043. -034. -042 rp/ 

I lssLEcT0camRvcTlDl w m Lw N 

5e-m.- 

- rrn 

I 

-om 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTMENT 

ENWROEYPITAL YAwAOByEIIT OF ENERGY 

FERNAID 

DE--n 

PROJECT 

! 

5069 

000337

0 0 0 0 0 0 

I 

I 

7 I 8 

I 


1. Ml EOLWUE~ DESWATORS YIE EXPLND ON lli€ PW 

L W SMTS (io. m 1 . No002 LH) m3). 

2. *BBRVUnms IRE As fmLOwS: 

HP MGH WHT 

EL NVLWN 

WFF mli POHT OF FMSED RMlR 

3. Y L WENSONS NOT LO€ATW EOWUENT #RE REfERENCE ONLY. 

4. UTUll’f TYI’E HOSE 1 lK*NT STATON5 Ne) 

TYPE 2 (PLM Ne hW POI-LE WATER) 

SECTION AND DETAIL KEY 

000338 

5069

? 

i? 

I 2 

q- FM-77-5790C 

I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

19'-0" 15'-0" 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! a 

FAN-77-5792 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! L ! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! LOW ROOF 

! 

! HP EL 601'-5" 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

EXCAVATOR BLOC 

W ROOF EL 601'-9 

FLT-10-5070 - 

I - 

UTILITY HOSE 

STATaLl NO. 9 

FAN-77-5780 

trz 21 

U I W R N , I 

f 

11'-4- 22'-11- 

I 

15-0" 41'-8" 

! 

_. 

AT EL w0'-0' pLAN AN0 MOM 

FAN-77-579OA 

* 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

T 

CARW COUTNNER @LOG 

HP ROOF EL 615'-2" 

FAN-77-57906 

KEY PLAN 

4 0 4 

I 

0 

SCPLE: %-- r-0- 

I 

I a 


1. ALL EOULWENT OESWTORS #RE EXPLNNEO ON THE P&D 

LEAD SHEETS (Le. NOOOl. N0002. PND NOOOJ). 

2. asBREVIATK)M NlE AS FOLLOWS: 

EL HP ELEVATION HlCH POINT 

HPFF niw POINT OF FINIY(EO FLOOR 

3. ALL WnN9ONS NOT LOCATING EOWUENT ARE REFERENCE ONLY. 

4. UTlLlTY HOSE STATIONS: 

TYPE 1 (PLANT AIR) 

TYPE 2 (PLANT IUR /wD POTABLE WATER) 

REF DWG No. 

- a WI*L 

OR LmER 

or Porn 

32 

-prnrw U l N w n o y ~ 

PCMN m DETIL SECTVN m on= 

6 1- 

6 W .U 


I 

I 

I 

1 ~TOCOWSTRVCnoN 

-m-RBoli-mrrm 

M A W TITLE 

50 6 9 

Qlrn yR( JTH 

m 1u.m.1 I 

mmls.oDLlc 

UNITED STATES 


ERNALD ENVIRO).IDCTAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT 

n6-ppEpILmBT

.. 

I I 2 I 3 I 4 

I 

I I 

KXA-44-5000 

R 

1 

I 

=?3L 

LWXIlG WORTH 

I I 

FRYB 

r 

I 

5 I 6 

I 

I 

I 


I a 

1 PU EOlWENT DESo1AToRs -0 ON THE ma) 

LESI XETS I, e Nwol. NwO2. *ND WWOJl 

2 @ER?fM*TMNS *RE AS FOLLOWS 

w m m 

EL ELEVATIW 

WFF HW pow OF -D FLWR 

3 ML IYYENWNS NOT LOCAlWG ECUFWNT IRE REFEREWE ONLY 


REF DWG NO. DRAYDIG rmE 

I 

5069 

000340

.- 

TNK-44-5002 - 

TNK-44-5004B- 

TNK-44-5004A- 

CONTYNMENT 

WALL EL 577'-11" 

- -. . -. - - - 

I 

I 

I- 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 

@ 13'-0 9 27-0" 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

i 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! I . 

Q 

W ROOF EL 628-5" 

PLATFORM EL 614'-7" 

PLATFORM EL 600'-5" - 

20-0 ' 0 w-0" 30-6 

.. 

! ! !! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! !! 

- I 

0 

-EXCAVATOR TOOL 

STAGING MEA 

WFF EL 577-5" 

I 

..- . . . . . . - . 

I a 


1. &L EOUPIENT OESGNATORS AQE EXPLMD ON THE PblO 

LEAD SHEETS (;.e. NOOOl. N0002. AND N0003). 

2. ABBREVlATloNS PRE AS FOLLOWS: 

Hp m POINT 

EL ELEVATION 

WFF W PO!Nl OF FIMD(E0 FLOOR 

3. &L MUENSIONS NOT LOCATING EOUIPYENT #RE REFERENCE ONLY. 

4. THE PAtKAGlNG SAW'LERS UAY BE DELETED FROU THE SILO 3 

OEStGN. FLUOR FERNN.0. DJC.. IS TO BE CONWLTED BEFORE 

PROCUREMENT/tNSTKLATlON OF THE EOUPMENT. 

50 69 


REF DWG NO. I DRAWDJG TITLE 

) ISSUEDTOCONSTFUCTIOEI mmupu m 

-v ua IRvnl- 

D m m - w . - 

mmsmoIn 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD ENVIROWENTAL MANAGENENT PROJECT 

Tm-lilEPllLDBI

I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

- 

I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

, 

! 

! 

! 

i 

, W RWF EL 628'- 

! 

! 

! 

! 

, CIRGO CONTNNER ELM; 

i 

I 

LWNC EL 501-3" 

. . 

WFF EL 577-3" 


1. UL E-NT WSICNATORS LRE EXPLNNCD ON THE pLm 

L W WETS 6.e. NOMI. NOW2. Mi0 NW031. 

2. mVUl*)Ns LRE AS FOLLOWS: 

WHFHFUNT 

EL ELEVATION 

WFF )(Di -1 OF FwaED FLWR 

3. U L OIUEHSONS NOT LOCATWC EOUVUENT IRE REFERENCE ONLY. 

- 

UNITED STATES 

-ID- 


FERNAID MVIROWDCTAL YANAGEYaFT PROJECT 

D6oLLIo-W 

I 

50 69 

000342

I 

I 

2 I 3 

I I 

4 5 6 7 R \ \ 

I I I 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 

i 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

i 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

L 

FI 577.3" 

- I 


l. 4l.L E-NT DESIGNATORS IRE E-D ON TI€ PLLl 

LTCD M T S (iC. NOW\ W 2 . *HD NWO31. 

2. mMITmNs LRE As FOLLOWS 

W W WNT 

WFF EL ELEV4TmN w;H WNT OF FWMD FLOW 

3. XL ImENSIONS NOT LOC4TNC EOUPYENT IRE REFEllENCE ONLY. 


\ \ 

:. .\( 

, \ 

1 

i 

5069 

000343

I 

E 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

I 2 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 

! 

! 

! 

! ! ! 

I 

P ROOF EL 628 ‘-S 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

HPfF 

EL 577-3” 

1 I R 

D 10 


1. ALL EOWMENT DESIGNATORS ARE EXPLAINED ON THE PblD 

LEAD SkEETS &e. NOaOl. NW2, AM) NOOO3). 

2. *BBREVIAT#)NS #RE AS FOLLOWS: 

UP EL ELEVATtON 

mcn mwi 

WFF wcn mua OF FUUSED FLOOR 

3. ALL MUENSONS NOT LOCATING EOUPMENT NE REFERENCE ONLY. 

4.THE PACKAGING SUlPLERS MAY BE MLETEO FROU T M SQO 3 

DESIGN. FLUOR FERNALO. IC.. IS TO BE CONSULTED BEFORE 

PROC~LIENTIINSTALLATION OF THIS EOWUENT. 

REF DWG NO. 

I 

50 69 

SECTION AND DETAL KEY 

~QlpEDnaorr-- 

DRAWPIC TmE 

mloDLIT 

UNITED STATES 


FERNALD RNIRONMENTAL YANAGEHENT PROJECT 

ll6-psPlpmBI

t 

TOTAL WEIGHT: 30,000 LBS., APPROX. 

-. . . ._ 

PAINTING INSTRUCT1 ONS 

m 

6 5 4_- 3 2 

- 

1 

SCALE IN FEET - - 

CERTIFIED FOR CONSTRUCTILW 

7 1 

000345

a 

_-

5069 

000346

2 

W 

I- 

fr 

,. . . . 

I :; .. 

b' . 

z 

f 

a 

W 

v) 

I 

0 

L 

i 

c3 

9 

rn 

v) W 

v) v) 

ww p 

gtJ & 

Zn 

--F- -- -- 

N ... 

Y 

n 

b 

'r z 

f 

a 

z 

3 

e 

5c, 6 9 

3 

v) 

a 

w' 

v) 

z 

W- 

z 

w' 

L 

e

-- 

0 

f 

I 

W 

v) 

I 

0 

L 

a 

h 

con 000348 

. I 

r 

aD

silo 3 - U.S. Department of Energy

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?